25 Warangal Single File 12-05-2017

INTEGRATED MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE
MANAGEMENT (ISWM) PROJECT FOR ZONE-II OF

TELANGANA
DRAFT DETAILED PROJECT REPORT (DPR) FOR

WARANGAL MUNICIPAL CORPORATION
CLUSTER-III(WARANGAL, PARKAL ,NARASAMPET )
Submitted to: Submitted by:

Telangana Urban Finance &
Infrastructure Development December- IPE GLOBAL LIMITED
Corporation (TUFIDC), Govt. B – 84, Defence Colony,
of Telangana 2016 New Delhi -110024
Telangana Urban Finance & Infrastructure Development Corporation (TUFIDC)
Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................... VII
1.0 PROJECT BACKGROUND ...................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 PROJECT AREA ............................................................................................................................................ 1

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................................................................ 1
2.0 SOCIO ECONOMIC TOWN PROFILE ...................................................................................................... 3
2.1 LOCATION AND EXTENTS .................................................................................................................................. 3

2.2 CLIMATE ....................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3 DEMOGRAPHY................................................................................................................................................ 5
2.4 EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE .............................................................................................................................. 6
2.4.1 Physical Infrastructure ........................................................................................................................ 6
2.4.2 Social Infrastructure ............................................................................................................................ 7
2.5 FINANCIAL STATUS OF WARANGAL MUNICIPAL CORPORATION............................................................................... 7
3.1 PRESENT SWM SCENARIO ............................................................................................................................. 10
3.1.1 Primary collection of waste from Households and Apartment ......................................................... 10
3.1.2 Primary collection of waste from Bulk Waste Generators and Commercial areas ........................... 10
3.1.3 Road sweeping waste: ...................................................................................................................... 11
3.1.4 Silt from drains: ................................................................................................................................. 11
3.1.5 Secondary Collection & Transportation ............................................................................................ 11
3.1.6 Processing of Waste .......................................................................................................................... 14
3.1.7 Disposal of Waste.............................................................................................................................. 15
3.2 METHODOLOGY FOR PRIMARY GARBAGE SURVEY FOR PHYSICAL CHARACTERIZATION ................................................ 17
3.2.1 Methodology for conducting primary survey in households: ............................................................ 17
3.2.2 Methodology for conducting primary survey in commercial establishments: .................................. 17
3.2.3 Methodology for conducting dumping site survey: .......................................................................... 18
3.3 QUANTIFICATION OF MSW ............................................................................................................................ 18
3.4 CHARACTERIZATION OF WASTE ....................................................................................................................... 20
3.5 ORGANOGRAM OF MSW MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN WARANGAL MUNICIPAL CORPORATION ................................... 22
3.6 EXPENDITURE ON MSW ................................................................................................................................ 23
4.0 INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT FOR COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ........................ 25
4.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ 25

4.1.1 Population Projections ............................................................................................................... 25
i
4.1.2 Waste Projections ...................................................................................................................... 27

4.2 BASIS OF DESIGN OF PROPOSED MSWM PLAN ................................................................................... 27
4.3 PROPOSED COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION PLAN .......................................................................... 28
4.3.1 Segregation at Source ................................................................................................................ 30
4.3.2 Segregation at vegetable / fruit markets and slaughter houses ...................................................... 32
4.3.3 Segregation at commercial establishments/institutions/workshops ............................................... 32
4.3.4 Segregation at hotels/restaurants/community/function halls ......................................................... 33
4.3.2 Door to door Collection of MSW ................................................................................................ 33
4.3.3 Collection from Households and Commercial Establishments .......................................................... 34
4.3.4 Collection from Other Establishments............................................................................................... 34
4.3.5 Collection and Transportation of Silt Generated during De-silting of Drains.................................... 35
4.3.6 Collection of Street Sweeping Waste ................................................................................................ 37
4.3.7 Secondary Waste Storage System .............................................................................................. 38
4.3.8 WASTE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ............................................................................................................... 39
4.3.9 WORKSHOP .............................................................................................................................................. 42
4.3.10 ASSESSMENT OF EXISTING VEHICLES AND THE LIFE SPAN ................................................................................. 44
4.3.10 SUMMARY OF COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION INFRASTRUCTURE............................................................... 49
4.3.11 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE (O&M) COSTS FOR COLLECTION & TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ......... 50
5.0 INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT (ISWM) FACILITY ............................................................ 54
5.1 WASTE SEGREGATION ................................................................................................................................... 54

5.2 MECHANICAL COMPOSTING PLANT.................................................................................................................. 54
5.3 DRY WASTE RESOURCE CENTERS..................................................................................................................... 54
5.4 BIOMETHANATION PLANT .............................................................................................................................. 54
5.4 SANITARY LANDFILL ....................................................................................................................................... 55
5.5 DETAILS OF COST ESTIMATE: .......................................................................................................................... 56
6.0 PROCESSING OF MSW ...................................................................................................................... 57
6.1 OVER VIEW OF WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES .......................................................................................... 57

6.2 EVALUATION OF VARIOUS WASTE TREATMENT/PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES ......................................................... 57
6.3 PROPOSED WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES FOR WARANGAL MUNICIPAL CORPORATION ................................... 61
6.3.1 Integration of Waste Processing Technologies at the ISWM Facility................................................ 65
6.3.2 Process design for proposed MSW Composting Unit ........................................................................ 67
6.3.3 Material Flow Chart for 175 TPD Compost Plant as per Design Year 2022 ...................................... 68
6.3.4 Area Requirement for Pre-Sorting Unit ............................................................................................. 70
ii
6.3.5 Area Requirement for Compost Plant ............................................................................................... 71

6.3.6 Equipment Applications and Details of Proposed Plants .................................................................. 72
6.4 BIO-METHANATION PLANT FOR VEGETABLE MARKET AND SLAUGHTER HOUSE WASTE............................................. 73
6.4.1 Process Design................................................................................................................................... 73
6.4.2 Advantages of Biomethanation Plant ............................................................................................... 74
7.5 GENERAL SPECIFICATION OF CIVIL WORK AND BUILDING DETAILS ......................................................................... 77
6.6 DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................................................. 77
6.7 COST ESTIMATE OF COMPOST PLANT ............................................................................................................... 78
7.0 CLUSTERISATION OF ULBS................................................................................................................. 82
7.1 GUIDELINES FOR DEVELOPING REGIONAL PROCESSING & LANDFILL FACILITY ACTION PLAN FOR MANAGEMENT OF
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE .................................................................................................................................... 83
7.2 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT RULES, 2016...................................................................................................... 84
7.3 EXAMPLES OF REGIONAL-CLUSTER FACILITY IN INDIA .......................................................................................... 84
7.3.1 Regional Waste Management Strategy - Gujarat ............................................................................ 84
7.3.2 Punjab MSW Project ......................................................................................................................... 85
7.4 THE CONCEPT OF CLUSTERISATION IN ZONE-II ................................................................................................... 86
7.4.1 Clusterisation of ULBs ....................................................................................................................... 86
8.0 DESIGN OF SANITARY LANDFILL FACILITY .......................................................................................... 90
8.1 SITE SELECTION ............................................................................................................................................ 90

8.1.2 Location of the Proposed Sanitary Landfill ....................................................................................... 92
8.2 WASTE TO BE HANDLED ................................................................................................................................. 93
8.2.1 Estimation of Landfill Capacity, Landfill Height, Landfill Area .......................................................... 93
8.3 MONITORING FACILITIES ................................................................................................................................ 98
8.4 DETERMINATION OF EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 100
8.5 DESIGN LIFE ............................................................................................................................................... 101
8.6 CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONAL PRACTICE OF SANITARY LANDFILL ................................................................. 101
8.7 POST CLOSURE CARE ................................................................................................................................... 109
8.8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................... 109
8.9 DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................................................ 110
8.10 COST ESTIMATES ...................................................................................................................................... 110
9.0 COST OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEM .................................................................................................... 113
9.1 CAPITAL COST OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEM....................................................................................................... 113

9.2 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE COST (O&M) OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEM ............................................................. 114
iii
11.0 FINANCIAL FRAMEWORK .............................................................................................................. 115
11.1 OBJECTIVE OF SWACHH BHARAT MISSION .................................................................................................... 115

11.2 MISSION COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................. 115
11.3 FUNDING PATTERN FOR THE PROJECT .......................................................................................................... 115
11.4 SOURCES OF FINANCE ................................................................................................................................ 115
11.4.1 Financing capital cost of the scheme ....................................................................................... 115
11.4.2 Means of Finance ........................................................................................................................ 116
11.5 MUNICIPAL FINANCIAL STRENGTH ............................................................................................................... 117
11.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COST ......................................................................................................... 117
11.7 REVENUE STREAMS ................................................................................................................................... 120
11.8 REVENUE GENERATION FROM HOUSEHOLDS ................................................................................................. 120
11.9 REVENUE GENERATION FROM SALE OF COMPOST .......................................................................................... 121
11.10 REVENUE FROM SALE OF RECYCLABLES ....................................................................................................... 121
11.11 SUMMARY OF TOTAL REVENUE ................................................................................................................. 122
12.0 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ....................................................................................................... 123
12.1 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MAJOR INSTITUTION AS PER SBM .................................................................. 124
12.2 INSTITUTIONAL STRENGTHENING ................................................................................................................. 125
12.3 MODELS OF ARRANGEMENT ....................................................................................................................... 126
12.4 PROPOSED INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ...................................................................................................... 127
13.0 PUBLIC AWARENESS THROUGH INFORMATION, EDUCATION & COMMUNICATION AND CAPACITY
BUILDING OF URBAN LOCAL BODIES FOR SUSTAINABLE MSW MANAGEMENT....................................... 128
13.1 OBJECTIVE ............................................................................................................................................... 128

13.2 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND AWARENESS THROUGH INFORMATION, EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATION PLAN ........ 129
13.2.1 Information ................................................................................................................................... 129
13.2.2 Education ...................................................................................................................................... 130
13.2.3 Communication ............................................................................................................................. 130
13.3 APPROACH OF IEC PLAN ............................................................................................................................ 130
13.4 INFORMATION, EDUCATION AND COMMUNICATION STRATEGY ........................................................................ 131
13.4.1 Identification and Action ............................................................................................................... 131
13.4.2 Development of an IEC Plan .......................................................................................................... 133
13.4.3 Training and Capacity Building programmed ............................................................................... 137
13.4.4 Methodology for Conducting Training Program ........................................................................... 137
13.5 COMMUNICATION STRATEGY ...................................................................................................................... 138
iv
13.5.1 Door to Door Campaign ................................................................................................................ 139

13.5.2 Public Address Meeting ................................................................................................................. 139
13.5.3 Media Support............................................................................................................................... 139
13.5.4 Folk Programme ............................................................................................................................ 139
13.5.5 Social Mobilization ........................................................................................................................ 139
13.6 INCENTIVES AND DISINCENTIVES – MUNICIPALITY ....................................................................................... 141
13.7 PHASING OF THE PROGRAMME ................................................................................................................... 141
14.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY ASPECTS ................................................................................. 146
14.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN.......................................................................................................... 155

14.1.1 Frequency & Locations of Monitoring during Operation Phase .................................................... 155
14.1.2 Specifications for Post-Project Monitoring ................................................................................... 156
14.1.3 Record Keeping ............................................................................................................................. 157
14.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ....................................................................................................... 159
15.0 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY AND PLANNING .............................................................................. 160
15.1 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY FOR SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT ...................................................................... 160

15.2 KEY STRATEGY AND ACTION PLAN ............................................................................................................... 162
15.3 LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE MANAGEMENT............................................................................... 166
16.0 OTHER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ASPECTS ......................................................................... 168
16.1 PROPOSED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ............................................................................................................. 168

16.2 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MIS) ............................................................................................... 169
16.2.1 Data Collection for MIS ............................................................................................................ 169
16.2.2 Formats for Data Interpretation .............................................................................................. 171
16.3 COMPLAINT HANDLING SYSTEM .................................................................................................................. 173
16.3.1 Essential Features of Complaint Handling System ................................................................... 173
16.3.2 General Rules for Handling Complaints ................................................................................... 173
16.3.3 Complaint handling system ...................................................................................................... 174
16.3.4 Customer Care Centre/Control Room ...................................................................................... 174
16.3.5 Dedicated Phone Lines ............................................................................................................. 174
16.3.6 Workflow to track Status ......................................................................................................... 175
v
List of Tables
Table 1: Warangal Town Profile ......................................................................................................................... 3
Table 2: Census Population ................................................................................................................................. 5
Table 3: Total Revenue of Warangal Municipal Corporation for past five years ............................................... 8
Table 4: Sources of MSW Generation in Warangal Municipal Corporation ........................................................ 9
Table 5: List of existing MSW vehicles for collection and Transportation in Warangal Municipal Corporation
........................................................................................................................................................................... 12
Table 6: MSW generated from Commercial Establishments in Warangal......................................................... 19
Table 7: Street Sweeping Waste in Warangal .................................................................................................... 20
Table 8: Waste generated from Drain silt .......................................................................................................... 20
Table 9: Total MSW generated in Warangal ...................................................................................................... 20
Table 10: Physical characterization of MSW in Warangal ................................................................................. 21
Table 11: Various Chemical Parameters of MSW in Warangal Town ................................................................ 22
Table 12: Various Chemical parameters of MSW in Warangal .......................................................................... 22
Table 13: Expenditure on SWM in Warangal Town ........................................................................................... 23
Table 14: Population projections ....................................................................................................................... 26
Table 15: Waste projections with silt................................................................................................................. 27
Table 16: Population Estimates, Waste Quantities and Waste Characterization (Design Year 2017) for
Warangal ............................................................................................................................................................ 28
Table 17: Classification of Inert Waste (Design Year 2017) for Warangal ......................................................... 28
Table 18: Classification of Dry Waste (Design Year 2017) for Warangal ........................................................... 28
Table 19: Table showing the average distances between the catchment zones and proposed facility............ 30
Table 20: Bins for segregation of waste ............................................................................................................. 32
Table 21: Plan and infrastructure required for management of street sweeping waste .................................. 37
Table 22: Components of Transfer station ........................................................................................................ 41
Table 23: Cost of Transfer station ...................................................................................................................... 42
Table 24: List of Minimum infrastructure required for the Workshop in Warangal ......................................... 43
Table 25: Cost Estimated for 1 acre (4047 sq. m.) Workshop .......................................................................... 43
Table 26: Table showing year of purchase of existing vehicles and current status of working of vehicles in
WMC .................................................................................................................................................................. 44
Table 27: Table showing year of remaining life span of vehicles ...................................................................... 45
Table 28: Table showing year wise breakup of requirement of Vehicles for Primary collection and
transportation of waste. .................................................................................................................................... 46
i
Table 29: Table showing year wise breakup of requirement of Vehicles for secondary transportation and
waste .................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Table 30: Summary of Annual O&M Cost for C& T waste of Warangal ........................................................... 50
Table 31: Annual Manpower cost . .................................................................................................................... 50
Table 32: Annual O&M Cost for Infrastructure . ................................................................................................ 52
Table 33: Annual fuel Cost for Infrastructure of Collection and transportation .............................................. 52
Table 34: Annual cost of consumables. ............................................................................................................. 52
Table 35: Summary of Operation and Maintenance cost for Workshop and Transfer station. ........................ 53
Table 36: Summary of Operation and Maintenance cost for GIs Monitoring system.. ..................................... 53
Table 37: Common Facilities to be provided at the ISWM Site ......................................................................... 55
Table 38: Summary of Cost estimates of the common facilities at ISWM site .................................................. 55
Table 39: Evaluation of waste treatment technologies ..................................................................................... 59
Table 40: Waste Projections of the Warangal Corporation excluding silt ........................................................ 61
Table 41: List of Civil Works required for biomethanation plant ...................................................................... 76
Table 42: List of plant and machinery required for biomethanation plant ....................................................... 76
Table 43: Budgetary cost biomethanation plant ............................................................................................... 76
Table 44: Cost estimate for 175 TPD compost plant ........................................................................................ 78
Table 45: O&M cost of compost plant .............................................................................................................. 81
Table 46: Indicative Plans for Solid Waste Management .................................................................................. 83
Table 47: Distance Matrix for Adilabad Group .................................................................................................. 86
Table 48: Identified Clusters in Adilabad Group ................................................................................................ 86
Table 49: Distance Matrix for Warangal Group ................................................................................................. 87
Table 50: Identified Clusters for Warangal Group ............................................................................................. 87
Table 51: Distance Matrix for Khammam Group ............................................................................................... 87
Table 52: Identified Clusters for Khammam Group ........................................................................................... 87
Table 53: Distance Matrix for Karimnagar Group .............................................................................................. 88
Table 54: Identified Clusters for Karimnagar Group .......................................................................................... 88
Table 55: Proposed Site Suitability .................................................................................................................... 92
Table 56: Details of the landfillable waste in Cluster VII ................................................................................... 93
Table 57: Sizing of Leachate pipe ....................................................................................................................... 97
Table 58: Monitoring plan.................................................................................................................................. 98
Table 59: Operation and Maintenance cost for Sanitary Landfill .................................................................... 110
Table 60: Cost estimates of other infrastructure facilities ............................................................................ 111
Table 61: Cost of Machinery ............................................................................................................................ 111
ii
Table 62: Summary of Cost estimates for sanitary landfill for 25 years .......................................................... 111
Table 63: Financial Plan.................................................................................................................................... 116
Table 64: Total Revenue Generation, Total Expenditure and Expenses on SWM for Warangal Municipal
Corporation ...................................................................................................................................................... 117
Table 65: O&M Cost for the C&T System for Warangal Municipality .............................................................. 118
Table 66: O&M Cost for the Processing Facility at Warangal Municipality ..................................................... 118
Table 67: O&M Cost for Regional Sanitary Landfill at Warangal Municipality ................................................ 119
Table 68: Summary of O&M Cost for Warangal Municipality ......................................................................... 120
Table 69: Revenue Generation from the User Charges to be paid by Households in Warangal ..................... 120
Table 70: Revenue Generation from Commercial Establishments in Warangal Municipality......................... 120
Table 71: Revenue from Sale of Compost for Warangal Municipality............................................................. 121
Table 72: Revenue Generation from Sale of Recyclable Waste in Warangal Municipality ............................. 121
Table 73: Summary of Total Revenue Generation in Warangal Municipality ................................................. 122
Table 76: Action Plan for target groups ........................................................................................................... 132
Table 77: Communication Objective for each target group ............................................................................ 134
Table 78: Awareness and capacity buildings schedule and estimated activities costing for a year ................ 144
Table 79: The detailed Environment Management plan of project has been discussed in the following table:
......................................................................................................................................................................... 148
Table 80: Frequency of Monitoring During Operation Phase and Post Closure .............................................. 155
Table 81: Frequency of Monitoring during Operation Phase & Post closure .................................................. 155
Table 82: National Ambient Air Quality Standards .......................................................................................... 156
Table 83: Water Quality Standards (IS 10500:2012), Ed.2.2 (2003-2009) ....................................................... 156
Table 84: Record Keepings & Recordings ........................................................................................................ 157
iii
List of Figures
Figure 1: Division of 31 ULB as 4 groups under lead ULB Adilabad, Khammam, Warangal, Karimnagar. .......... 1
Figure 1: Temperature Graph .............................................................................................................................. 5
Figure 2: Temperature Graph .............................................................................................................................. 5
Figure 3: Revenue, Expenditure and Deficit for Warangal Municipal Corporation ............................................. 8
Figure 4: Pics showing some of the Transportation Infrastructure in Warangal town; 1, 2) Tractors; 3) Dumper
Placer Vehicle; 4) 3-wheeler Auto-tipper; 5,6,7) Refuse Compactor; 8) Pushcarts ........................................... 13
Figure 5: Pics showing Dumping Site in Warangal; 1) Main Gate; 2) Weighing Bridge; 3) Dumping Location 4)
Approach road of 3.5 meters width; 5)Vermi-Composting Sheds ..................................................................... 16
Figure 6: Administrative Set-up in Warangal Municipal Corporation ............................................................... 23
Figure 7: Projected Population .......................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 8: Short-term and Long-term Plan for Solid Waste Management System in Warangal Muncipal
Corporation ........................................................................................................................................................ 63
Figure 9: Process flow in Processing unit ........................................................................................................... 66
Figure 10: Advantages of Regional Landfill Facility ............................................................................................ 82
Figure 11: Clusterisation of ULBs in Punjab ....................................................................................................... 84
Figure 12: Functioning of Regional Cluster Facility ............................................................................................ 85
Figure 13: Clusters as per NGT Guidelines ......................................................................................................... 89
Figure 14: Institutional Setup for Municipal Solid Waste Management ......................................................... 123
Figure 15: Models of Arrangement .................................................................................................................. 126
Figure 16: Solid Waste Management Activities ............................................................................................... 126
Figure 17: Proposed Arrangement between ULBs and SPVs ........................................................................... 127
Figure 18: Objectives of IEC activities .............................................................................................................. 129
Figure 19: Awareness programmed at School on SWM .................................................................................. 130
Figure 20: Creating awareness on SWM among women ................................................................................. 130
Figure 21: IEC Strategy ..................................................................................................................................... 131
Figure 22: Target Groups in Solid Waste Management ................................................................................... 132
Figure 23: Public Awareness through IEC Plan ................................................................................................ 138
Figure 24: Public meeting and distribution of color coded bins ...................................................................... 139
Figure 25: Public meeting with school Kids ..................................................................................................... 139
Figure 26: Social Mobilization through IEC ...................................................................................................... 140
Figure 27: Incentives & Disincentives for promoting SWM ............................................................................. 141
Figure 28: Phasing of IEC Plan .......................................................................................................................... 142
Figure 29: Flowchart for Environment Management Plan .............................................................................. 147
i i
Figure 30: Strategic Planning Process .............................................................................................................. 160

Figure 31: Instruments of Implementation Strategy ....................................................................................... 161
Figure 32: Change Management Process ........................................................................................................ 167
Figure 33: Proposed Management Structure for Solid Waste Management System ..................................... 168
Figure 34: General MIS Architecture ............................................................................................................... 169
Figure 35: Conversion of Data to Information ................................................................................................. 171
Figure 36: MIS-GIS System ............................................................................................................................... 172
ii ii
LIST OF ANNEXURE
1 Population Projections of Adilabad
2 Waste Projections
3 Chemical Characterization of MSW
4 Existing vehicles status report provide by Adilabad Municipality
5 Quotation for Proposed Infrastructure
6 Laying & Installation Method for Geo Synthetic Clay Liner
7 Technical Specifications for Sanitary Landfill
8 Quotation for Sanitary Landfill
9 Estimates Backup
iiiiii
LIST OF DRAWINGS
S.No Tittle of Drawing Drawing No.
1 Topographical Survey Of ISWM Facility T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/0
2 Details Of Layout Plan Of ISWM Facility T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/1
3 Detail Of Entrance Gate T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/2
4 Detail Of Office Building With Laboratory T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/03
T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/04
5 Details Of Parking Platform Section
T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/05
6 Details Of Tyre Washing Facility
Details Of Power Room And DG Room T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/06

7
Details Of PLAN OF RECYCLING CENTER T.S./ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/07

8
9 Design Details Of The Compost Pad T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/09
10 Design Details Of Floor For Tipping & Pre T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/08

Processing And Machine Shed Areas
T.S./ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/11
11 Details Of Common Shed And Steel Roof
Truss
Details Of Leachate Collection System T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/12

12
13 Details Of Layout Plan Of Landfill T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARALGAL TOWN/13
T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL/14
14 Details Of Landifill Section
iviv
Abbreviations
BOQ Bill of Quantities
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CPHEEO Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization
CRP Community Resource Person
DPR Detailed Project Report
EHS Environment, Health and Safety
EWS Economically Weaker Section
GoI Government of India
HIG High Income Group
IEC Information, Education and Communication
ITC Indian Tobacco Corporation
LGB Local Governing Bodies
LIG Low Income Group
LPCD Liters per capita per day
MEPMA Mission of Elimination of Poverty by Municipal Areas
MIG Middle Income Group
MLD Million Liters per day
MoUD Ministry of Urban Development
MSW Municipal Solid Waste
MSWM Municipal Solid Waste Management
MT Metric Ton
MW Mega Watt
vv
NGO Non-governmental Organization
NUSP National Urban Sanitation Plan
O&M Operation and Maintenance
PPEs Personal Protective Equipment’s
PPP Public Private Partnership
RDF Refuse Derived Fuel
SCP Secondary Collection Point
SHGs Self Help Groups
SI Sanitary Inspector
SLB Service Level Benchmark
SWM Solid Waste Management
TPD Tons per day
TSTDC Telangana State Transport Development Corporation
ULB Urban Local Body
WTE Waste to Energy
vivi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Government of Telangana State (GoTS) proposes to strengthen the MSW management system in 67
ULBs of Telangana state which are grouped under two Zones in order to comply with the service
level Benchmarks of the GoI. TUFIDC is a GoTS entity and the Nodal Agency for the development of
projects in Urban Infrastructure and proposes preparation of Detailed Project Reports for the 67
ULBs cluster wise complying MSW Rules 2016. The 67 ULBs are divided in two Zones (Zone-1 36
ULBs and Zone- 2 31 ULBs). IPE Global has been entrusted to prepare the DPR for MSW
management for 31 ULBs out of 67 ULBs (Zone-II). As per the terms of reference of the assignment,
separate DPRs are prepared for each ULB including the existing practices of MSW management,
inadequacies and approaches for improvement of waste management.
This draft DPR of Warangal Municipal Corporation provides detailed description of area and site
conditions, waste management practices of the ULB and approach for proposed technological
interventions. The proposed interventions are in accordance with the ToR provided, MSW Rules
2016.
Existing SWM system in city

The major waste generation sources in Warangal are residential establishments, commercial
establishments’ viz. hotels/restaurants/guest house, street sweeping, drain silt and construction &
demolition sites. As per the waste projections carried out by IPE Global Limited, around 307 TPD
MSW was generated in the Warangal in year 2015, details of which are given below:
S. No. Source Quantity (TPD)

1 Households 220
2 Commercial Establishments 41.4
3 Street Sweeping 17.3
4 Drains 27.46
TOTAL 306.16
Segregation at Source and Primary Collection:
City has certain segment about 40% of the wards in old areas are covered under, door to door
collection and meagre percentage of the total wards practice source segregation. The collection of
waste from households is done through pushcarts having 4 bins of 40 litres capacity Dry waste is
stored in jumbo bags and handed over to dry waste recycling centers. In case of big apartments,
Municipal Corporation has tied-up with Resident Welfare Associations. Community bins have been
placed in the premises where garbage is disposed by the residents of the building. Timing of waste
collection is 6 AM to 10 AM. Earlier there were few initiatives taken up by the Corporation for the
implementation of complete door to door collection like supply of twin bins for promoting the
segregation of MSW in to biodegradable (wet) and non-biodegradable (dry) waste at house hold
viivii
level. More elaborated details on existing details are presented in chapter no 3.
Secondary Storage and Transportation:

The MSW collected with the help of tricycles is disposed at the nearby secondary collection point
whereas autos/tractors either go to the transit point or directly transports the waste to the
dumping site.There are total 50 dumper bins and 210 refuse collector bins placed in the town for
receiving waste from the tricycles. The frequency of bin clearance varies from daily to once in 3 days
based on the quantum of waste generated at a particular location.The waste from these bins is
unloaded when with the help of refuse compactors after it whereas the auto-tippers and tractors
either go to the transit station or the dumping site directly. There is one transit station at Pothana
Nagar having an area of 2.5 acres and receives waste from 4 sanitary circles. About 3 auto-tippers
and 20 tractors transfer the waste to tippers every day. The transfer station has boundary and the
ramp is unpaved.
“Detailed assessment of existing practices and gaps of SWM management in Warangal

Corporation is presented in chapter no. 3”.
“Detailed Assessment of existing vehicles and their life span to carry MSW operation is presented
in detail in chapter no.4”
Processing and Disposal of Waste:
Presently, waste processing is not carried out in Warangal except vegetable market waste, fish
waste, and slaughter house which is fed as stock or substrate to Biomethanation plants. Entire
mixed waste is being transported to dumping site for disposal. WMC taken several initiatives in past
for treatment of waste by different methods. However, none of them are presently functional.
Under the WOW initiative organized by ITC, waste collectors, rag pickers and waste generators are
being trained for achieving 100% segregation of waste. The segregated dry waste is being
purchased by ITC and processed in their mill.
Solid waste from the Municipal Corporation is collected and transported to designated disposal site
located at Ramapura site, which is 10 Kms from Kazipet, 13Kms from Hanamaknonda and from
Warangal it is 18 kms. Waste is openly dumped onto the ground without any lining. There are no
processing and segregation activities at site, but officials informed during field visit that started
compost processing. The location of waste dump yard is as shown in the below picture The site
infrastructure includes boundary wall, guardroom, weighbridge, vermi-composting sheds of
dimension 10X20 meters and an internal approach road of 3.5 meters.
Proposed Site: The existing site will be utilised for the development of proposed facility
Topographical survey was carried out at the site indicating contour of the site and attached as annexure
viii
viii
Proposed MSW Management System
In DPR, storage of waste at the source, primary & secondary collection and transportation system
are proposed in accordance with the guidelines issued by CPHEEO, CPCB/ MoEF, actual site
conditions as depicted from the extensive surveys conducted and in line with SWM Rules, 2016.
While planning the proposed management system, it has been specifically noted that all kinds of
areas gets covered under the 100% door to door collection system viz. old areas like fort Warangal
as well as newly merged areas where door to door collection service has not been provided by the
GWMC presently. The management plan is based on formation of management divisions which can
facilitate the effective management of solid waste management system at the decentralized level in
turn reduces the need of transportation.
Segregation at Source:
For storage of waste in segregated manner two closed containers consist of 10L capacity for
biodegradable (green colored container) & 10 L capacity for non-biodegradable (white colored
container) at household level are proposed and has been estimated.
Primary Collection:
Detailed assessment of existing vehicles and their tonnage are done in chapter no 4. Nine new
number of four wheeler autos is proposed for coverage of 100% door to door collection and
transportation of municipal solid waste. The workers involved in SWM also need to be equipped
with adequate personal protective equipment’s (PPEs) like gloves, boots, broom, shovels and
uniform.
Street Sweeping:
Plan and infrastructure required for management of street sweeping waste is given in section 4.3.6
of chapter 4. It is estimated around 1719 No. of street sweeping required on assuming that on an
average every street sweeper can clean 500m length of road in a day, total 258 street sweepers
would be required per day. Also assuming that worker will work on 80% days a year, total
workforce required would be 1960. Street sweepers would also be equipped with adequate PPEs.
Secondary Storage and Transportation:
The MSW transportation system for the town is proposed in conjunction with the waste collection
system described in the preceding section. The requirement of transportation vehicles has been
estimated based on the following plan:
 Vegetable Market, Fruit Market and Slaughter House Waste will be directly transported to the
Biomethanation Plant by Auto-tipper
 Dry Waste (29.35%) will be taken to the Dry Waste Resource Centers
 The waste from the refuse collector bins will be transferred to the Refuse Collector cum
Compactors of 14 m3 capacity point will then transfer the waste at the Transfer Station
ixix
 The Waste from Zone 1, Zone 2 and Zone 3 will be transported to transfer station by
Auotippers, compactors and from transfer station to ISWM facility by Dumper trucks/ hook
loader vehicles. Waste from Zone 4 to will be directly transported to the ISWM Sites from
Transfer Station
 The drain silt and street sweeping waste will be collected in tractors and directly disposed off
Feasibility of the transfer station and Zoning for effective management of solid waste management
is presented in detail of the Chapter no.4.
Processing of Waste
An ISWM facility at the existing site at Rampura village has been planned and estimated in this
report.
Sites Location Area Infrastructure at the Site Facility Proposed

Existing Site Ramapura 36 acres Compound Wall, 4 Sheds, The Existing Site is
Village Security Room, Weigh proposed for the
Bridge and one natural development of proposed
drain facility
Topographical map of the proposed facility is attached as drawing no: T.S./ZONE-2/CLUSTER-

7/WARANGAL TOWN/00
The Facilities to be provided at the ISWM facility for the Processing and Disposal of segregated
MSW coming from the Warangal town.
 For the Segregation of Mixed Waste further into dry and wet : Pre-Sorting Unit (375 TPD)
 For the Processing of Bio-degradable waste:- Mechanical Composting (175 TPD)
 For the processing of dry waste: Dry waste Resource Centres
 For Vegetable Market & Slaughter House Waste:- Biomethanation Plant
 Combustible waste to be handed over to M/S Shalivahana as proposed to further process as
RDF and use as fuel in their Waste to Energy plants.
 For the Final Disposal of the Inert Waste and the Rejects from the above mentioned
Processing Facilities and ULB Part of cluster (Parkal and Narsampet): - Sanitary Landfill
 Below proposed capacity of the sanitary landfill shall be developed phase wise (5 years each
phase) at the proposed IMSWM facility for final disposal of the rejects and process
remnants.
xx
Base Year 2018

Design Year 2042
Operative Life of Landfill 25 Years
Total Land fillable Waste of 3 Towns 609031 MT
(Warangal, Parkal and Narsampet)
Density 0.85 MT/cum
Total Design Capacity 716507 cum
Cost of the Proposed System
The cost of the integrated MSWM facility has been worked out for the waste generating in
Warangal Corporation is as follows
Breakup of the Capital Cost of the Proposed Scheme in Warangal
S. N. Particulars Total Outlay Reference/

(Rs. in Crores) Comments
A Collection and Transportation Cost 17.81 Chapter 5
B Cost of Compost plant including associated civil works 18.96 Chapter 7
C Capital cost of the Sanitary Landfill site (for use during 6.67 Chapter 8
the first 5 years)
D Capital cost of Common Facilities to be developed at the 4.74 Chapter 6
ISWM Site
E Cost of Biomethanation Plant 1.35 Chapter 7
F Sub Total (A to J) 48.18
G Contingencies @ 3% on A to E 1.45
H Administrative Cost@1% A to E 0.48
I Total Capital Cost 50.11
J Cost of Information, Education & Communication for 0.2

SWM
The total outlay project cost is estimated at Rs. 50.11 Crores excluding IEC charges for the Warangal
Corporation. Financial feasibility has been studied and presented in the chapter no 11- Financial frame
work.
xixi
1.0 PROJECT BACKGROUND

The GoTS intends to institutionalize a holistic Integrated, sustainable environment and eco-friendly
Municipal Solid Waste Management System in the urban local bodies (ULBs) of the state in turn
with SBM launched by GoI and Swachh Telangana announced by Government of Telangana.
C&DMA is the State Mission Directorate and the Nodal agency for implementation of Swachh
Bharat Mission. C&DMA was formed after the passing of the Andhra Pradesh Reorganization Act,
2014. TUFIDC is a Government of TG entity for the development of projects in Urban Infrastructure
and proposed to prepare Detailed Project Reports for the 67 ULBs and also cluster-wise.
The DPRs shall comply with the Solid Waste Management Rules 2016 (or SWM Rules, 2016), under
the aegis of the Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and the guidelines issued there under from time
to time. The SWM Rules, 2016 stipulate that each Municipal Authority should treat and dispose of
the MSW generated by them in a manner so as not to cause damage to human health and
environment.
Telangana state comprises 67 ULBs (Before district reorganization) which were classified as two
Zones (Zone 1 – 36 ULBs and Zone II- 31 ULBs) for the implementation of Integrated Municipal Solid
Waste Management (ISWM) in the state. IPE Global has been entrusted to prepare the DPR for
MSW management for 31 ULBs out of 67 ULBs (zone-II).
There is a need to enhance the existing MSWM system for all 31 ULBs and thus improve the health
and living standards of its residents. The purpose of this project is to identify the existing MSWM
practices within all the towns, recognize deficiencies/gaps in the present system and propose a
comprehensive plan for MSWM including segregation, collection, transportation and
regional/cluster approach for processing & scientific disposal in Integrated Municipal Solid Waste
Management Facility in compliance with the SWM Rules 2016, NGT Guidelines etc. In addition,
analyze options for waste processing for effective and scientific management of MSW generated.
Broad objective of this assignment was to analyze the feasibility with respect to technical, financial,
economic, environmental and social aspects, prepare conceptual design, drawings, cost estimates
of proposed MSW collection, segregation and transportation system, sanitary landfill and develop
options for waste processing, for the effective and scientific management of MSW generated in the
all towns.
1.2 PROJECT AREA
Government of Telangana has taken up the task of Districts reorganization of the existing districts
excluding Hyderabad, for better administration and development of the areas. After district re
organization project areas i.e. 31 ULBs presented here by covering 15 newly formed districts where
it was four districts before reorganization
11
The project area (Zone 11) 31 ULBS covering 15 newly formed districts.
S.No District ULB
1 Adilabad Adilabad
2 Jayashankar (Bhupalpally) Bhupalpally
3 Jagtial Jagityal,Koratla, Metpalli

4 Jangaon Jangaon
5 Komaram Bheem (Asifabad) Kagaz Nagar
6 Karimnagar Karimnagar, Jammikunta, Huzurabad

7 Khammam Khammam,Madhira, Sattupalli
8 Mahabubabad Mahabubabad
9 Mancherial Bellampally,Mandamarri,Mancherial
10 Nirmal Nirmal, Bhainsa
11 Peddapalli Ramagundam, Peddapalli
12 Rajanna (Sircilla) Sircilla,Vemulavada
13 Warangal Urban Warangal
14 Warangal Rural Parakala, Narsampet
15 Yadadri Bhongir
However Project Area (31 ULBS) are grouped under four groups to facilitate formation of clusters to
implement integrated municipal solid waste management in these 31 ULBs
Detailed descripition for the basis of formation of clusters is presented in “Chapter -7 Clusterisation
of ULBs”.
Figure no 1 shows four groups and the ULBs grouped in to.

 Adilabad (6 towns)
Adilabad is the Group Headquarter
 Karimnagar (11 towns)
Karimnagar is the Group Headquarter
 Khammam (7 towns)
Khammam is the Group Headquarter
22
There are a total of 5 municipal corporations which have population varying from 1.2 lakhs to 8
lakhs. Rest 26 are small municipalities having population less than 1 lakh.
As per the terms of reference of the assignment, separate DPRs are prepared for each ULB
including the existing practices of MSW management, inadequacies and approaches for
improvement of waste management.
The Present assignment is for the preparation of Solid Waste Management (SWM) Detailed Project
Report (DPR) for Warangal Municipal Corporation which falls under Warangal group for a design
period of 25 years.
IPE Global has initiated the project by circulating questionnaires to all the Commissioners of the
ULBs and their staff. IPE Global then mobilized technical team and teams of surveyors to the ULBs
for collection of primary data.
This DPR provides detailed description of area and site conditions prevailing in Warangal
Corporation, waste management practices at each ULB and approach for proposed technological
interventions. The proposed interventions are in accordance with the MSW (Management &
Handling) Rules 2016, to the extent possible and within the constraints posed by the site
conditions.
33
Figure 1: Division of 31 ULB as 4 groups under lead ULB Adilabad, Khammam, Warangal, Karimnagar.
1.1 Scope of Work

The scope of work includes the following:
 Realistic assessment of quantity, Characterization and classification of MSW
 Detailed survey of the prevailing conditions
 Situation/Gap Analysis of the existing condition with respect to SWM Rules, 2016
 Detailed planning for resource requirement & implementation strategy
 Design of MSW management system viz. Collection System (Primary/ Secondary) ,
Transportation & Fleet Management Plan, waste processing system and sanitary landfill in
accordance with SWM Rules 2016 & CPHEEO Manual, Govt. of India
 Techno economic and environmental analysis of various options for MSWM
 Preparation of conceptual and detailed drawings
 Preparation of Bill of Quantities (BOQs)
 Capital and Operation & Maintenance (O&M) cost estimates
 Identification and formation of the clusters on the basis of geographical locations
 MSW management model including privatization aspects
 Preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR)
The deliverables will ultimately achieve the following goals
 100% source segregation of wet & dry waste
 Primary collection of waste
 Secondary collection and transportation of waste
 Creating and sustaining a supply chain for recycled waste
 Streamlining and optimization of transportation system
 Analysis for the need of transfer station and its basic design
 Innovative processes and their enforcement for making the habitations litter free, bin free and
dump free to prevent the health hazard.
 Options for processing the biodegradable waste
 Feasibility study for the exploration of waste to power on the basis of cluster approach
 Options for using the inert material like construction & demolition material
 reclamation and bio-mining of old dump sites
 Implementation of zero landfill concept
11
 Innovative incentive structure to the operating personnel for motivation

 Financial and institutional framework
 Measures for the involvement of all stakeholder
 Information, Education and Communication (IEC) campaign models and enforcement plans
 Other Management Aspects
o Stakeholders’ complaints
o Management of Information Systems (MIS)
o Environment, Health and Safety (EHS)
22
2.0 SOCIO ECONOMIC TOWN PROFILE
This chapter elaborates on the overall overview & profile of Warangal respectively, followed by
brief overview of the municipalities and their existing Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) management
system in each group/town based on reconnaissance/overview survey of the town, visits of
dumping sites and detailed discussions held with the concerned officials including the Municipal
Commissioner of each ULB.
2.1 Location and Extents

Warangal is the city and the group headquarters of
Warangal group in the Indian state of Telangana. It is
located 148 km northeast of the state capital of
Hyderabad and for administrative purposes comprises
the Warangal, Hanmakonda and Kazipet areas. Warangal
Municipality is one of the oldest Municipalities in
Telangana and declared as Municipal Corporation on
August 18, 1994. The city is included in Amrut project
and smart city by central government. The city is known
for its heritage and in late 2014 was included in the
Government of India's proposed HRIDAY - Heritage City Development and Augmentation Yojana,
along with eleven other Indian cities. A few months earlier, the national government listed it among
the 100 proposed smart cities that will be eligible for additional investment to improve urban
infrastructure and industrial opportunities. Warangal is the second fastest-growing city in
Telangana state, after Hyderabad. City is known for its beautiful lakes, temples and wildlife. It is
very rich in antiques and relics.
Table 1: Warangal Town Profile
Population (census 2011) 819406 81940

Area (in Sq. km) 407.44
No. of Households (census 2011) 179948
No. of Wards 58
Total Road Length 2468.3 km
Total Open Drain length 4226 KM
Source: Warangal Municipality
3
3
2.2 Climate
The climate is tropical in Warangal. The summers are much rainier than the winters in Warangal.
The average annual temperature in Warangal is 27.7 °C. The rainfall here averages 977 mm. The
driest month is January, with 3 mm of rainfall. The greatest amount of precipitation occurs in July,
with an average of 270 mm. The warmest month of the year is May, with an average temperature
of 34.5 °C. The lowest average temperatures in the year occur in December, when it is around 22.4
4
4
°C. The difference in precipitation between the driest month and the wettest month is 267 mm. The
variation in temperatures throughout the year is 12.1 °C.
Figure 2: Temperature Graph
Source: Climate-data.org
2.3 Demography
As per 2011 census, population of Warangal has reached 819406. The table below examines the
population variation in the town over the six decades and the population growth trends over the
years. Between the period of 2001 and 2011, the town has witnessed a reduced growth of 54 %
while the highest growth rate observed between the period of 1971 and 1981.
Table 2: Census Population
S. No. Year Population Decadal Growth Rate

1 1961 156106
2 1971 207520 0.33
3 1981 335150 0.62
4 1991 461123 0.38
5 2001 530636 0.15
6 2011 819406 0.54
Figure 3: Temperature Graph
5
5
850000 62.0% 70%

54.0% 60%
650000 38.0% 530636
461123 50%
450000
Population
33.0% 335150 40%

819406
207520 30%
250000 156106
15.0%
20%
50000
10%
-150000 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 0%
Year
2.4 Existing Infrastructure
2.4.1 Physical Infrastructure

Various infrastructure facilities within the city have been studied in depth such as roads, industries,
electricity and social infrastructure.
Roads
Warangal is a town in Warangal mandal in Warangal group of Telangana, India. National Highway
163 connecting Hyderabad in Telangana and Bhopalpatnam in Chattisgarh passes through
Warangal. It is well connected to all the major cities by road. It is located 148 km northeast of the
state capital of Hyderabad. Total length of road in the town is 2468.3 km including pucca and
kutcha roads whereas total length of drains in the town is 4226 km.
Water Supply System

The major source of drinking water for Warangal is Kakatiya Main Canal (originating from Manair
Dam, 70 km away) which runs along the northern part of the city. The water drawn from this Canal
caters to the water supply requirements of the city without interruption for almost eight to nine
months in a year. On an average, around 72.28 MLD of water is drawn every day from Kakatiya
Canal for distribution across the jurisdiction of Warangal Municipal Corporation after necessary
treatment. During the canal closure period, the raw water is drawn from three summer storage
tanks namely Dharmasagar SS Tank, Wadepally SS Tank and Bhadrakali SS Tank. These tanks are fed
by pumping water from Kakatiya Main Canal. In case of surrounding 42 villages the major source of
water supply is ground water extracted through bore wells and open wells. The water pumped
from bore wells is stored in the Overhead Service Reservoirs (OHSR).
Economy
According to the 2011 census of India, Warangal is one of the Indian cities that have seen rapid
growth of urbanization. Agriculture is the main economic activity with irrigation depending mainly
on monsoon and seasonal rainfalls. Major crops are paddy, cotton, mango and wheat. Warangal
benefits from the Godavari lift irrigation scheme which is designed to lift water from the Godavari
River to irrigate drought prone areas in the Telangana region. The city hosts Asia's second-biggest
6
6
grain market, located in Enumamula.It is also attracting investors in information technology. The
incubation tower at Madikonda is likely to play a significant role in this development.
Tourism
Warangal is a very important tourist place with an enchanting architectural work which attracts
many people from different parts of the world. The famous tourist places in the city are thousand
pillared temple (built by the Kakatiyas and is dedicated to Lord Shiva, Lord Vishnu and Lord Surya);
the Bhadrakali temple and Ramappa temple. Some other monuments of Warangal include
Warangal Fort, a historical monument and Ghanpur group of temples. There are also beautiful
water bodies such as Ramappa lake, Pakhal lake and Lakhnavaram lake. Musical Garden, rock
garden, Regional Science Centre, Van Vigyan Kendra are few recent attraction in the city.
2.4.2 Social Infrastructure
Educational Activities
Warangal city is well known as an important educational centre. With the most famous educational
institutions, like NIT Warangal formerly known as Regional Engineering College, established in the
year 1959 and the first among the 17 RECs in the country, Warangal has marked its presence on the
global educational scenario. Apart from this, Kakatiya University, Kakatiya Medical College, Delhi
Public School Warangal is one of the famous institutes in the city.
Health Facilities
The 1200-bed Mahatma Gandhi Memorial Hospital is the largest hospital in the city. It also serves
the needs of patients from the neighboring groups of Khammam and Karimnagar. Apart from major
public hospitals such as those for maternity, chest and tuberculosis, there are many private
specialist hospitals like Lifeline, Rohini, Jaya, Guardian, St. Ann's. Ancillary to this, there is significant
no. of pharmacies & medicine shops uniformly spread within the town.
2.5 Financial Status of Warangal Municipal Corporation

The review of Warangal Municipal finance indicates that the Municipality has two sets of revenue
(i) from own sources and (ii) from external sources. The own source of revenue includes
components such as Property tax, user charges, other taxes except the property tax and non-tax
own source revenue. Currently there is no user charges levied on SWM. The Taxes other than
property tax include advertisement tax, taxes on animals, carriages & carts, water charges, market
fees, encroachment fee, developmental charges, licenses fees. Non tax comprises of rents from
markets, selling of scrap and used paper by the ULB, hire charges (e.g. road roller) etc.
The components under external sources include Plan grant from State and Central Government,
Non-Plan Grant/compensation, receive the funds from Central and State Government for the
physical infrastructural developments in terms of roads, water supply, sanitation, drainage,
buildings and lightening. The summary of revenue of municipality in past five years in as under:
7
7
Table 3: Total Revenue of Warangal Municipal Corporation for past five years
Total Revenue Amount in Rupees lakhs

Sr. No. Revenue of the Own Source Grant/Loan/ Subsidy Total Total Expenditure
Municipality for last (Assigned Revenue)/ Revenue
5 years any other receipts
1 2014-2015 3212.08 2398.38 5610.46 3144.85
2 2013-2014 2750.89 627.05 3377.94 2712
3 2012-2013 2991.84 790.65 3782.49 2092.97
4 2011-2012 2561.39 1538.26 4099.65 1932.19
5 2010-2011 2552.28 581.1 3133.38 1444.22
The revenue and expenditure statement suggests that the Municipality has been able to maintain
fair surplus. The utilisation of the fund can however be explored further as the city requires
state/central support despite maintaining the surplus.
Figure 4: Revenue, Expenditure and Deficit for Warangal Municipal Corporation
8
8
3.0 STATUS OF EXISTING MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
This chapter discusses the existing SWM practices prevalent in Warangal town. The various sources
of waste generation, current primary & secondary waste collection practices, waste transportation
& disposal mechanisms and gaps in the existing SWM system w.r.t. SWM Rules, 2016 and MSW
Manual, CPHEEO, Govt. of India are identified in this chapter.
The information provided in this chapter was furnished through interactions with various
stakeholders, officials of Warangal Municipal Corporation and site investigations performed by the
IPE Global’s project team.
In general, quantity of MSW generated depends on a number of factors in a ULB such as food
habits, standard of living, degree of commercial activities and seasons. These quantities are useful
in planning and developing system for efficient collection and disposal of MSW.
The municipal solid waste generated from the ULB was weighed and ensured by the Commissioner.
The total waste generated from the Warangal Municipal Corporation estimated by ULB in the
current year is 220 TPD with 0.251 kg per capita per day.
Table 4: Sources of MSW Generation in Warangal Municipal Corporation
Source No of units
Population (projected for 2015) 878025
No. of Households (census 2011) 179948
Length of the Roads (KM) 2468.3 km
Length of the drain (KM) 4226 km
Length of Storm water drains (Km) – (Pucca + Kutcha)
Commercial Establishments 5951
Hotels/Lodges 275
Restaurants/Dhaba/Roadside eateries 181
Institutions 636
Offices 405
Fish/chicken market 40
Slaughter House 3
Hospital/Nursing Homes/Diagnostics 1044
Wholesale Veg/Fruit Market 2
Vegetable/Fruit Market 12
Celebration House (Banquet) 16
Source: Warangal Municipality.
9
9
3.1 Present SWM Scenario

3.1.1 Primary collection of waste from Households and Apartment
The city has certain segment about 40% of the wards in old areas are covered under, door to door
collection and meagre percentage of the total wards practice source segregation. The collection of
waste from households is done through pushcarts having 4 bins of 40 litres capacity. One pushcart
is covering approximately 250 households. Dry waste is stored in jumbo bags and handed over to
dry waste recycling centers. Also it is observed the informal rag pickers and Kabariwalas take out
high value recyclables waste and send that to recyclers. Low value recyclables like thin plastic (<40
micron), rags, rubber, multilayered papers etc. are not taken by Kabdaiwalas and such waste are
thrown in waste stream. In case of big apartments, Municipal Corporation has tied-up with
Resident Welfare Associations. Community bins have been placed in the premises where garbage is
disposed by the residents of the building. Timing of waste collection is 6 AM to 10 AM
3.1.2 Primary collection of waste from Bulk Waste Generators and Commercial
areas
The collection of waste from bulk is done with existing tractors, dumper placer and compactors .In general,
the mixed waste is put in secondary collection bins/compactor bins of 3.5 and 4.5 cum bins. These
bins are serviced by Dumper Place (DP) vehicles and compactors.The timing of waste collection is
from 6 am to 10 am and 2 pm to 5 pm. The collection of waste from major commercial areas lying
on major roads (Narsampet road, Hyderabad road, Karimnagar and Khammam road) is done
through tractors after 9:30 am in the morning after the shops opens. Construction and Demolition
Waste is collected by the municipality on demand basis and Rs. 500/ trip is charged from the
10
10
generator. In case of unreported waste, a penalty of Rs. 5000 is imposed on the waste generator.
3.1.3 Road sweeping waste:

Street sweeping is a regular function of the Warangal M Corp. However, it is observed that only
main roads and some part of commercial areas are swept daily, while other roads are swept twice a
week. The dust, soil, sand, paper and fallen leaves are collected are transported regularly by
tractors to the dump yard. Street sweeping process in the Corporation is primitive in nature. The
sanitary workers sweep the streets using brooms to make small heaps of waste and then shifted to
nearest bin. Street Sweeping is done twice a day from 5 am to 10 am and in the afternoon, 2 pm to
5 pm. The sweepers are provided with 2 brooms. It was observed that No wheel-barrows are
provided to the workers.
3.1.4 Silt from drains:

Drain cleaning is done based on the action plan prepared for each ward. Drain cleaning is done
based on the action plan prepared for each ward. All the minor drains are cleaned twice a week
whereas major drains are cleaned under pre-monsoon action plan. The silt mixed with other wastes
is removed and left near the drains to dry. The same is lifted and transported by tractors after it is
reasonably dried.
3.1.5 Secondary Collection & Transportation

The MSW collected with the help of tricycles is disposed at the nearby secondary collection point
whereas autos/tractors either go to the transit point or directly transports the waste to the
dumping site.
There are total 50 dumper bins and 210 refuse collector bins placed in the town for receiving waste
from the tricycles.
The frequency of bin clearance varies from daily to once in 3 days based on the quantum of waste
generated at a particular location.
The waste from these bins is unloaded when with the help of refuse compactors after it whereas
the auto-tippers and tractors either go to the transit station or the dumping site directly.
11
11
There is one transit station at Pothana Nagar having an area of 2.5 acres and receives waste from 4
sanitary circles. About 3 auto-tippers and 20 tractors transfer the waste to tippers every day. The
transfer station has boundary and the ramp is unpaved.
S. Type of Vehicle Numbers Capacity Year Of Purchase Vehicles Under

No Repair
1 Dumper Placer 9 2 DP bins 2007 4
2 Dumper Placer 3 2 DP bins 2012
3 Tipper 8 5 Ton 2007 1
4 Compactor 6 9 Ton 2010, 2012, 2014
5 Auto-Tipper 13 0.6 Ton 2010
6 Dozer 1 2006
7 Tractors 31 2 Ton 2010,2011,2012 2
8 Robot Skit Steer 2 2011
9 JCB 1
Table 5: List of existing MSW vehicles for collection and Transportation in Warangal Municipal
Corporation
12
12
Figure 5: Pics showing some of the Transportation Infrastructure in Warangal town; 1, 2) Tractors; 3) Dumper Placer Vehicle; 4) 3-wheeler Auto-tipper; 5,6,7) Refuse Compactor; 8)
Pushcarts
3.1.6 Processing of Waste

Presently, waste processing is not carried out in Warangal except vegetable market waste, fish
waste, and slaughter house which is fed as stock or substrate to Biomethanation plants. Entire
mixed waste is being transported to dumping site for
disposal. WMC taken several initiatives in past for
treatment of waste by different methods. However,
none of them are presently functional.
Dry Waste Segregation and processing by ITC
 The dry waste after segregation is taken to the
dry waste segregation where it is further
segregated into different physical characteristic
materials (paper, plastic, card-boards and glass).
Under the WOW initiative organized by ITC,
waste collectors, rag pickers and waste
generators are being trained for achieving 100%
segregation of waste. The segregated dry waste
is being purchased by ITC and processed in their
mill
Biomethanation plants
 Waste from vegetable market, fish market and
slaughter house is collected through hydraulic
auto tipper in the morning as well as in the
evening time. The waste collected from these
establishments is directly taken to the
Biomethanation plant.
 The waste is spread in the trapezoid form
(windrow composting) and left there for 45 days
 Total 1.5 MT of waste is collected and fed to this
plant of capacity 1 MT. The waste is fed to the
Biomethanation plant (2 tons of waste). The big
chunks of biodegradable waste is shredded with
the help of a Pulveriser machine and fed to the
plant along with 1000 litres of water and cow
dung (500 kgs)
 The capacity of plant is 12 KW and the same is
used to light the adjacent children’s park
 Vermi-composting method is also implemented for decomposing wet waste in the city.
Vermi-composting sheds are constructed in the dumping site as well as at the
14
Biomethanation plant. However, the existing infrastructure is currently not used to its full
potential.
3.1.7 Disposal of Waste

The solid waste from the Municipal Corporation is collected and transported to designated disposal
site located at Ramapura site, which is 10 Kms from Kazipet, 13Kms from Hanamaknonda and from
Warangal it is 18 kms. Waste is openly dumped onto the ground without any lining. There are no
processing and segregation activities at site, but officials informed during field visit that started
compost processing. The location of waste dump yard is as shown in the below picture The site
infrastructure includes boundary wall, guardroom, weighbridge, vermi-composting sheds of
dimension 10X20 meters and an internal approach road of 3.5 meters.
Proposed Site: The existing site will be utilised for the development of proposed facility
15
Figure 6: Pics showing Dumping Site in Warangal; 1) Main Gate; 2) Weighing Bridge; 3) Dumping Location 4) Approach road of 3.5 meters width; 5)Vermi-Composting Sheds
3.2 Methodology for primary garbage survey for physical characterization
3.2.1 Methodology for conducting primary survey in households:

1) Identification of households to be surveyed: A representative sample of 200 stratified
households comprising of EWS, LIG, MIG and HIG households were made in the town to be
surveyed.
2) Sensitization of households: The households were sensitized with the concept and need of the
survey as well as informed about the schedule and the requirements of the survey
.
3) Door to door survey: The waste were collected for 7 consecutive days from all the selected
households at a pre-determined time already communicated to them. The details of all the
households were recorded as per the questionnaire (name, contact details, socio-economic
data, waste quantity)
4) Waste Quantification: The total waste has been quantified and completely mixed into a
homogeneous mixture. The homogeneous mixture further divided into four equal parts (as per
the guidelines of quartering method mentioned in CPHEEO norms) which were further
segregated into physical constituents. All the constituents were weighed and recorded
separately.
3.2.2 Methodology for conducting primary survey in commercial establishments:

Sampling: The representative sample of commercial establishments (mentioned below) has been done as
mentioned below:
 309 samples were taken comprising of big/medium/small commercial establishments

 The sample size of all the establishments were finalized considering the prevalent economic
activities in the town and vetted by the client.
S. No. List of Commercial Establishments Samples

1 Commercial Shops 200
2 Hotels/Lodges 20
3 Restaurants/Dhaba/Roadside eateries 10
4 Schools 5
5 Colleges 5
6 Offices 10
7 Chicken centres/Meat shops 20
8 Slaughter House 2
9 Hospital/Nursing Homes 30
10 Fish market 1
11 Vegetable/Fruit Market 1
12 Celebration House (Banquet) 5
17
Waste quantification: The survey has been done for 1 day for all the commercial establishments.
The waste quantification have been done through structured questionnaires.
3.2.3 Methodology for conducting dumping site survey:

The dumping site survey has been done for 3 consecutive days through a structured questionnaire.
A record of number of vehicles arriving at the dumping site in one day was made in this survey. The
questionnaires include the make and age of vehicles with photographs, capacity of vehicles,
quantity of waste, total number of trips made in a day, area covered by the incoming vehicles and
details of the driver.
3.3 Quantification of MSW

Quantification of MSW generated was carried out by IPE Global separately for different sources of
waste generation such as residential, commercial establishments, hotels/restaurants/Dhabas,
institutional, street sweeping and drain cleaning etc. Quantities of MSW are essential as:
 It provides the basic data on which the management system is planned, designed and operated.
 The changes/trend in composition and quantity of waste over a period of time are known which
help in future planning.
 It provides the information for the selection of equipment and appropriate technology.
 It indicates the amount and type of material suitable for processing, recovery and recycling.
 The forecast trends assist designers and manufacturers in the production of vehicles and
equipment suitable for the future needs.
The waste generation rates have been worked out on the basis of field surveys, waste sampling and
discussion with the different waste generators and the officials of Municipality. The results of the
study are set out in this section
Residential
An exhaustive survey, for seven consecutive days, was carried out for 200 residential
establishments so as to assess the per capita waste generation. The survey included residential
establishments under different income groups, viz. Low Income Group (LIG), Middle Income Group
(MIG), High Income Group (HIG) and Economical Weaker Section (EWS) characterized as per
standard of living conditions prevalent in the city. It is important to note that around 25% of the
current population under Warangal Municipal Corporation are living in merged villages. Considering
this different survey has been conducted in old areas and merged areas and computed the
percapita waste generation factor. Based on the survey conducted for domestic households and
analysis done, per capita MSW generation is estimated that 280.10 gms/percapita/day in old areas
and 170.12gms/percapita/day in merged villages. It is estimated for the population projection that
around 220 MT of house hold waste generation in Warangal.
Municipal solid waste generations from the households are around 220 TPD as per projected
18
population of year 2015. However, it is to be noted that these households are scattered over the
town i.e. respective income groups are not a domain of particular zone/area but are spread over
the town. Hence, the waste generated differs on a daily basis. Further, waste generation per capita
obtained for different groups does not include street sweeping, drain silt and construction debris.
Commercial Establishment (Shops, Offices, Institutes, Hotels, Restaurants etc.)
The waste from the commercial establishments like shops and offices, wholesale and retail stores,
Paint shops, and general stores, institutions and hotels/restaurants/dhabas have been considered
in this category. The number of commercial establishments are given in the below table. In order to
assess the waste generated by these establishments, field visits and quantity assessment surveys
were carried out in the commercial areas. Discussions were also held, with the shop owners on the
amount of waste generated by each of them and disposal practices. Hence, based on the survey the
waste generation factor of each type of establishment is given in table below.
. Commercial Establishment (Shops, Offices, Institutes, Hotels, Restaurants etc.)
In order to assess the waste generated by these establishments, field visits and quantity assessment surveys
were carried out in the commercial areas. Discussions were also held, with the shop owners on the amount
of waste generated by each of them and disposal practices. Hence, based on the survey the waste
generation factor of each type of establishment is given in table below.
Table 6: MSW generated from Commercial Establishments in Warangal
Establishments No. of Units Average Waste Total Waste

Generation Generated
Factor in Kg (TPD)
Commercial Shops 5951 1.2 7.1
Hotels/Lodges 275 18 5.0
Restaurants/Dhaba/Roadside eateries 181 20 3.6
Institutions 636 9 5.7
Offices 405 10 4.1
Fish/chicken market 40 2 0.1
Slaughter House 3 200 0.6
Hospital/Nursing Homes/Diagnostics 1044 8 8.4
Wholesale Veg/Fruit Market 2 1500 3.0
Vegetable/Fruit Market 12 200 2.4
Celebration House (Banquet) 16 90 1.4
TOTAL 41.4
Total commercial waste generation is estimated approximately 41.4 TPD
Street Sweeping
19
It is mainly an inert waste comprising of dust, sand and stones. This waste also contains litter, dry
leaves, plastic, paper and animal waste. Currently, most of the waste generated in the town is
collected as street sweeping, since wastes from majority of residential and commercial
establishments are discarded on and along the roads. It is therefore not possible to accurately
assess the waste generation rate from street sweeping. However, based on the discussion with the
sweepers and sanitary staff, it was estimated that average waste is in the range of 7 kg/km/day. For
the total 2468.3 km of road, it is estimated that 17.3 TPD of street sweeping waste is generated.
Table 7: Street Sweeping Waste in Warangal
Category Length Unit Waste generation factor Total waste generation

in kg (TPD)
Street Sweeping 2468.3 kg/km/day 7 17.3
Waste
Drain Silt
Drain cleanings are the major components of waste in urban areas. It is removed by municipal
workers on daily basis and/ or as and when the drain gets choked. The silt so removed is disposed
off on the dumping ground or open land on the outskirts of the city. A major portion of sanitary
worker’s time goes for the cleaning of streets and drains. Waste quantification for the drains was
done based on the field visit and field assessment survey while cleaning the drains and waste
generation factor are estimated.
Table 8: Waste generated from Drain silt
Category Length Unit Waste generation Total waste

factor in kg generation (TPD)
Silt from small 2746KMS Kg/km/day 10 27.46
Drains
Table 9: Total MSW generated in Warangal
S. No. Source Quantity (TPD)

1 Households 220
2 Commercial Establishments 41.4
3 Street Sweeping 17.3
4 Drains 27.46
TOTAL 306.16
3.4 Characterization of Waste

Physical and chemical composition of solid wastes varies depending on sources and types of solid wastes.
Physical Characterization
20
Information and data on the physical composition of solid wastes are important in the selection and
operation equipment and facilities, in assessing the feasibility and in the analysis and design of disposal
facilities. Waste composition, moisture content, waste density, temperature and pH are important as these
affect the extent and rate of degradation of waste. These are determined on components of solid wastes.
Samples were collected from different service command areas viz. households and commercial
establishments and weighted average was calculated for physical characterization (results are given in the
table). An approximate waste from 100 households were collected and segregated on-site for estimating
physical characterization and waste from shops is also surveyed in the similar way. In addition to this, sample
size survey was also carried out in institutions, hotels/restaurants and hospitals for estimating the MSW. In
order to quantify and characterize the MSW, project team did detailed survey of the town.
Table 10: Physical characterization of MSW in Warangal
Waste Characteristics Percentage (%)

Bio-degradable 51.14%
Recyclable 19.59%
Combustible 13.74%
Inert Waste 15.53%
Total 100%
In summary, the physical composition of waste excluding drain silt is given in the table. The characterization
has been done excluding drain silt as the same is considered to be of completely inert nature and to be
disposed in low-lying areas.
The major proportion of the waste is biodegradable followed by recyclable waste comprising of plastic,
paper, glass, metals, tetra pack, rubber and leather. Interestingly, coconut consumption is higher because of
the unique food habits.
Chemical Characterization of the MSW
Information on the chemical composition of solid wastes is important in evaluating alternative technology
for processing and recovery options.
The methodology for chemical characterization is adopted keeping in consideration the utilization of the
results at later stages of analysis for finalizing the processing technology. The methodology is described
below in detail:
 One sample of the Mixed Waste from the different secondary collection points was collected. All these
were taken from the inside & outside of solid waste heap and thoroughly mixed to make one composite
sample.
 One sample of the Mixed Waste from existing dumpsite, sample was taken from inside and outside of
the heap and thoroughly mixed to make one composite sample
 One sample of the Mixed Waste from transit point (transfer station) was collected. Total no. of sample
for the mixed waste were 3
 One sample of Bio-Degradable waste was collected from the households in segregated form during the
primary collection of waste in early morning.
 One sample of Dry Waste from the households and one sample from the commercials was taken in
segregated form. These two samples were mixed thoroughly to make further one composite sample.
21
Table 11: Various Chemical Parameters of MSW in Warangal Town
S.No. Parameters analysed Unit Mixed Waste

Sample 1 Sample Sample 3
2
SCP’s Dumping
Transit Site
Point
1 Moisture % 28.3 29.8 27.2
2 Calorific Value Kcal/Kg 1409 1360 1330
3 pH - 8.10 7.90 8.12
4 C/N Ratio - 26.25 29.4 28.9
5 Total Carbon 21.0 22.1 19.7
6 Organic Carbon % 16.2 17.5 16.3
7 Nitrogen % 0.80 0.75 0.68
8 Phosphorus as P2O5 % 0.50 0.61 0.58
9 Potassium K2O % 0.21 0.29 0.20
10 Hydrogen % 5.0 5.28 5.90
11 Sulphur % 0.29 0.30 0.40
12 Oxygen % 30.8 31.0 32.5
13 Ash % 13.0 12.7 12.7
14 Chlorine % 0.031 0.029 0.037
15 Total Solids % 32.7 34.0 32.5
16 Bulk Density Kg/m3 380 365 367
Table 12: Various Chemical parameters of MSW in Warangal
S.No. Parameters analysed Unit Bio-Degradable Dry Waste

1 Moisture % 55.0 17.9
2 Calorific Value Kcal/Kg 809 2290
3 pH - 7.52 8.1
4 C/N Ratio - 39.7 30.2
5 Organic Carbon % 35.8 20.6
6 Total Solids % 30.1 25.9
7 Nitrogen % 0.90 0.68
8 Phosphorus as P2O5 % 0.87 0.60
9 Potassium K2O % 0.52 0.76
10 Bulk Density Kg/m3 462 320
3.5 Organogram of MSW Management system in Warangal Municipal Corporation
22
This section describes the MSW Management and Handling System prevalent in the town. The management
system is headed by the Commissioner itself and the work is undertaken by the supervisory staff under his
guidance.
Commissioner
Additional Commissioner
Dy Executive Engineer
MHO (1)
(1)
Environmental
Engineer (1)
Sanitary inspectors (17)
Sanitary supervisors (36-

govt, 67-private)
Sanitary workers
(480-govt, 1815-private,
425-merged village)
Figure 7: Administrative Set-up in Warangal Municipal Corporation
3.6 Expenditure on MSW

The Municipal Corporations and City Governments create and maintain assets with funds provided by
central and state Grants, funds internally generated by local Governments through taxes and tariffs, capital
markets etc. Solid waste management is a non-revenue generating activity for municipalities in India,
majority of which is spent on manpower and fuel. This section briefly enquires the5 efficiency (in terms of
cost per ton) of municipality in executing the MSW collection, transportation and disposal activities.
Table 13: Expenditure on SWM in Warangal Town
Financial Year (FY) 2014-2015 (In Lakhs)

Permanent Sanitary Workers 35
Contractual Sanitary Workers 40
Cost of fuel 77
Cost of replacement equipment 84
Miscellaneous Cost on Sanitation Activities 73
23
Outsourced Services 475

Total 784
The WMC also imposes service charges on the commercial establishments. The revenue of the Municipal
Corporation is given below:
Financial Year (FY) 2014-2015 (In Lakhs)

Tax- Solid Waste 32.45
User Charges 4.32
Total 36.77
24
4.0 INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT FOR

COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
4.1 INTRODUCTION
The plan for primary & secondary waste collection and transportation system for Warangal town
under “Cluster-VII” in Warangal Group has been extensively discussed in this chapter. The
proposed plan also includes infrastructure requirements and corresponding cost estimates
considering the existing infrastructure available with the municipality for the collection and
transportation systems. The proposed system is in accordance with the SWM Rules 2016. The
primary aspects of the proposed plan include the following:
 Compliance with Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016
 Compulsory segregation at the source
 Provision of segregated infrastructure at all stages of collection and transportation
 100% collection and transportation of the generated waste
 Elimination of manual handling of waste, and provision of proper PPEs to the workers
 Maximum recovery of resources by segregating recyclables and biodegradable waste
 Promote Information, Education and Communication (IEC) across the stakeholders to
ensure system efficiency and sustainability
 Adequate health and safety provisions for workers at all stages of waste handling
The proposed system is explained at the following levels of collection and transportation system:
1. Primary Storage & Collection System
2. Secondary Storage, Collection & Transportation System
3. Integrated Solid Waste Management (ISWM) Facility at Warangal
4.1.1 Population Projections

The population projections considered in the CPHEEO Manual have been made after studying the
population growth trend from 1961 onwards. It is an important step in order to bridge the supply
demand gap and also to estimate the future requirement of the urban infrastructure. The
population of Warangal has been projected for the year 2045 using statistical methods based on
population trends in the previous years.
The following methods have been used to project the future population of the town based on the
past year population such as:
 Arithmetic Method
 Geometric Method
 Incremental Method
25
 State Urban Average

 Graphical Increase
 Average Population
In order to make a choice among these methods which have been used to project the population of
the city, the table below provides a summary of all the projected population numbers from the
chosen methods:
Table 14: Population projections
Year Arithmeti Increment Geometric State Graphical Average

c method al method method Urban Increase Population
Average
2021 929956 977427 1171046 1149658 1018558 1049329
2031 1040506 1182920 1673590 1479910 1280940 1331573
2041 1151056 1435883 2391795 1810162 1577405 1673260
2045 1195276 1550361 2759014 1942263 1705534 1830490
There has been merging of 42 villages in Warangal town after Census 2011. The Population
Projection is separately carried out for Census 2011 and merged population as the merged area will
attract more population due to the increased development perspectives. Incremental Increase has
been chosen for Census 2011 population whereas geometric increase has been adopted for merged
village’s population.
Figure 8: Projected Population
1389793
1495027
1600000 70%
1550000
1500000
1161666
1450000 58%
1400000 60%
1350000
1300000
1250000
974456
1200000
1150000 50%
1100000 8%
1050000
1000000
950000 40%
900000
618408
850000
800000
530636
750000 19%
700000 17% 30%
650000 20%
600000
550000
500000
450000 20%
400000
350000
300000
250000 10%
200000
150000
100000
50000
0 0%
2001 2011 2021 2031 2041 2045
Population Growth Rate
26
The Graphical Increase method has been adopted as this method is appropriate for the town like
Warangal which is developing at a slightly faster rate than the existing rate. As it is considered one
of the biggest towns of Karimnagar group, is a hub for the group’s commercial and entertainment
activities & also famous for its tourism due to its many important Hindu pilgrimage sites which
increases the population flux. The figure below provides the projected population of the city for the
coming years:
4.1.2 Waste Projections

Not only the present scenario but future demands assessment is also carried out based on the
projected population. The average quantities of waste generation based on the design population
of Warangal including total waste generation. Assumption for per capita increase is taken 1.3 grams
per annum as per MoUD guidelines
Table 15: Waste projections with silt
Year Projected Per capita per year waste Per capita Total waste
Population generation with 1.3 % quantity in generation quantity in
increase per capita per MT/ Day (in kgs/ Day) MT/ Year
year as per MoUD
Guidelines
2015 878025 154.87 308 0.351 308
2020 957626 165.20 358.3 0.374 358.3
2025 1045049 176.22 417.1 0.399 417.1
2030 1141269 187.98 485.9 0.426 485.9
2035 1247423 200.52 566.6 0.454 566.6
2040 1364830 213.90 661.2 0.484 661.2
2045 1495027 228.17 772.6 0.517 772.6
4.2 Basis of Design of Proposed MSWM Plan

The proposed waste management plan and infrastructure/equipment for primary & secondary
waste collection and transportation system for Warangal have been framed based on the following:
 Population data
 Projected populations for the design period based on CPHEEO manual
 Spread of the town
 Current MSW quantities as per IPE Global's MSW survey data
 Current and projected per-capita waste (considering 1.3% increase per capita per year as per
MoUD Report )
 Characterization of MSW by NABET Approved Agency
 Existing waste collection location have been considered for primary & secondary collection of
waste
The projected populations waste projections and per-capita waste generation for the design year
2017 are used for proposed SWM plan and infrastructure requirement are summarized in table
below.
27
Table 16: Population Estimates, Waste Quantities and Waste Characterization (Design Year 2017) for Warangal
Year of Design 2017

Design Population 908983
Waste Composition Waste Characterization Quantity (MT/day)

(%)
Wet Waste 46.56% 152.2
Dry Waste 30.34% 99.2
Inert Waste 23.10% 75.6
Total Waste 100% 327
Table 17: Classification of Inert Waste (Design Year 2017) for Warangal
Type of Inert Waste Waste (%) Remarks

Inert including Street sweepings 14.13% To Landfill
Drain silt 100% which is mainly silt will be used for filling
8.97% low lying areas
Construction & Demolition --- Will be reused for filling low lying areas, or as a
waste soil cover for sanitary landfill
Total 23.10%
Table 18: Classification of Dry Waste (Design Year 2017) for Warangal
Type of Dry Waste Waste (%) Remarks

Recyclables 17.84% Dry waste shall be transported to Dry
Combustible 12.51% Resource Collection Centre (DRCC)
Total 47.48%
The field survey shows that the Dry waste mainly comprises of recyclables and combustible waste.
In the proposed MSWM system there will be 100% segregation of waste at source into
Biodegradable (wet), Non-Biodegradable (dry) and Domestic Hazardous Waste. Domestic
hazardous waste shall be wrap securely in a suitable wrapping material as instructed by ULB and
shall keep in the same bin of dry waste. The wet and dry waste would be collected and transported
in segregated manner to Integrated Waste Management Facility and Dry Resource Recycling Centre
respectively.
4.3 Proposed Collection and Transportation Plan

Warangal is one of the major urban centers of the Telangana State addressing the educational,
medical, trading and cultural needs of the people not only from the group, but also from
neighboring groups. Also, the city has a rich cultural heritage and tourism importance, and attracts
thousands of tourists every year. The predominant tourist attractions include Warangal Fort--
constructed in 13th century which has been preserved as it is since then.
While planning the proposed management system, it has been specifically noted that all kinds of
areas gets covered under the 100% door to door collection system viz. old areas like fort Warangal
28
as well as newly merged areas where door to door collection service has not been provided by the
GWMC presently. The management plan is based on formation of management divisions which can
facilitate the effective management of solid waste management system at the decentralized level in
turn reduces the need of transportation.
The zoning of solid waste management divisions has been done based on the routing catchment of
major roads. The town is developed along the diagonally arranged major roads: NH-202, Warangal-
Hyderabad-Bhopalpatnam Road, Warangal-Hyderabad Road and Warangal-Khammam Road. These
major roads can be catchment for solid waste collection and transportation vehicles and therefore,
routing of vehicles will depend on the condition and traffic on these roads. The catchment zones
have been named in the map as 1, 2, 3 and 4.
The total area of the town is 408 sq. km. divided into 58 wards which has increased from 110 sq.
km. signifying that there has been about 4 times increase in the total area of the town which is
presently not covered under the solid waste management service of the town. The newly merged
areas are sparsely populated. However, long-term plan propose daily collection of waste from
these areas as well as they will develop after becoming a part of Municipal Corporation. The
management plan has been designed to comply with SWM Rules, 2016.
The feasibility of establishing transfer station and plan for collection and transportation of MSW in
Warangal Municipal Corporation is analyzed at the Zone level. The average distance of the Zone
29
from the proposed facility has been calculated:

Table 19: Table showing the average distances between the catchment zones and proposed facility
Catchment Zone Average Distance from Proposed Facility (in km)1

Catchment Zone-1 24.22
As per the average distance of the proposed facility from the Catchment Zones, Zone-1, Zone-2 and
Zone-3 are feasible for setting up transfer station. Catchment Zone-3 has the maximum number of
wards and therefore, this location will be more feasible which can also be accessed from some
parts of Catchment Zone-2. The unattended areas of Zone-2 and Zone-1 can be covered through
separate transfer station.
There is an existing transfer station in Zone-3 which is under construction at Pothana Nagar of area
2.5 acres in ward no 27. The site has boundary and one ramp which are not paved. The transfer
station for Zone-1 and unattended Zone-2 is proposed to be set-up in Zone-1 such that the waste
transportation requirement is reduced.
Since the average distance of the Zone 4 from the proposed ISWM facility is less than 10 kms, it is
proposed that the vehicles covering door to door collection in Zone 4 shall directly take waste the
ISWM facility. It helps to reduce the time, fuel and resources for transfer of waste from Zone 4 to
transfer station and then to ISWM facility and also reduces the capacity of handling of waste in
proposed transfer stations.
4.3.1 Segregation at Source
There are about 1, 80,000 households in Warangal M. Corp., and at present there is no segregation
of waste at source. Now it shall be improved to 100 % by segregating and storing waste in three
streams as mentioned in Solid Waste Management Rules 2016. Separation of organic and inorganic
waste ensures collection and transportation of contaminated and uncontaminated waste
separately while optimizing the waste processing and treatment technologies.
The ULB may take up the following to ensure segregation of waste at households
 To inform, educate and motivate under IEC activity not to litter waste on streets and
develop a habit of storing waste at source.
 To educate about risks to human health and environment due to solid waste
 Create awareness for segregation and storage of waste in three separate bins for dry waste,
wet waste and household bio-medical/hazardous waste as per MSW Guidelines.
1
Only secondary transportation distance is taken
30
 Organize awareness campaign for segregation of waste through local NGO’s, schools, local
representatives, RWA’s, etc.
 Regular meetings and interactions with representatives of local resident welfare

associations, community participants, NGOs, etc.
 To direct waste generators not to throw waste in their neighborhood, on streets, open
areas, drains, etc., through display boards in public places.
 Formulate mandatory resolutions on segregation of waste and laying penalties in case of

violation.
 Provision of appropriate size of community bins wherever required.
 To identify slum location and provide community bins to enable slum dwellers to deposit
waste in the bins as and when generated.
Individual households/ Community may ensure the following:
 To keep/store wet waste/biodegradable (kitchen waste/food waste) in a container covered

with lid.
 To keep/store dry waste/recyclable waste (plastics/paper/bottles/etc.) in a separate

container covered with lid.
 To keep/store domestic/household bio-medical/hazardous waste in a separate container (3)

covered with lid.
 To follow the norms/regulations made by the local body / ULB regarding management of
MSW.
 To handover the segregated waste in 3 bins separately to the waste collector during door-
to-door collection to avoid unhygienic conditions.
 As and when recyclable waste such as newspapers, books, glass bottles, plastic bottles,
metal / iron containers, etc., are generated, it may be handed over to nearby recyclable
waste dealer in order to reduce the waste quantity to dump yard.
 To store C&D waste separately as and when generated in his own premises and dispose at
the collection center arranged by the ULB. In case of bulk quantities (> 20 TPD), the C&D
waste generator may contact nearby authorized processing facility (else ULB) for disposal.
 Resident welfare associations / gated communities shall try to process segregated bio-
degradable waste within their premises in consultation with the ULB.
31
The value chain of effective waste management starts at the source with proper segregation of
waste. The efficiency of the proposed waste management plan is driven by the segregation of
waste in to wet and dry waste at the source.
Table 20: Bins for segregation of waste
Source Existing Infrastructure Total No. SWM Rules 2016

Infrastructure Provided
Household - Two Bins of 10 liter 46426  Generator to segregate and
Capacity store the waste in 3
separate streams:
One bag for domestic biodegradable, non-
hazardous waste biodegradable and
domestic hazardous waste
 Sanitary waste to be
Commercial - Two Bins of 10 liter 740 securely wrapped and
Capacity for Shops submitted along with dry
waste
 Separate storage of C&D
and Horticulture Waste
4.3.2 Segregation at vegetable / fruit markets and slaughter houses
At present, about 8 TPD of waste is generated from market areas and slaughter house. The waste
generated from these markets is dumped in open areas called collection points within the market.
ULB may provide adequate number of trolleys/M-bins in these collection points for dumping
market area waste and direct shop owners to dump waste only in bins provided. Later these bins
could be emptied or transferred by tractors /compactors placers based on accessibility of the bin
location. There are three slaughter houses in the ULB. The buildings lack infrastructure for
maintaining hygiene. This is threat to human health therefore the buildings and the operations,
both need to be improved upon with regard to cleanliness and hygiene. The waste generated in the
slaughter house is stored in one corner of the building in open area, which shall be avoided by
providing suitable bin for storage before it is disposed of. Each seller may be equipped with one bin
for storage of waste temporarily and finally at end of the day can dispose the waste in the bin
provided by the ULB. ULB shall provide a bin in the slaughter house for depositing waste and ensure
collection & transfer of this waste at regular intervals. There are two Bio methanation plants
working taking existing market waste as substrate.
4.3.3 Segregation at commercial establishments/institutions/workshops

Corporation may advise the following to the waste generators of shops/offices/institutions:
 Avoid throwing of shop cleaning/sweeping waste on roads/streets/open areas
32
 Use bin/container for storage of daily waste till collection by the PH worker.
 To maintain separate container for storing hazardous waste and handover the same to the
PH worker/waste collector who in turn shall dispose to the authorized dealer.
 For educational institutions with canteen, hostel and lab facilities waste may be segregated
and stored in three separate bins for dry, wet and domestic hazardous waste.
 For commercial complexes and institutions, the segregated waste may be stored in three
separate bins for collecting wet, dry and domestic hazardous waste separately
 Waste generated from these areas would be mostly recyclables. These waste generators
shall handover the segregated recyclable waste to authorized waste pickers/waste
recyclers/waste dealers.
4.3.4 Segregation at hotels/restaurants/community/function halls

The hotels and restaurants in the corporation area shall be advised to:
 Avoid throwing of shop cleaning/sweeping waste on roads/streets/open areas
 Avoid disposal of waste into municipal community bins
 Use separate containers with lid of adequate capacity for storing dry, wet and hazardous
waste. Handover the segregated waste to the PH worker/waste collector regularly.
 These waste generators may try to process the segregated bio-degradable waste within
their premises in consultation with the ULB.
4.3.2 Door to door Collection of MSW

The door-to-door collection of waste shall be done on a day-to-day basis i.e. between6AM – 12 PM
and the Municipality shall be responsible for providing door to door primary MSW collection service
within the jurisdiction of municipal area. The Municipality shall ensure that infrastructure is made
available for undertaking this activity in compliance with the SWM Rules 2016.
 Separate Door to Door Collection System Households, Commercial Establishments, Vegetable
market, Street Sweeping Waste and Drain Silt will be designed at staggered timings
 There should be no inter-mixing of waste from various sources during the transportation of
waste.
 Vehicles engaged in this service shall not dump the waste at any secondary collection bin/open
site or any other location in any circumstances and shall transfer waste only in the specified
Secondary Collection Point or secondary collection vehicle.
33
 Construction and demolition waste will be collected separately as per the Construction and
Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016.
 The sanitary workers employed by the municipality shall be well equipped with Personal
Protective Equipment’s (PPEs) to avoid direct contact with waste.
4.3.3 Collection from Households and Commercial Establishments

Households are the major sources of waste generation. In Warangal, around 220 TPD waste is
generated from households. The quantum of waste requires efficient and effective coordination
between waste generators and waste collectors for 100% collection of waste. The timing of waste
collection should be from 5 AM to 9:30 AM.
The primary collection system is designed to have effective coordination between waste collectors
and households so that high segregation of waste is achieved at the source. It is proposed to use
tricycles for the densely populated area and auto-tippers for the sparsely populated areas for the
collection of waste from the households.
It is estimated that 4 to 5% of the total population lives in slums, and high-rise residential building
where door to door collection is not possible. It is proposed to keep 1.1 Cum RC bins in such
strategic location near to these units where generators puts the waste in bin and the bins shall be
lifted by existing compactors/ Tractors.
4.3.4 Collection from Other Establishments

It is proposed that AT 1.75 will be deployed to collect the MSW from shops, hospitals, vegetable
market, and restaurants and slaughter house in the narrow lanes where placement of bins and
movement of compactors are not possible. But it is observed by the project team 75% percent of
the commercial areas are along the main roads and the national highways where RC Bins can be
placed and the waste can be lifted by using Refuse compactors.
The Corporation shall plan to collect waste from these establishments with the infrastructure
allocated for primary collection of waste.
 Auto tippers engaged in this service shall not collect the waste from any other source viz. open
site, ground, street corner bin and drain etc.
 This service shall be provided on all 365 days in a year irrespective of any National Holidays,
Festivals and Sundays
 It is proposed to have one 120 liter capacity bin with two wheels at each hotel, restaurant,
banquet hall and hospital for collection of wet waste and one 120 liter capacity bin with two
wheels for dry waste.
The collection of waste would be done from 9:30 am to 12:00 pm with the available infrastructure.
34
4.3.5 Collection and Transportation of Silt Generated during De-silting of Drains

 The municipality is responsible for the de-silting of surface drains including the collection,
transportation and disposal of silt generated from these drains.
 The municipality shall prepare their ‘Action Plan for de-silting’ of drains up to 4 feet in advance
with the operator using the computerized system.
 Based on the Action Plan, operator will make its plan for de-silting of drains and lift the ‘silt’
deposited alongside de-silted drains within 24 hours.
 Silt will be transported to the low lying areas or any other site/plant by using a tractor-trolley
available with the municipality.
 Drain Silt collected using this service shall not under any condition be unloaded onto the open
sites, dust bin locations, ground or any other points or mixed with any other type of waste.
 Requirement of the infrastructure calculated for the silt management is summarized in table
below:
Ward No. Drain Length Area Silt (2017) Trips of Nos. of Tractors
Tractor Required
1 10 16.95 0.65 0.32 0.2
2 11 21.02 0.71 0.36 0.2
3 11 6.98 0.73 0.36 0.2
4 21 20.30 1.36 0.68 0.3
5 5 28.08 0.31 0.15 0.1
6 10 27.54 0.66 0.33 0.2
7 12 1.30 0.75 0.37 0.2
8 6 2.38 0.40 0.20 0.1
9 10 2.33 0.66 0.33 0.2
10 6 1.39 0.38 0.19 0.1
11 10 1.56 0.64 0.32 0.2
12 7 6.46 0.49 0.24 0.1
13 9 0.55 0.56 0.28 0.1
14 13 0.64 0.82 0.41 0.2
15 11 1.53 0.74 0.37 0.2
16 23 0.36 1.50 0.75 0.4
17 11 0.40 0.74 0.37 0.2
18 11 0.71 0.73 0.37 0.2
19 9 0.88 0.57 0.29 0.1
20 8 0.86 0.52 0.26 0.1
21 10 0.68 0.65 0.32 0.2
22 9 1.46 0.60 0.30 0.2
23 7 4.44 0.45 0.22 0.1
35
Ward No. Drain Length Area Silt (2017) Trips of Nos. of Tractors
Tractor Required
24 12 1.07 0.79 0.39 0.2
25 15 0.33 0.98 0.49 0.2
26 7 0.52 0.43 0.21 0.1
27 7 1.01 0.48 0.24 0.1
28 16 1.88 1.02 0.51 0.3
29 10 1.18 0.62 0.31 0.2
30 15 1.49 0.99 0.50 0.2
31 18 4.77 1.15 0.58 0.3
32 9 8.53 0.61 0.30 0.2
33 55 40.46 3.60 1.80 0.9
34 15 17.67 1.00 0.50 0.3
35 17 8.00 1.09 0.55 0.3
36 13 6.00 0.84 0.42 0.2
37 12 1.68 0.78 0.39 0.2
38 7 1.72 0.45 0.23 0.1
39 9 1.58 0.59 0.30 0.1
40 7 0.59 0.48 0.24 0.1
41 31 0.44 1.99 0.99 0.5
42 10 0.83 0.67 0.34 0.2
43 22 0.34 1.45 0.73 0.4
44 13 0.78 0.87 0.43 0.2
45 8 1.09 0.54 0.27 0.1
46 16 2.32 1.04 0.52 0.3
47 14 0.95 0.88 0.44 0.2
48 30 1.20 1.95 0.98 0.5
49 30 2.00 1.98 0.99 0.5
50 26 2.00 1.72 0.86 0.4
686 259 45 22 11
Infrastructure required for collecting drain silt:

S. No. Particulars Number
1 Tractors Required for Effective Servicing 11
Infrastructure Available:
1 Tractors 31
Infrastructure to be procured:
1 Tractors --
36
It is proposed to use the existing infrastructure for the collection and transportation of silt.
4.3.6 Collection of Street Sweeping Waste
The street sweeping shall be done on a day-to-day basis. It is desirable to split the 8 hours of duty
of sweepers into two shifts, the street sweeping is to be done by safai karmcharies as per the
proposed plan.
Table 21: Plan and infrastructure required for management of street sweeping waste
S. No. Particulars Quantity Unit

1 Street sweeping waste 18.2 MT/ day
2 Density of street sweeping (assumed) 1 MT/ m3
3 Volume of Waste 18.2 m3
4 18248 l
5 Length of roads 2468 km
6 Length of roads having divider 123 km
7 Total length of road to be cleaned 2592 km
8 road length to be cleaned twice in a day 30 km
9 road length to be cleaned daily 30 km
10 road length to be cleaned on alternate days 1142 km
11 road length to be once in a week 1390 km
12 Capacity of containerized wheelbarrows 250 l
13 Utilization of capacity 80 %
14 No of wheelbarrows(one WB for two sweeper) 860 no
15 No of wheelbarrows (with 5% backup) 902 no
16 No of workers (per day, assuming that one 1719 no
street sweeper can sweep only 500 m length of
road)
17 No of safai karmcharies (including holiday) 1960 no
18 No of brooms 1960 no
19 No of shovels 1960 no
20 Gloves 1960 no
21 Boots 1960 no
22 Safety mask 1960 no
23 2 sets of Uniform 3920 no
To ensure that street sweeping is done properly and there is accountability at individual level, it is
proposed that teams of two sweepers each shall be made responsible for a stretch of road. As
mentioned above, it is assumed that each sweeper will clean approximately 500 m of road stretch,
therefore two sweepers between themselves are responsible for cleaning 1 km of road. One
wheelbarrow (with brakes) shall be shared by a team of two sweepers. The sanitary supervisors will
have the complete road map with area-wise responsibility distribution marked on it. The sanitary
supervisor will be responsible for making surprise checks and identifying if any team is not working
properly. This activity may be undertaken by existing workers.
37
MSW services will be provided 365 days a year. Assuming that one government worker be given
national holidays = 1719 x 1.14 = 1960
Figure 5.8: Wheelbarrow for Collecting Street Sweeping Waste
As per MSW Rules 2016, Street Sweeping Waste is required to be separately stored at the
secondary collection point. It is proposed to use existing infrastructure of dumper placer bins to be
placed at every 1000 meters for storing street sweeping waste and dumper placer vehicle for
transporting the bins to the ISWM Facility.
Total Requirement of bins = 181
Existing Infrastructure of Dumper Placer bins = 50
Bins to be purchased (RC Bins) = 131
4.3.7 Secondary Waste Storage System

The concept of secondary storage of waste at intermediate
points before its transportation to processing site is done in
the case of through manual means (tricycles, pushcarts or
handcarts) where high coordination would be required to
streamline the primary collection of waste and secondary
transportation vehicles. Uncoordinated collection and
transportation leads to high transportation cost and Figure 5.7: Refuse Collector Bin
therefore, secondary waste storage systems are required to
bridge the gap between the primary collection and secondary transportation of waste.
Segregated waste at the household level collected by primary collection through tricycles only will be stored
at the secondary collection point separately (wet and dry waste) in 2 refuse collector bins (RC Bin) from
where it will be transferred to secondary collection vehicles. It is advisable to place the SCP at every 500
meters, but in case of Warangal, the maintenance of these storage points will be very difficult due to large
area. Therefore, it is proposed to place the bins at every 750 meters.
It is advisable to place litter bins near all public, market and tourist places including schools, colleges, offices,
post office, and market areas and parks.
490 RC Bins will be placed at 245 locations in the areas where tricycle will be used for primary collection of
waste.
Infrastructure Required:
S. No. Particulars Nos. Capacity
1 RC Bins 234 0.6 cum
38

Infrastructure Available:
Infrastructure to be procured:
2 RC Bins 0 1.1 cum
4.3.8 Waste Transportation System

The MSW transportation system for the town is proposed in conjunction with the waste collection
system described in the preceding section. The requirement of transportation vehicles has been
estimated based on the following plan:
 Vegetable Market, Fruit Market and Slaughter House Waste will be directly transported to the
Biomethanation Plant by Auto-tipper
 Dry Waste (29.35%) will be taken to the Dry Waste Resource Centers
 The waste from the refuse collector bins will be transferred to the Refuse Collector cum
Compactors of 14 m3 capacity point will then transfer the waste at the Transfer Station
 The Waste from Zone 1, Zone 2 and Zone 3 will be transported to transfer station by
Auotippers, compactors and from transfer station to ISWM facility by Dumper trucks/ hook
loader vehicles. Waste from Zone 4 to will be directly transported to the ISWM Sites from
Transfer Station
 The drain silt and street sweeping waste will be collected in tractors and directly disposed off
Feasibility of Transfer Station in Warangal
Waste collected from the door step may either be stored in a secondary collection point or
transferred directly to secondary collection vehicles (bin-less cities). The feasibility of choosing to
introduce the tertiary storage to be ascertained based on the extent of collection area.
The establishment of intermediate transfer stations is determined by the distance between
secondary waste collection points and the final treatment/disposal point. If the distance from the
city jurisdiction to the final treatment/disposal points exceeds 15 km., transfer stations may be
established to reduce the number of trips to the disposal facility.
39
1
1
4
3
Proposed Transfer Station
Existing Transfer Station
The feasibility of establishing transfer station in Warangal is analyzed at the Zone level. The average distance
of the Zone from the proposed facility has been calculated:
Catchment Zone Average Distance from Proposed Facility (in km)2
As per the average distance of the proposed facility from the Catchment Zones, Zone-1, Zone-2 and Zone-3
are feasible for setting up transfer station. Catchment Zone-3 has the maximum number of wards and
therefore, this location will be more feasible which can also be accessed from some parts of Catchment
Zone-2. The unattended areas of Zone-2 and Zone-1 can be covered through separate transfer station.
There is an existing transfer station in Zone-3 which is under construction at Pothana Nagar of area 2.5 acres
in ward no 27. The site has boundary and one ramp which are not paved. The transfer station for Zone-1 and
unattended Zone-2 is proposed to be set-up in Zone-1 such that the waste transportation requirement is
reduced.
The existing and proposed transfer stations will be based on the static compactor transfer stations. It is
proposed to install two static compactor transfer stations.
2
Only secondary transportation distance is taken
40
Total MSW to be transported to Transfer Station 90% of the Total MSW3

Total MSW 356 TPD
MSW at TS in Zone-1 123 TPD (40%)
Capacity of Stationary Compactor 14 T
No. of times Containers will be filled 9
Containers 5
Hook-Loader 3
Backup (Hook-Loader) 0.5
MSW at TS in Zone-3 98
Capacity of Stationary Compactor 14
No. of times Containers will be filled 7
Containers 4
Hook-Loader 2
Backup (Hook-Loader) 0.5
Waste will be directly transferred from a smaller vehicle to 18 cum container. Details of the components of
the fixed static compactor transfer station are mentioned below in table.
Table 22: Components of Transfer station
S. N. Main Components Sub-Components Key Requirement

1 Fixed Compactor Solid Waste Fixed  The above unit shall be design to receive
Transfer Station Compactor with municipal solid waste from wheel barrows/
Hydraulic Loading Tricycle Rickshaws, Three Wheelers and Four
Shovel Bucket Wheeler Auto-Tippers
 The solid waste shall be unloaded on to the
Arrangement
loading shovel bucket of 1.5 cu m capacity
attached with the fixed compactor lying at
the ground level.
Compactor Unit  Compactor in heavy duty design with extra
strong sheet thickness and two cylinder
system.
 The hydraulic Loading Shovel / Bucket, shall
be specially design shovel bucket with
hydraulic assisted arms (02 Nos.), and of 1.5
cu m. Capacity.
Roll-On-Roll-Off  The closed container of 18 cum capacity
Container  Roll On – Roll off Containers are detachable
type, when filled, only the container portion
will travel to the dumping ground. In the
interim time period, a fresh Roll On – Roll off
container will be attached to the Static
Compaction Unit so that the unit is able to
continue receiving garbage without any
break.
 Container shall be compatible with Hook
3
It is assumed that only 10% of the waste will be directly taken to the ISWM Facility through Refuse Compactor
41
loader as well as fixed compactor.

 The container shall have rear door opening
for unloading the collected refuse at
processing site.
 They shall also have locking arrangement to
lock them with fixed compactor while loading
the refuse.
 container shall be side tapered on both sides
for easy of unloading of garbage at dump site
 Volumetric Capacity: 18.0 cu m
 Floor Thickness :minimum 6 MM
 Side and Top Thickness: minimum 4 MM
 Rollers : 2 Nos. Heavy Duty Rollers at
rear side
 Material :IS 2062
Truck Mounted Hook  Truck Mounted Hook Loader, shall be capable
Loader Mounted to suitable for lifting 18 M3 Volume container
hydraulically, shall be designed to pick up the
loaded or empty Roll on – Roll off containers,
transport, dumping and of material.
Table 23: Cost of Transfer station
Sl. Unit
Description Quantity Unit Amount
No. Price (Rs)
Mechanical Works
Solid Waste Static Compactor with Hydraulic Loading
1 1 2750000 2750000
Shovel bucket arrangement
Nos.
18 cum capacity Container compatible with Static
2 4 785000 3140000
Compactor
Hook loader mounted on 25 T GVW
3 BS – IV Truck Chassis capable of handling 18 cum 2 Nos. 4375000 8750000
containers
Sub-Total 14640000
Civil Works
1 Vehicle Parking Area 1 Nos. 706104 706104
2 Office Room 1 Nos. 344596 344596
3 Security Room 1 Nos. 164893 164893
4 Boundary Wall 215 m 1744 374960
5 Iron Gate 1 Nos. 48683 48683
Sub-Total 1639236
Grand Total 16279236
4.3.9 Workshop
Workshop site should be maintained properly and be fully equipped to provide services at par with
Good Industry Practice and should have all arrangements to meet emergency situations as per
applicable Laws. Maintenance and painting of the workshop site should be carried out at least once
42
in a year. Minimal following infrastructure to be installed at Workshop facility:

Table 24: List of Minimum infrastructure required for the Workshop in Warangal
S. No. Facility / Equipment

1 Office Room
2 Engine room
3 Tool storage and oil/lubricant, spares storage facility
4 Welding Facility
5 5 HP Air Compressor and jet cleaning machine
5 Washing facility for vehicles
7 Hydraulic lifting system
8 Battery charging machine having capacity of 12 volt, 5 batteries, battery tester such as
hydrometer, volt meter etc.
9 Tube vulcanizing machine Tyre inflator
10 Pneumatic grease pump, grease gun etc.
Table 25: Cost Estimated for 1 acre (4047 sq. m.) Workshop
Particulars Unit Size Rate In Total cost (In

INR) INR)
Boundary Wall RM 260 1744 453391
Gardening Area Sq. m 744 112 82963
Storm Water Drain RM 260 1387 360638
Office Room Sq. m 35 15000 525000
Engine/Tool Room Sq. m 80 12000 960000
Covered Area with sheet Sq. m 300 8800 2640000
Two Washing Facilities 11.3 2602 58595
One Guard Room Sq. m 9 12000 108000
Cost of workshop equipments LS 2000000
Cost of the furniture LS 300000
Tube well boring 500000
TOTAL 7988586
43
4.3.10 Assessment of Existing vehicles and the life span

Following is the average life span of the vehicles generally used in collection and transportation of
waste. Primary data is collected from the corporation regarding the status of the existing vehicles,
Year of purchase, Average kms distances travelled per day and condition of the vehicles. List of
existing vehicles as provided by the corporation is given as annexure no.
Assumptions on Life span of Vehicles

 Tricycles 4 to 5 years
 Autos 5 years
 Tractor Trolleys 9 to 10 years
 Truck Tippers 9 to 10 years
 Dumper Placers 9 to 10 years
Table 26: Table showing year of purchase of existing vehicles and current status of working of vehicles in WMC
44
Vehicles Year of Purchase Total Under Net

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 repair existing
vehicles
Tricycles ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 425 425 0 425

Autos ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 17 ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 17 10 7
Tractors ⁻ ⁻ 10 12 ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 22 2 20
Compactors ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 3 ⁻ ⁻ 1 2 6 0 6
Tippers 7 ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 7 3 4
Dumper ⁻ ⁻ 3 ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 3 1 2
trucks
Dumper 7 ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ ⁻ 7 5 2
placer
Table 27: Table showing year of remaining life span of vehicles
Vehicles Remaining life span of vehicles

2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
Tricycles 425 425 0 0 0 0 0
Autos 7 0 0 0 0 0 0
Tractors 20 20 20 0 0 0 0
Compactors 6 6 6 6 6 3 0
Tippers 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
Dumper trucks 2 2 2 2 2 0 0
Dumper placer 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 28: Table showing year wise breakup of requirement of Vehicles for Primary collection and transportation of waste.
Requirement Existing Proposed

Primary
S.No Year Population Garbage Generated
collection/transportation
No Capacity (tons) No No Capacity ( Tons)
Push Carts /Tricycles ⁻ 0.24 425 ⁻ ⁻

Auto_3 wheeler ⁻ 0.9 7 ⁻ ⁻
1 2016 893362 317
Auto_4 wheeler ⁻ 1 0 ⁻ ⁻
Tractor Trolleys ⁻ 1.5 20 ⁻ ⁻
Push Carts /Tricycles 425 0.24 425 0 0.24
Auto_3 wheeler 0 0.9 0 0 0.9
2 2017 908983 327 Auto_4 wheeler 50 1 0 50 1
Refuse Compactors 6 9 6 0 9
Tractor Trolleys 21 1.5 21 0 1.5
Auto_3 wheeler 0 0.9 0 0 0.9
3 2018 924897 337 Auto_4 wheeler 80 1 50 30 1
Refuse Compactors 6 9 6 0
Auto_3 wheeler 0 0.9 0 0 0.9
4 2019 941109 347 Auto_4 wheeler 80 1 80 0 1
Refuse Compactors 6 9 6 0
5 2020 957626 358
Auto_3 wheeler 0 0.9 0 ⁻ 0.9
Requirement Existing Proposed

Primary
S.No Year Population Garbage Generated
collection/transportation
No Capacity (tons) No No Capacity ( Tons)
Auto_4 wheeler 80 1 80 0 1
Refuse Compactors 6 9 6
Tractor Trolleys 21 1.5 21 ⁻ 1.5
Auto_3 wheeler 0 0.9 0 0 0.9
6 2021 974456 369 Auto_4 wheeler 80 1 80 0 1
Refuse compactors 6 9 6
Table 29: Table showing year wise breakup of requirement of Vehicles for secondary transportation and waste
S.No Year Population Garbage Generated Secondary transportation Requirement Existing Proposed
Vehicles
1 2016 893362 317 Tippers ⁻ 5 4 ⁻ ⁻

Dumper Trucks ⁻ 6 2 ⁻ ⁻
Compactors 9 6
Hook loader ⁻ 18 0 ⁻ ⁻
2 2017 908983 327 Tippers 0 5 0 0 0.24
Dumper Trucks 2 6 2 0 0.9
Compactors 6 9 6 0 1
Hook loader 6 20 0 6
Hook loader containers 9 14 0 9
Stationary Compactors 2 14 0 2 1.5
S.No Year Population Garbage Generated Secondary transportation Requirement Existing Proposed
Vehicles
3 2018 924897 337 Tippers 0 5 0 0 0.24

4 2019 941109 347 Tippers 0 5 0 0 0.24
5 2020 957626 358 Tippers 0 5 0 0 0.24
6 2021 974456 369 Tippers 0 5 0 0 0.24
4.3.10 Summary of Collection and Transportation Infrastructure

Total outlay for Collection and Transportation infrastructure proposed for Warangal is summarized in table below:
S. No. Particulars Capacity Unit Unit Cost Proposed no Total Cost
(in INR) (In INR)
A. Bins
1 Household Bins 10 Litre 135 359896 48585960
1 Litter Bin 100 litre 2700 200 540000
2 RC Bin 0.6 cum 18500 365 5291000
3 RC Bin 1.1 cum 28500 256 7296000
4 Wheel barrows 250 litre 8750 902 7892500
5 18 cum capacity Container compatible with Static 18 Cum 785000 8 6280000
Compactor
Sub Total ( A) 75885460
B. Vehicles (Projected up to 2021)
1 Tricycle 240 cum 21500 0 0
2 4-wheelers Auto-tippers (up to 2021) 1.75 cum 510000 80 40800000
3 Refuse Collector and Compactor 14 cum 3290000 0 0
4 Hook loader mounted on 25 T GVWBS – IV Truck 14 Tons 4375000 8 35000000
Chassis capable of handling 18 cum containers
5 Solid Waste Static Compactor with Hydraulic 14 Tons 2750000 2 5500000
Loading Shovel bucket arrangement
Sub Total (B) 81300000
C. OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE COST
1 Civil works for Transfer station 1639236 2 3278472
2 Establishment of the Workshop 7988586 2 15977172
3 GIS-GPS Based MIS System 20000 33 660000
4 Complaint Redressal System LS 1000000

Sub Total (C) 20915644
GRAND TOTAL (A+B+C) 178101104
49
4.3.11 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE (O&M) COSTS FOR COLLECTION &

TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
The detailed operation and maintenance plan for MSW collection and transportation system will be
developed at the Project Management & Construction Stage.
At this stage, operation and maintenance cost is estimated for MSW transportation system proposed in table
below. These costs include salaries for the O&M personnel and O&M costs for waste transportation
infrastructure.
Table 30: Summary of Annual O&M Cost for C& T waste of Warangal
Particular Cost in Lakhs

Manpower for Collection & Transportation 2989.3
Manpower for Workshop and Transfer Station 78.2
Sanitary Staff 168.0
O&M Cost for Infrastructure 64.2
O&M Cost for Workshop 22.1
O&M for GIS 1.6
Diesel Cost 141.5
Consumables Cost 69.3
Grand Total 3534.2
Table 31: Annual Manpower cost .
Manpower Required for Basis Nos. Annual Salary Total Cost

A. Collection
Collection from Households 1 helper per tricycle 425 111600 47430000
Collection from Commercial Areas 1 Driver + 1 Helper per 50 111600 5580000

(Autos) Auto-tipper
50 172800 8640000
1 sweeper per 500 m
Collection of Street Sweeping Waste 1960 111600 218736000
of road swept
Drivers for Tractors for drain
1 Driver per Tractor 21 172800 3628800
Cleaning
Helpers for Tractors for drain
Cleaning, D2D and street sweeping 4 Helper per Tractor 84 111600 9374400
waste
Total 2590 293389200
B. Transportation
Helper for Transportation to ISWM-
2 Helper per truck 4 111600 446400
Dumper trucks
Drivers for Transportation to ISWM-
1 driver for Truck 2 172800 345600
Dumper trucks
50
Manpower Required for Basis Nos. Annual Salary Total Cost

Helper for Transportation to ISWM- 2 Helpers per
12 111600 1339200
Compactors compactor
Drivers for Transportation to ISWM-
1 Driver per compactor 6 172800 1036800
Compactors
Helper for Transportation to ISWM- 2 Helpers per Hook
12 111600 1339200
Hook loaders loader
Drivers for Transportation to ISWM- 1 Driver per Hook
6 172800 1036800
Hook loaders loader
Total 5544000
Sanitary Staff
Sanitary Inspector 1 per 50000 population 20 360000 7200000
Sanitary Sub-Inspector 1 per 25000 population 40 240000 9600000
16800000
C. Manpower for Workshop and Transfer station
Workshop Manager 1 600000 600000
Supervisor 2 240000 480000
Store Keeper 1 129552 129552
Engine Mechanic 2 161616 323232
Hydraulic Mechanic 1 300000 300000
Service Mechanic 2 161616 323232
Helpers 4 89424 357696
Electrician 1 129552 129552
Fitter 2 161616 323232
Billing/Documentation Executive 1 180000 180000
Welder 2 161616 323232

Painter 1 129552 129552
Denter 1 129552 129552
Guard 2 89424 178848
Total 3907680
Total for 2 Workshops 7815360
Grand Total 323548560
Total Manpower Requirement

Proposed System(2017) Sanitation Workers – 2715
Administrative Staff – Sanitary Inspector (20)
Sanitary Supervisors (40)
Existing System Sanitation Workers – 2720
Administrative Staff – Sanitary Inspector (17) Sanitary Supervisors
(103)
51
Table 32: Annual O&M Cost for Infrastructure .
Operation and Maintenance Cost

Vehicles (5% of the total vehicle Cost) 4904500
RC Bins (2% of the total Cost) 1517709.2
Total Cost 6422209.2
Table 33: Annual fuel Cost for Infrastructure of Collection and transportation .
Diesel Cost No. Distance No. of Fuel(km/litre) Total cost

Travelled trips by per
1 annum
vehicle
Auto-tippers 50 15 3 8 6672656
Tractor 21 20 3 4 7473375
Tipper 0 15 3 5 0
Dumper Trucks 2 15 3 4 533812.5
Compactors 6 20 3 4 2135250
Hook loaders 8 40 2 4 3796000
Total Cost of Diesel 14146031
Table 34: Annual cost of consumables.
Equipment Street Primary Secondary Helpers for Rate (in Total

Sweeping Collection Collection and secondary Rs.) Cost per
Transportation transportation Annum
Gloves 1960 881 13 13 50 143340
Shoes 1960 881 13 13 300 860039
Cap 1960 881 13 13 50 143340
Dust Pan 200 0
Uniform (two times 3920 1762 26 26 500 2866798
in a year)
Safety masks(four 7840 881 52 50 438640
times in a year)
Broom (four times in 7840 100 784000
a year)
Shovels (one time in 1960 200 392000
a year)
Spade (one time in a 1000 300 300000
year)
Conservancy 1000000
Total 6928157
52
Table 35: Summary of Operation and Maintenance cost for Workshop and Transfer station.
Items Running Watt No. of Total Total Unit Per Total Amou Amount
Hour per Items Watt Consume Unit Amou nt Per Per
Item d Per Day Price nt Per Month Annum
(KWH) Day
Tube Lights 12 40 30 14400 14.4 10 144 4320 51840
Fans 10 150 20 30000 30 300 9000 108000
Exhaust Fans 10 200 10 20000 20 200 6000 72000
Welding 4 2000 2 16000 16 160 4800 57600
Machine &
Pumps
Air Conditioner 10 2000 2 40000 40 400 12000 144000
(2 ton)
Air Compressor 4 1000 1 4000 4 40 1200 14400
Battery Charger 6 1000 1 6000 6 60 1800 21600
Total 130.4 10 1304 39120 469440
Particulars Per Day Rate/KL Total Per Per Annum

Consumption in Consumption Month Cost
KL Per Month in KL Cost
Water consumption 5 133.1 300 33142 397704
Particulars Per month Per Annum

Consumables like welding rods, grease, tyres etc. 20000 240000
Table 36: Summary of Operation and Maintenance cost for GIs Monitoring system..
Particulars Per Annum

Total O&M for GIS 158400
53
5.0 INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

(ISWM) FACILITY
For the development of Integrated Solid Waste Management (ISWM) Facility, the following sites
have been proposed:
S.No. Sites Location Area Infrastructure at the Site Facility Proposed
1 Existing Ramapura 36 Compound Wall, 4 The Existing Site is
Site Village acres Sheds, Security Room, proposed for the
Weigh Bridge and one development of
natural drain proposed facility
Topographical map of the proposed facility is attached as drawing no: T.S./ZONE-2/CLUSTER-

7/WARANGAL TOWN/00
The Facilities to be provided at the ISWM facility for the Processing and Disposal of segregated
MSW coming from the Warangal town.
 For the Segregation of Mixed Waste further into dry and wet : Pre-Sorting Unit (375 TPD)
 For the Processing of Bio-degradable waste:- Mechanical Composting (175 TPD)
 For the processing of dry waste: Dry waste Resource Centres
 For Vegetable Market & Slaughter House Waste:- Biomethanation Plant
 For the Final Disposal of the Inert Waste and the Rejects from the above mentioned
Processing Facilities: - Sanitary Landfill
5.1 Waste Segregation
The Mixed waste would be sorted into dry and wet waste. The capacity of the facility will be 375
TPD (Refer Chapter 6)
5.2 Mechanical Composting Plant

Bio-degradable component of MSW would be converted into compost / soil conditioner using
mechanical composting technology. The compost plant of 175 TPD capacity is proposed to cater to
the needs of MSW (bio-degradable) for next five years i.e. up to 2022 A.D. Therefore another
module would be installed as and when desired. The compost plant details are furnished in Chapter
7.
5.3 Dry Waste Resource Centers

ITC (A Private Company) has set-up 18 dry waste resource centers where dry waste is further
segregated into valuable constituents and sold to the niche industries.
5.4 Biomethanation Plant

The wet waste generated from hotels/restaurants and vegetable markets would be converted into
54
biogas and manure. Two plants of capacity 2 TPD are proposed. The Biomethanation plant details
are furnished in Chapter 6.
5.4 Sanitary Landfill

The inert waste and rejects from compost plant would be landfilled in sanitary manner. The area
available for landfilling is sufficient up to 2042 A.D. The detailed cost estimates have been done for
25 years. The detail of landfill is given in Chapter 8.
The areas to be occupied by each facility are tabulated in the layout plan of the ISWM site which
has given as Drawing No. T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/1
The ISWM site will have following facilities, which will be common for the Processing & Disposal
facilities except the Waste to Energy plant.
Table 37: Common Facilities to be provided at the ISWM Site
Sl. No. Description Unit Area

1 Office Building+ Laboratory sqm 96
2 Change Room / Rest Room / Canteen sqm 113.4
8 Meter Room sqm 48
9 Power Room sqm 96
10 DG Platform sqm 60
11 Lechate tank Cum 50
12 water sump Cum 25
The site is already provided with a fencing all along its periphery. Also, a peripheral road of 7.5 m
width along with side-drains shall be developed. The green buffer would be provided along the
ISWM site periphery covering the common facilities, landfill facility of 5 m wide.
For the purpose of continuous environmental monitoring at the site, minimum 8 Nos. of Ground
Water Monitoring Wells will be provided. A common laboratory would be provided with
instruments for testing the compost quality and the characteristics of Leachate generated in the
landfill.
Table 38: Summary of Cost estimates of the common facilities at ISWM site
Detailed Cost Estimates are given in Table 38

S.No Facility Quantity Item Rate Unit Total
Amount
(in Lacs)
1 Surface Cleaning 130671 2.9 sqm 3.79

2 Office Building+ Laboratory 96 18096.1 sqm 17.37
3 Change Room / Rest Room / Canteen 113.4 18255 per sqm 20.70
55
4 Storm Water Drain 1120 1112 per m 12.45

5 Road-1 9562.5 1924.7 per m 184.05
6 Road-2 735 1939.8 per m 14.26
7 Tyre Washing Facility 40 7287.3 sqm 2.91
8 Green Buffer Development 39223 200 per sqm 78.45
9 Parking 300 2337.9 per sqm 7.01
10 Meter Room 48 25170.6 per sqm 12.08
11 Power Room 96 22741.1 per sqm 21.83
12 DG Platform 60 1187.7 per sqm 0.71
13 Lechate tank 50 20652.2 Cum 10.33
14 water sump 25 24823.8 Cum 6.21
15 OHT Tank, Pump room, Tubewell 38.96
Grand Total 431.12
Electrification Cost @ 10% 43.1117
Total Cost 474.23
Details of the Office & Laboratory Building is given as drawing T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL

TOWN/03.
Details of Tyre Washing facility is given as drawing T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/05
Details of Power Room and DG Platform is given as drawing T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL

TOWN/06
5.5 Details of Cost Estimate:

Details of cost estimates are given in the annexures no 10
56
6.0 PROCESSING OF MSW

This chapter discusses the
thermo-chemical, mechanical
and biological treatment of
MSW generated in the
Warangal town. The ISWM
concept is closely linked to the
3R approach, which is also
aimed at optimizing the
management of municipal solid
waste and processing of all
kinds of waste to promote
zero-land filling concept. The
hierarchy of ISWM concept
ranges from most preferred to least preferred. At source reduction and reuse is preferred most
followed by Recycling, Composting, and Waste to Energy and land filling. As per the ISWM
hierarchy, land filling is the last option to be adopted in case any of the above technology is not
applicable. This Chapter discusses the available technologies for processing biodegradable as well as
non-biodegradable waste. The process flow and design of selected technology has also been
explained in detail.
6.1 Over View of Waste Processing Technologies

The waste treatment and processing technologies can be classified into following categories:
 Thermo-mechanical process
 Bio-Conversion process
6.2 Evaluation of Various Waste Treatment/Processing Technologies
The evaluation of waste treatment technology is a pre-requisite before the finalization of a

processing technology in a particular city. The waste processing technology should be decided on
the basis of identified parameters for development of sustainable solid waste management system
keeping into consideration local conditions and waste generation variations of a particular city. In
view of that, all the available processing technologies are appraised on following parameters to
obtain a general idea of the technological, managerial and financial requirements:
 Technology Development
 Benefits
 Limitations
 Environmental Aspects
 Management Aspects
57
 Financial Aspects
58
Table 39: Evaluation of waste treatment technologies
Technology Technology Benefits Limitations Environmental Concerns Management Aspects Financial Aspects
Development
Windrow Proven Technology  Inoculants, enzymes not  No energy recovery  The final product is generally  This technology involved more  Capital Cost is high
Composting and Well Established needed  Heat loss through open windrow applied to soil and used as machinery/equipment’s and  O&M cost is high
Population>100000 Suitable for the mixed  Reduce organic waste fraction surfaces manure. Can contaminate the complete mechanical process  Quality compost complaint with
MSW> 50 TPD waste of MSW  Open system – difficulty in food chain if compost is not  Skilled and semi-skilled labors FCO 2009 has a good-market
 Potential usable product as operation during rainy season, meeting FCO norms. are required for the working of
output liable to bad odor, rodent and fly  Emissions of particulate matter processing unit
 Potential of co-composting menace, if not operated when moving/handling
operations with other waste properly, visible pollution and  Leachate pollution is high if not
streams social resistance treated appropriately
 Highly useful product for crop  Large land area required  Atmospheric Pollution is low
improvement  Odor issues
Vermiculture Proven Technology  Comparatively less  No energy recovery  The product is generally safe as  This technology is labor-  Capital Cost is moderate
Population<100000 and Well Established technologically involved  Earthworm culture is required worms cannot endure significant intensive  O&M cost is low
MSW<50 TPD for Small towns process  Open system – Difficulty in contamination of raw materials.  Semi-skilled labors are  Good market potential in Urban
Not suitable for mixed  Reduce organic waste fraction operation during rainy seasons, FCO Standards are to be met required for the working of and Rural areas. However, it is
of MSW liable to bad odor, rodent and fly with. processing unit not adequately explored
waste
 Potential usable product as menace, if not operated  Emissions of particulate matter
output properly, visible pollution and when moving/handling
 Potential of co-composting social resistance  Leachate Pollution is insignificant
operations with other waste  Large land area required. at low waste quantities per
streams vermi-pit
 Highly useful product for crop  Atmospheric Pollution is low
improvement  Odor issues
Bio-methanation Feasibility for bio-  Energy recovery (Bio Gas) with  Heat released is less-resulting in  Leachate Pollution is high if not  This technology is less labor  Capital Cost is High
MSW< 10 TPD of degradable waste is production of high grade soil lower and less effective treated properly intensive  The technology is not fully
Wet Waste proven. Not suitable conditioner (Manure- by destruction of pathogenic  Low leakage of biogas  Skilled labors are required for explored, though it has a
(Biodegradable) for mixed waste product) organisms than in aerobic  Gas Handling the working of processing unit potential to generate energy as
 No power requirement unlike composting. However, now  Fire and Safety measures well as digested sludge manure.
aerobic composting, where hemophilic temperature systems
sieving and turning of waste are also available to take care of
pile for supply of oxygen is this
necessary  Unsuitable for wastes containing
 Enclosed system enables all less organic matter and mixed
the gas produced to be waste
collected for use  Requires waste segregation for
 Control Greenhouse gases improving digestion efficiency
emissions
 Free from bad odor, rodent
and fly menace, visible
pollution and social resistance
 Modular construction of plant
and closed treatment needs
less area
 Net positive environmental
gains
 Can be done at small scale
59
Technology Technology Benefits Limitations Environmental Concerns Management Aspects Financial Aspects
Development
RDF Quality of RDF should  Low moisture content in waste  Competitive with large mass-  Air pollution from emissions of  The technology is labor-  Capital Cost is Moderate
MSW> 100 TPD be based on end use.  RDF can be processed to half burn plants smaller quantities of organics, intensive (based on present  Market Potential for RDF in
Burning of RDF below calorific value of coal  Require secure markets for fuel particulates and metals (viz. practice) cement industry
850°C can pose  Lower level of heavy metals in  Processing involves high furans and dioxin gases) which  Skilled and semi-skilled labors  In small cities/cluster approach,
RDF electrical power consumption should be monitored through are required for the working of RDF Plants only become feeders
serious concerns of
 Energy recovery is possible and maintenance APC Unit. processing unit of RDF to large RDF based
health and  Water pollution from leachate is
 RDF can be co-fired with other power plants
environment fuels in a variety of industrial low
boilers
 Less land area is required
Incineration The technology is  Achieves maximum volume  This cannot be used for waste  Emissions – particulates, SOx and  Less labor-intensive but  Very high capital and O&M Cost
MSW> 300 TPD available in India, reduction with high moisture content and NOx emissions, chlorinated requires considerable  Good potential of energy
However, constraints  Standard hygiene operation inert content compounds, ranging from HCl to technical capacity generation if power purchase
of low-calorific value, compared to open burning  Auxiliary fuel support is required organo-compounds such as  Highly skilled manpower is agreements (PPAs) are made
 Heat generation can be utilized to sustain the facility dioxins and heavy metals required for working of reflecting true cost of
high moisture content
for steam/hot-water/electricity  Residual ash and metal waste  Toxic metals may concentrate in incineration unit production including O&M cost
and high proportion of
 Less land requirement and require disposal ash
inert waste should be minimum burden on landfills  Overall efficiency is low for small  Fumes from low temperature
considered while  Most suitable for high calorific power plants incineration of mixed municipal
undertaking the vale waste refuse. These fumes will contain
project commercially  Relatively noiseless and a number of toxic compounds
odorless
 Thermal energy recovery for
direct heating or power
generation
Integrated System Proven Technology  Significant reduction of waste  More land is required  Air pollution from emissions of  The technology is labor-  Capital Cost and O&M Cost is
(Composting + RDF) and widely used volume  Requires high segregation of smaller quantities of organics, intensive and requires specific high
Population> 100000 world-over but not  More careful segregation of waste for separate waste particulates and metals is skill set  Good market potential for RDF
MSW>100 TPD much tested in Indian waste leading to less emissions processing moderate, requires appropriate  Varied skill set is required for  In small cities, RDF Plants only
 Appropriate treatment to all emission control system different operations become feeders of RDF to large
conditions where
streams of waste  Water pollution from leachate is  Coordination and RDF based power plants and
waste has low-calorific
 Minimum burden on landfill low Management of Facility is cement plants
value.  Energy recovery is possible critical
60
6.3 Proposed Waste Processing Technologies for Warangal Municipal Corporation

For the design of proposed system of processing and sanitary disposal facilities, 2018 is taken as
the base year and 2022 is taken as the design year.
As per the waste projection carried out, total waste generation in base year 2018 in Warangal is
362 TPD (without silt), out of which the wet (bio-degradable) waste is 187 TPD (51.75%), dry waste
is 120 TPD (33%) and inert waste is 55 TPD (15.18%) The processing plant is to be designed for 5
years, thus 2022 is taken the design year. In 2022, the total waste generation of the Cluster will
reach up to 409 TPD, out of which the wet (bio-degradable) waste will be 211 TPD, dry waste will be
135 TPD and Inert waste will be 62 TPD.
Table 40: Waste Projections of the Warangal Corporation excluding silt
S. No. Year Wet Dry Inert Total Waste

1 2015 142.3 92.8 43.2 278.3
2 2016 146.7 95.6 44.5 286.9
3 2017 151.2 98.6 45.9 295.7
4 2018 155.9 101.6 47.3 304.8
5 2019 160.7 104.7 48.8 314.1
6 2020 165.6 107.9 50.3 323.8
7 2021 170.7 111.3 51.8 333.8
8 2022 176.0 114.7 53.4 344.1
(Design Year)
9 2023 181.4 118.2 55.1 354.7
10 2024 187.0 121.9 56.8 365.7
11 2025 192.8 125.6 58.5 377.0
12 2026 198.8 129.5 60.3 388.6
13 2027 204.9 133.5 62.2 400.7
14 2028 211.3 137.7 64.1 413.1
15 2029 217.8 142.0 66.1 425.9
16 2030 224.6 146.4 68.2 439.1
17 2031 231.6 150.9 70.3 452.8
18 2032 238.8 155.6 72.5 466.9
19 2033 246.2 160.5 74.7 481.4
20 2034 253.9 165.5 77.1 496.5
21 2035 261.8 170.6 79.5 512.0
22 2036 270.0 176.0 82.0 528.0
23 2037 278.5 181.5 84.5 544.6
24 2038 287.3 187.2 87.2 561.7
25 2039 296.3 193.1 89.9 579.3
26 2040 305.6 199.2 92.8 597.5
27 2041 315.2 205.4 95.7 616.4
28 2042 325.2 211.9 98.7 635.9
29 2043 335.5 218.6 101.8 656.0
30 2044 346.1 225.6 105.1 676.7
61
31 2045 357.1 232.7 108.4 698.2
As per the physical characterization of waste done by the IPE Global, 51.14% of the waste is
biodegradable in nature. This major quantity of waste is proposed to be processed through well
established and proven technologies already implemented in India.
The 33% of total waste which is dry in nature will be recycled and taken to the dry waste
segregation center. The GWMC have already started an initiative in collaboration with ITC for
recycling of dry waste in the town. NGOs will be involved for head-starting the initiative and will
spread awareness & demostrate the ways of segregating waste. The location for 18 dry waste
segregation centers have already been identified where the dry waste will be stored and further
segregated into valuable materials. ITC has planned to set-up 10 more dry waste segregation
centres covering the newly merged areas of the town.
The inert waste (15.18%) will be scientifically disposed. The proposed technology has considered
the ISWM hierarchy principles and the best option have been chosen for the development of
sustainable solid waste management system.
 Pre-Sorting Unit for all streams of MSW (Chapter 7)
 Biomethanation Plant for Vegetable Market/Slaughter House Waste (Chapter 7)
 Mechanical Composting for Biodegradable Waste (Chapter 7)
 Landfill for Inert Waste (Chapter 8)
As per draft Manual of Municipal Solid Waste Management, A municipal Solid Waste Management
Plan has to be decided on necessity of the system. Therefore, the design periods should cater short-
term and long-term requirements of the system. In the current design, we have considered a 5-year
short-term period plan and 20 years long term period plan
62
MSW
Short-term Plan Long-term Plan
Others Dry Wet Others Dry Wet
ITC Recycling Biomethanation ITC Recycling Biomethanation

Centre Plant Centre Plant
Mechanical Inert C&D Mechanical
Composting Composting
Road Making/
Rejects Rejects
Landfill Cover
Sanitary Landfill
Figure 9: Short-term and Long-term Plan for Solid Waste Management System in Warangal Muncipal Corporation
Short-term Plan:
 Segregation of waste will be done at the source after which biodegradable waste will be sent to
compost plant and dry waste would be sent to recycling center
 The remaining waste (unsegregated waste), rejects of compost plant will be sent to Sanitary
Landfill
 Preparatory works for long-term plan shall be initiated in this period
Long-term Plan:
 Segregated waste in different waste streams is to be collected from source and sent to the
waste management facility
 All the dry waste will be sold to the private agencies
 Market and Slaughter house waste to be sent directly to the Biomethanation plant
 Wet Waste from households and commercial establishments will be sent to compost plant
 Separate processing of construction and demolition waste
 Minimization of inert waste to the maximum extent possible
 Segregation and Compost Plant has been designed for the year 2022; one segregation plant of
350 TPD is proposed which would suffice till 2022.4 After 2022, one more line can be installed
as per the requirement. One Compost Plant of 175 TPD will be installed which will suffice till
2022 and one more line can be installed.
Additionally, two biomethanation plants have also been proposed for Warangal town.
S. No. Type of Technology Design Year Capacity Extension
1 Segregation Plant 2022 350 TPD Segregation Plant
2 Compost Plant 2022 175 TPD Compost Plant
4
The Warangal town has already implemented segregation at source and therefore, there will be reduction in waste
input to the segregation plant. Still, the plant is designed for worst scenario and if the segregation of waste is achieved
at the source, the design can sustain for longer period.
64
6.3.1 Integration of Waste Processing Technologies at the ISWM Facility

The Integrated Processing Plant acknowledges the resource value of both biodegradable and non-
biodegradable waste and therefore, separate facilities are proposed to be provided for their
processing. However, the design has been done on the worst case scenario considering no-source
segregation of waste for initial 5 years (Short-term Plan). The Pre-sorting Unit is proposed to be
installed for segregating the raw MSW into biodegradable and non-biodegradable waste which
would be fed to separate streams for further processing.
Material Intake
The weight of all incoming vehicles containing MSW shall be recorded with electronic weigh bridge
at the entry gate. The same be unloaded on the Tipping Floor and visually inspected.
Tipping Shed
The MSW Collected from various sources is transported to the ISWM Facility and delivered at a
well-defined area within the plant referred to as “Tipping Shed”. This area receives the mixed
waste/segregated waste and therefore, is very essential for overall smooth functioning and
regulated flow of MSW feedstock into the processing area. The tipping shed is adequately designed
for receiving the predetermined quantities of waste with retention time of 3 days.
Pre-Sorting Unit
The level of sorting feedstock depends on several factors including the source of feedstock, the end
use of the product and the operations and technology involved. Sorting in a well-designed waste
management plant consist of hand sorting on a sorting belt followed by mechanical sorting in one
or more trommel(s), which is a sophisticated rotating sieve. Mixed waste is fed on to a slow moving
(5metres/minute) conveyor belt. Items not suitable for the trommel, such as glass bottle, metal
container, any hazardous material like containers of paint etc. are taken out by hand and put in
appropriate bins. This is usually recyclable material or material with high calorific value, which can
be further processed to recover the energy content. Metals are then removed from the waste by
either a suspended magnet system or a magnetic pulley.
After the processing of waste through pre-sorting unit, biodegradable waste will be sent to the
composting plant and segregated dry waste will be sent to the dry waste recycling center. The
rejects (ferrous and non-ferrous materials) from compost plant will also be sent to the dry waste
segregation unit. Further, the dry waste will be specifically separated into combustibles and
recyclables. The combustible waste will be sent to the waste to energy plant whereas recyclables
will be sold to the scrap dealer
65
Pre-Sorting Unit
Sorting Conveyor Item Magnet for ferrous

picked up at sorting material (Permanent
100 mm (+) or band
Incoming Waste conveyor Glass bottles
material to RDF
receiving Platform Trommel screen production
 Batteries (to the Eddy current for
extent possible) with 100 mm
100 mm (-) under
nonferrous
 Bulky items like perforation
stream
mattress, baskets, FRP,
Predominantly Bio Composting
buckets large piece of degradable
fabrics.
Rejects
Composting Unit
Sanitary
Landfill
Recycling
Recyclables
Center
Recycling Unit
Figure 10: Process flow in Processing unit
66
6.3.2 Process design for proposed MSW Composting Unit

The bio-degradable waste segregated at source/pre-sorting unit is collected & transported to
compost plant. The process design for MSW mechanical compost plant involves various steps as
described below:
Waste Storage & pre-processing
Segregated waste is then taken to pre-processing area where it is further segregated and chopped
in to reduce it to uniform size. The size reduction helps in faster decomposition of organic waste.
Compost Pad:
The segregated MSW shall be stacked over the compost pad – a non-permeable concrete platform
– in rows called Windrows. The ideal height of the stack to be restricted to 2 m for better
mechanical turning. The waste is sprayed with inoculums and water to accelerate the digestion
process. The quality of compost largely depends on the windrows management and therefore,
proper supply of air, water and controlled temperatures (55 - 65°C) is of paramount importance.
Mechanical turning of the waste is strongly recommended by means of specialized and need
specific machines. The suggested residence time of the waste on windrows is 28 days. The cross
section of the windrows shall be so adjusted to optimize surface area to volume ratio.
The waste is arranged in windrows for aerobic digestion of organic materials. The aerobic digestion
takes place at this platform. Here aerobic microorganisms use solid waste as an energy source and
break down organic material into simpler substances. These microorganisms require air, water, and
an energy source. It is necessary to maintain proper environmental conditions for microbial life.
Preparatory Section:
After the decomposition of waste at the compost pad, it will be further screened through two-stage
screening system of 35 mm followed by 16 mm. The screened material coming out of the section is
uniform but contains semi-solid organic compost which requires further stabilization. The rejects
from 35 mm trommel are sent to the RDF line and the 35 mm material is sent to 16 mm trommel.
The rejects from the 16 mm trommel are to be sent to recycling center lor put back on the windrow
as protective covering from bird-menace, vermi and for odour control.
Curing Section:
Screened material from 16 mm trommel will require further maturation and moisture for producing
a product beneficial for plants and soil. The curing piles are placed either in a storage area or
covered area. The completely cured well-composted does not produce foul odour and ready for
preparing final product.
Finishing/Refinery Section:
Final sieving of the waste will be done in a 4 mm Trommel to remove impurities and inert material
like glass, plastic, etc. Ferrous content from the finished product are removed with the help of a
magnetic separator. The size of the finished product is maintained below 4 mm as per compost
quality norms.
67
Packaging of the Final Product:

The finished product is dark brown with an earthy smell, fragile and rich in organic matter. The final
high quality product will be packaged in the finishing product godown section.
6.3.3 Material Flow Chart for 175 TPD Compost Plant as per Design Year 2022
First Stage
Feed material City Garbage

Material Properties Segregated MSW
Tipping Receiving raw material, hand picking of bulky 380 TPD 80 TPD
material
Pre-processing Mechanical Segregation (Below 100mm)

Oversized Material (RDF Plant)
Inoculants Addition 270 TPD
Sanitization (55- First heap/ Windrow formation (Moisture: 55-65 %)
65°C) for two 40 TPD
Second heap/ Windrow Turning (Moisture: 55-65 %) 280 TPD
weeks
Decomposition Third heap/ Windrow turning (Moisture: 55%) 230 TPD
Fourth heap/Windrow turning/Shifting (Moisture:

185 TPD
55%)
Shifting in Rain Shed 175 TPD

Second Stage
Feed material Digested Compost

Material Properties Moist, Lumpy, Heterogeneous, Sticky
Coarse Segregation Lumpy breaking, Opening up, Segregation and 175 TPD
Screening of fine material (Below 35 mm)
Screening and Separation of Material (Below 14 100 TPD

mm) 125 TPD
Reject
Oversized Rejections (For recycling or sanitary
75TPD
landfilling
68
Third Stage
Feed material Screened Material (Below 16 mm)

Material Properties Moist, Lumpy, Sticky
Curing Shifting of Material to Curing Section for 75 TPD

further digestion/ maturation and moisture
management
Addition of Rock Sulphate, mixing & turning Gases +

65 TPD
Mixture
Shifting of material to refinement line
Fourth Stage
Feed material Screened Material (Below 16 mm)

Material Properties Moist, Sticky
Refinement Screening and Separation below 4 mm, Reject 20 TPD

65 TPD
Oversized rejections sent for re-sanitization.
Separation of heavy impurities as sand, glass,

4 TPD
stones etc. 50 TPD
Standardization and Mixing of additives (Liquid/Granules) to 4 TPD
46 TPD
Quality Control improve quality of end products
Storage Finished goods packing and shifting to storage 50 TPD

section
INTERMEDIATE
INFLOW FLOW OUTFLOW
*Blue represents inflow at a particular Stage

*Black represents intermediate flow
*Red represents outflow from a particular Stage
69
6.3.4 Area Requirement for Pre-Sorting Unit

Area Requirement for Tipping Shed
Total MSW 375 MT/day
Density of MSW 0.4 MT/cum
Volume 937.5 cum
Retention Time (3 days) 2812.5 cum
Base Width of Windrow 3 m
Top Width 2 m
Height 3 m
Area of the Trapezoid 7.5 Sq. m
Length of 1 Windrow 41 m
Volume of one wind row 307.5 m3
No of heaps 9.15
No of heaps, Say 10
Base of the heap(including 0.5 m space on both sides) 4 m
Total breadth required 40 m
Total length required (including 1m space) 45
area required 1800 sq. m
20% excess provided for walkway and movement 2160
Area provided as per layout 2520 Sq. m
Take Length 56 m
Width 45 m
Leachate Drain 202 m
Area Requirement for Pre-Sorting Shed
Particulars Quantity Unit
Width of the Unit (1) 27 m
Length (1) 8 m
Width of the Unit (2) 22 m
Length m
Apron Feed Conveyor 14 m
Trommel Feed Conveyor 14 m
Undersize Conveyor 15 m
Reversible Conveyor 4 m
Shoulder 3 m
Total Length 50 m
Area 1140 Sq. m
Area Taken 990 Sq. m
Total Area Requirement for Pre-Sorting Unit
Processing Facility Quantity Unit
Tipping Shed 2520 Sq. m.
Pre-Sorting Unit 990 Sq. m.
Total 3510 Sq. m.
70
6.3.5 Area Requirement for Compost Plant

Area Requirement for Compost Pad
Daily waste to be kept in Windrow 320 MT

Retention time 28 days
Volume of the Waste 533 cum
Volume of the Waste 14933 cum
Base Width of Windrow 3 m
Top Width 2 m
Height 2 m
Area of the Trapezoid 5 Sq. m
Length of 1 Windrow 41 m
Volume of one windrow 205 m3
Total no of heaps required 72.8 nos
Say 73 nos
Base of the heap(including 0.5 m space on 4 m
both sides)
total width required 292 m
Total length required (including 1m space) 42
Area required 12264 Sqm
20% excess provided for walkway and 14717 m
movement
Area provided(including drains) 15778 sqm
Area of Compost Pad 15778 Sq. m
Covered Area 3945 Sq. m
Uncovered Area 11834 Sq. m
Area Taken 15778 sq.m
Area Requirement for Compost Plant

Processing Facility Quantity Unit
Compost Pad+ Monsoon shed 15525 Sq. m.
Preparatory Unit 1125 Sq. m.
71
Finishing/Refinery Section 900 Sq. m.

Curing Section 1100 Sq. m.
Finished Product Godown 600 Sq. m.
Other Facilities
 Underground Leachate collection Sump : 50000 liters
 Leachate Collection Drain : 422 m
 Water Sump : 25000 liters
6.3.6 Equipment Applications and Details of Proposed Plants
Pre-Sorting Section
Feed Conveyor Feeding of Waste from the tipping floor
Trommel 100 mm Screening of Waste
Accept Conveyor Delivers waste below 100 mm to compost pad
Reject Conveyor Carries 100 mm waste to the RDF Section
Reversible Conveyor A time saving conveyor which efficiently loads in truck from
both sides to avoid spillage
Preparatory Section
Feed Conveyor Feeding of decomposed waste from Compost Pad
Accept Conveyor Conveys waste less than 35 mm to trammel- 16 mm
Reject Conveyor Carries less than 35 mm waste
Accept Conveyor Conveys waste less than 35 mm to Curing Shed
Reject Conveyor Carries greater than 35 mm waste
Curing Area
 The function of curing area is to remove moisture so that the screen of refinement section does
not get chock up.
 Curing area is divided into four compartments; the waste from distributor conveyor is dropped
into these compartments, through opening provided in the distributor conveyer.
 Waste is spread in the curing area for removal of moisture. Moisture is maintained at 5-10% for
proper screening of waste in refinement section.
 Moisture is measured with the help of moisture probe.
Finishing Section
Feed Conveyor Feeding of semi-finished compost from curing shed
Accept Conveyor Conveys less than 4 mm material
72
Reject Conveyor Carries material greater than 35 mm waste

Static Magnetic Separator Removal of ferrous material
De-stoner with dust collection Removal of pebbles and residual dust
System
Compost collection conveyor Collection and conveying of finished compost to the bagging
section
Reversible Conveyor A time saving conveyor which efficiently loads in truck from
both sides to avoid spillage
Stone Collecting Conveyor Collection of rejects of de-stoner
Manpower Requirement
Particulars No.
Shift In charge 1
Plant Operator 2
Mechanic 2
Chemist 1
Account Officer 1
Skilled Workers 4
Unskilled Workers 12
Driver 5
6.4 Bio-methanation Plant for Vegetable Market and Slaughter House Waste
Bio-methanation plant requires the following raw material inputs consisting of organic material.
The total quantity of wet waste is approximate 7.8 TPD generated from the below mentioned
establishments in 2022. There is already one 2 MT Capacity biomethanation plant operational in
the town with out output of 12 KW of electricity which is used to light one children’s park in the
vicinity of the plant. 2 more biomethanation plants are proposed for the processing of the
remaining waste of capacity 2 MT each.
 Vegetable Market
 Fish Market
 Fruit Market
 Slaughter House
6.4.1 Process Design
The organic waste will be brought through auto-tippers at the transfer station sites and it will be
further segregated to remove the inert.
The waste is slowly fed in to pulverizes for the further size reduction. Water shall be used for the
dilution and to make it in to slurry form by using the mixer. The slurry will be collected in to the
73
aerobic mixing tank where it is properly homogenized. This slurry will be pumped to the anaerobic
digester.
The anaerobic digester is designed for hydrolysis of slurry. Modules, baffles and launders to trap
the suspend solids and allow for degradation. The secondary digester converts the hydrolyzed
products into acidified organics, which in turn are converted into biogas consisting of methane and
carbon dioxide. The water flows through settled mass of microorganisms. The water from the
central portion passes into the annular portion through bottom passages where the effluent is
further polished off resulting in very high gas production. The concentration of solids at the bottom
is relatively very high. Arrangements have been made for removal of part of this sludge from the
bottom of the digester and send it to manure section.
The overflow from this digester is connected to a recycling chamber. Part of the water is recycled.
The biogas generated in digester is collected in dry membrane type biogas holders. The biogas
needs to be "cleaned" and hence the gas" is scrubbed in a biological scrubber.
01 TPD Bio-methanation plant generates about 80 cum gas and 50 kg manure. It is estimated that 2
TPD plant will generate 160 m3 gas and 100 kg manure.
6.4.2 Advantages of Biomethanation Plant
 This technology is environment friendly disposal of waste, which is the need of the hour.
 Generation of fairly good amount of fuel biogas, which will definitely support the dwindling
energy resources. The gas can be used for as fuel in the kitchen
 Generation of high quality, weed free manure, which is an excellent soil conditioner. This is very
important for replenishing organic carbon in the undernourished soil after years of agriculture.
 Water can be used for planting and gardening.
 Need only one time investment.
 Municipal Solid waste is treated in closed vessels where, in the absence of oxygen
microorganisms break down the organic matter into a stable residue, and generate a methane-
rich biogas in the process.
 Reduced Greenhouse Gas Emissions - Stopping release of @ 180 cum of Methane in to the
atmosphere per day per plant which is 22 times danger than CO2 for Global Warming.
74
Compressor
Gas balloon
(o)
Water removal Gas Meter
chambers
Methane
holer
Manure pits
Solar
Mixer
heater
Anaerobic
Digester
Manure pits
Platform Compresso
r
Thermophillic Aerobic Recycle water
Aeration Grid
Digester tank
Gas
Blower
Generator for
conversion of
Fly repellent lamp Methane biogas into
Recycler electricity Power generation for captive consumption
75
Table 41: List of Civil Works required for biomethanation plant

S. No. Component No.
1 Receiving platform Primary Digesters 1
2 Primary Digester 2
3 Main Digester 1
4 Transit Chamber 4
5 Sump 1
6 Drying Shed 1
7 Storage Shed 1
8 Balloon Room 1
9 Generator Room 1
10 Toilet for workers 1
11 Office room 1
Table 42: List of plant and machinery required for biomethanation plant
S. No Component No.
1 Mixer (3-SHP) 1
2 Gas Holder (MS 5mm) with fiber coat from outside and epoxy coat inside 1
3 Air Compressor(3HP) 1
4 Air Compressor(2HP) 1
5 Slurry Pump(2HP) 1
6 Water Pump (1HP) 1
7 Gas Meter 1
8 Gas Stove 2
9 Gas Blower (8-10m3/hour and at 75 mbar pressure at user end) 1
10 Gas Balloon 1
11 Biogas Generator 1
12 Wall Mounted Fans 2
13 Exhaust Fan 1
14 Fly repellent Lamp 1
15 Aeration grid 1
16 Methane recycling grid 1
17 Water trap 1
Table 43: Budgetary cost biomethanation plant

:
S. No. Descriptions Quantity Rate (In INR) Total Amount
1 Biomethanation plant of 2 TPD 02 3000000 6000000
capacity
76
7.5 General Specification of Civil Work and Building Details
 Excavation for foundation up to 2.0 mt depth. Preparing the bed for the foundation.
 Filling in plinth and floors with excavated (available from excavation) soil or sand/murrum in
30cm layer including watering and consolidating, so as to achieve compaction to 95% Standard
Proctor Density etc. complete.
 Providing & laying Brick Masonry to any thickness with locally available brick with 1:6 ratio
cement mortar with 8-10mm joint thickness. Brick strength shall not less than 35kg/cm 2, water
absorption shall not be more than 20% & white salt patches shall not more than 10% of total
surface area.
 75 thick PCC with 1:4:8 (1 cement, 4 coarse sand, 8 graded stone aggregate). Providing and
laying in situ cement concrete of following mix for bedding in foundation, flooring, over brick
lining and plinth protection at all lifts including dewatering, compacting, curing etc. complete.
 Concrete grade M-20 Providing and laying in situ cement concrete using 20mm downgraded
aggregates for Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) work at any height bellow & above including
staging for access, dewatering, compaction, finishing and curing etc. complete (excluding
reinforcement and structural steel.)
 Providing and fixing in position reinforcement bars in various diameters for all RCC work
including footings, foundations, RCC lining as slabs, beams, columns, canopies, staircases,
newels, chajjas lintels, pardis, copings, fins, arches, etc. as per detailed designed and drawing
including transportation, cutting, bending, hooking the bars, binding with wires or tack
welding, supporting as required.
 Providing and constructing of shuttering work including all scaffolding, staging, uses of
shuttering oil in any height, above & bellow for RCC & PCC work.
 Cement plaster 12mm thick in mortar ratio 1:4 for concrete ceilings / soffits and over brick wall
with smooth finished.
 External face cement plaster 20 mm thick in mortar ratio 1:4 for concrete ceilings / soffits and
over brick wall with smooth finished rough
6.6 Drawings
 Design Details of the Compost Pad and Monsoon Shed is given as drawing TS/ZONE-
2/WARANGAL/TOWN/10
 Design Details of Tipping & Pre-Processing Area and machine shed area is given as drawing TS/ZONE-
2/WARANGAL TOWN/11
77
6.7 Cost Estimate of Compost Plant

Table 44: Cost estimate for 175 TPD compost plant
Component Length(m) Width(m) Height(m) Area Unit Rate in Rs. Amount in Rs.
A CIVIL WORKS
1 Tipping Area for Receiving MSW (Shed- Truss) 2520 Sq. m 8135.6 20501712
2 Pre-Sorting Area for Segregation of Wet and 990 Sq. m 8202.8 8120772
Dry Waste (Shed - Truss)
3 Compost pad area with impermeable 15778 Sq. m 4046 63837788
reinforced cement concrete floor with strength
40 ton/m2 with 30% area for monsoon shed
Covered area of compost pad with AC sheets
roof (m2) including RCC (M-250) columns (25%
of total compost pad area)
4 Impermeable cement concrete floor for 1125 Sq. m 7697.2 8659350
preparatory section, (Shed - Truss) Total area
covered with AC sheets roof (m2) including
RCC (M-250) columns for plant Processing
shed, Curing & Godown shed
Impermeable cement concrete floor for Curing 1080 9233.3 9971964
section, (Shed - Truss) Total area covered with
AC sheets roof (m2) including RCC (M-250)
columns for plant Processing shed, Curing &
Godown shed
Impermeable cement concrete floor for 600 10382.2 6229320
finished product go down section, (Shed -
Truss) Total area covered with AC sheets roof
(m2) including RCC (M-250) columns for plant
Processing shed, Curing & Godown shed
78
Impermeable cement concrete floor for 900 9233.3 8309970

refinery shed , (Shed - Truss) Total area
covered with AC sheets roof (m2) including
RCC (M-250) columns for plant Processing
shed, Curing & Godown shed
Leachate collection tank 50 20652.2 1032610
Lechate collection drain 765 2321.1 1775641.5
Water Sources & Other related structures 1000000
Power connection & Electricals 3750000
Sub-Total (A) 133189128
B MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENTS
1 Front Wheel Loader ( 1 cu.m) 1 1500000 1500000
2 Water Tanker with Slurry Pump 1 625000 625000
3 Backhoe loader for turning 1 3000000 3000000
4 Tractor with Tipper Trolley 1 625000 625000
Sub-Total (B) 5750000
COMPOST PLANT MACHINERY
C PRE-SORTING SECTION (Capacity 40 TPH)
i Apron Feed Conveyor 5 1 2 14950000
ii Trammel Feed Conveyor 15 1 2
iii Trammel 100 mm 7.25 2.25 2
iv Undersize Conveyor 16 1 2
v Undersize Transfer Conveyor 20 1.2 1
vi Reversible Conveyor 6 1.2 1
vii Oversize Conveyor 19 1.2 1
viii Electrical Control Panel with Cabling 2
79
viii Connection Load 85 HP, 3 Phase, 440 Volt

D PREPARATORY SECTION (Capacity 20 TPH)
i Feed through belt Conveyor 14 1 2 15925000
ii Trammel - 35 mm 7 2 2
iii Oversize Conveyor 17 1 2
iv Undersize Conveyor 17 0.8 2
v Trammel - 16 mm 6 2 2
vii Undersize Conveyor 13 0.8 2
viii Electrical Control Panel 2
ix Connection Load 110 HP, 3 Phase, 440 Volt
E REFINING & FINISHING SECTION (Capacity 10
TPH)
i Feeder Belt Conveyor 13 0.8 2 15405000
ii Trammel 4 mm 6 1.6 2
iii Oversize Conveyor 13 0.8 1
iv Undersize Conveyor 18 0.8 2
v Reject Stone Conveyor 13 0.6 1
vi Destoner with dust collection system 3
vii Compost Conveyor 22 1 1
viii Reversible Conveyor 6 1 1
ix Magnetic Separator 2
x Compost Packing Conveyor 5 0.8 1
xi Electrical Control Panel 2
xii Connection Load 100 HP, 3 Phase, 440 Volt
G Design and Engineering 390000
H Erection and Commissioning Charges 1800000
80
I Taxes (Excise @ 6%, Sales @ 5.25%, 14% on 1933875

Commissioning)
J Freight Charges LS 260000
Sub-Total (C+D+E+F+G+H+I+J ) 50663875
Grand total 189603003
Table 45: O&M cost of compost plant
O&M Cost for Compost Plant

Particulars No. Unit Rate Total Cost Months Annual Cost (in Rs.)
Shift In charge 1 20,000 20,000 12 2,40,000
Plant Operator 2 10,796 21,592 12 2,59,104
Operator for Biomethanation Plant 1 10796 10796 12 1,29,552
Mechanic 2 10,796 21,592 12 2,59,104
Chemist 1 10,796 10,796 12 1,29,552
Account Officer 1 15,000 15,000 12 1,80,000
Skilled Workers 4 8,795 35,180 12 4,22,160
Unskilled Workers 12 7,452 89,424 12 10,73,088
Driver 5 8,795 42,216 12 5,06,592
Consumables viz. inoculants 20,000 12 2,40,000
Packing Cost 6,000 365 21,90,000
Repair & Maintenance of the mechanical plant 25,33,194
Diesel Cost 4 2,880 365 10,51,200
Electricity (168 HP) 5,013 365 18,29,789
Water Requirement (KLD) 14 1000/5KL 10,22,000
Total O&M Cost for compost plant 1,10,43,335
81
7.0 CLUSTERISATION OF ULBs

Municipal Solid waste management is one of the most
significant functions carried out by ULBs. However, the
scarcity of suitable landfill sites is one of the
constraints increasingly being faced by ULBs in the
discharge of their functions. As a result, even several
years after the issuance of the MSM Rules 2000, the
state of MSW management systems in the country
continues to raise serious public health concerns.
Regional or inter-municipal solutions provide a viable
option to redress this situation. Working together can
be a practical and cost-effective way to discharge common tasks, share resources, and take advantage of the
economies of scale that such arrangements would provide. This is applicable in the case of both large
municipal bodies which experience scarcity of land resources, as well as smaller ones which may find
technical and financial resources a challenge. Regional MSW Facility has many advantages over a standalone
processing and disposal facility.
 Authorities estimate the total waste quantities generated across their regional jurisdictions to take
advantage of economies of scale in processing and disposal of MSW.
 It will reduce the financial and technical burden on each individual Authority and help the
Authorities discharge their obligation for MSW management in a cost-effective manner with better
technologies.
 It will result in more efficient use of land and other scarce natural resources in the region.
 Enable easier monitoring, with an optimal number of manpower required to handle the facility.
Figure 11: Advantages of Regional Landfill Facility
Source: Guidance Note on Municipal Solid Waste Management on Regional Basis, Ministry of Urban
Development (GoI)
The development of landfill facility at cluster approach has been encouraged in the government rulings also.
82
7.1 Guidelines for Developing Regional Processing & Landfill Facility Action Plan for
Management of Municipal Solid Waste
CPCB has framed and notified the “Action Plan for Management of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW)”
in compliance with the National Green Tribunal order dated 5 th Feb-2015 in the matter of OA No.
199 of 2014. The Action Plan emphasizes on strengthening the planning exercise at national, state
as well as city level by improvising through the waste management value chain. In addition to that,
The Plan suggested the concept of regional cluster approach as well as technology options on the
basis of quantum of MSW generation which has been re-produced below in nutshell.
The Regional Cluster approach is based on the concept of discouraging setting up of individual
waste processing and disposal facilities leading to mushrooming of innumerable facilities which are
difficult to monitor and sustain. However, bigger facilities for a cluster of municipalities will bring in
economies of scale in capital as well as in Operation & Maintenance cost. The Action Plan has laid
out a set of parameters on the basis of which ULBs should be clustered for Regional MSWM Facility.
 A detailed survey of all the ULBs and their distance with each other has to be carried out. An
indicative distance of say up to 50 km from the regional facility for each local body is feasible.
However, alternatives have to be identified for smaller ULBs who may find difficulty in
transporting MSW at daily basis. As per the guidelines, fixing of criteria may vary with the local
conditions but should not cause public nuisance and traffic hurdles.
 Land for regional facility should be free from public objection and should not have settlement at
least around 3-5 kms from its periphery.
 Design of common facility should be based on the quantum of waste generation. Though, it is
advisable to design a regional facility with per day waste generation quantum of 3000-5000
tons per day.
 Common facility should be ‘integrated’ with facilities for sorting, compost, RDF and energy plant
and followed by inert recycling / re-use. Only a fraction of inert waste should go for land-filling.
 The Action Plan has outlined indicative plan based on the quantum of waste generated in the
cluster. The indicative plans have been given for towns in four ranges of waste generation.
Table 46: Indicative Plans for Solid Waste Management
Range Plan
1. Modernization/ mechanization of waste storage and transportation facilities
>500 tons per 2. Privatization/ contract with ‘operators’ for collection of waste from various sources
day and its transportation
3. Seeking support of Private entrepreneurship in setting up of waste processing and
disposal facility
4. Modernization/ mechanization of waste storage and transportation facilities
Between 100- 5. Privatization/ contract with ‘operators’ for collection of waste from various sources
500 t/day and its transportation
6. Seeking support of Private entrepreneurship in setting up of waste processing and
disposal facility
83
3. Proper system for waste collection, storage and transportation considering the local
Less than 100 situation
t/d 4. Aerobic composting
5. Such towns can be the member of Cluster/Regional facility
3. Technological solutions which could be managed without high skill operations
Less than 50 4. Proper collection of waste and motivating citizens for segregation of waste
t/d 5. Composting
6. Such towns located near the Regional facility, should be the part of it.
7.2 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016
As per the new SWM Rules, 2016, the towns having population less than 0.5 million population
shall be clustered for the development of regional cluster facility and towns having more 0.5 million
population can have individual sanitary landfill facility.
7.3 Examples of Regional-Cluster

Facility in India
7.3.1 Regional Waste Management
Strategy - Gujarat
Gujarat recognized the need for an integrated
approach to MSW management in 2005, and,
in view of the huge lacunae in treatment and
disposal facilities, adopted a state-wide
regional (Clusterisation) approach to meet
requirements for safe disposal. The state-wide
strategy was implemented through Gujarat Urban Development Company (GUDC) which was
chosen in 2006 and mandated to develop a state-wide MSW Management Programme within five-
year period using 12th Finance Commission grants.
Bhaskaracharya Institute for Space

Applications and Geo-Informatics (BISAG) and
Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad
were selected as the technical group for
identification of appropriate land parcels using
GIS and mathematical model for verification
of clusters respectively.
The basic model that was finalized was initial

treatment of wastes, through vermi-
composting, to be undertaken individually by
each ULB, to reduce the volume of waste
Figure 12: Clusterisation of ULBs in Punjab
84
required to be transported for land filling. Individual ULBs were required to identify sites for
vermicomposting facilities on the basis of area as well as location criteria as per the MSW Rules
2000. Each vermi-composting facility was also to serve as a transfer station at the ULB level, for
transportation of residual waste for land filling on a regional basis. Till date, 77 such facilities have
been constructed, and are being operated by non-governmental organizations (NGOs).
The finalization of Clusters for disposal arrangements was done through an iterative process. The
Clusterisation was based on the maximum travel distance from the facility of 50 kms. 28 clusters
were identified in the state with a regional facility each. For each of the cluster, the effort focused
on government owned wastelands closest to the largest generator of waste in each cluster to
optimize the travel cost of the MSW of each cluster.
7.3.2 Punjab MSW Project

Department of Local Government, Government of Punjab has prepared a Punjab Model Municipal
Solid Waste Management Plan-2014 of 146 Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) generating approximately
4250 tons of MSW every day. The Government has adopted a pioneering approach of clustering the
ULBs and formulated 8 clusters comprising of 8 to 26 ULBs in each cluster covering all the ULBs in
the state. The Project is in implementation stages right now and all the concessionaries have been
selected to deliver the project on Public Private Partnership (PPP) mode for a concession period of
25 years. The MSW Operation Plan comprises of MSW Segregation at Source, Door to door
collection of MSW, Transportation of MSW and Processing & Disposal.
Figure 13: Functioning of Regional Cluster Facility
The Plan has been separately developed for all the components of the system as well as regulatory measures
ULB level so that minimum waste is transported to the regional facility. The Processing technology to be
adopted for each cluster also varies as per the quantification of waste and waste characterization in each
cluster. For selection of suitable processing technology several parameters are considered namely quantity
85
and quality of waste, capital investments, scale of operation, Recurring expenditure, environmental impact
and learning’s from past Indian experience.
7.4 The Concept of Clusterisation in Zone-II
The Project Area (Zone-II) is divided into four groups having 31 ULBs.
 Warangal (6 towns)
Warangal is the Group Headquarter
 Karimnagar (11 towns)
Karimnagar is the Group Headquarter
 Khammam (7 towns)
Khammam is the Group Headquarter
There are a total of 5 municipal corporations which have population varying from 1.2 lakhs to 8 lakhs. Rest
26 are small municipalities having population less than 1 lakh.
Our Concept of Clusterisation was broadly based on two parameters:
 Achieving maximum quantum of waste with the available options
 Minimizing the travel distance of MSW from the regional facility.
Our Approach was focused to identify clusters ensuring optimization of the quantity of MSW and travel
distance in the best possible way for the current scenario. The analysis has been done to formulate clusters
as per the guidelines outlined by the NGT (National Green Tribunal)5.
7.4.1 Clusterisation of ULBs
The analysis has been done based on distance matrix. The distance matrix of all the ULBs of the 4 groups is
formulated individually. The clusters have been formulated based on the allocation of optimized distance to
each ULB in a particular set of cluster
Distance Matrices for all the groups:
Table 47: Distance Matrix for Adilabad Group
Adilabad
Mancherial Mandamarri Belampalli Kagaznagar Adilabad Nirmal Bhainsa
Group
Mancherial 0 17 25 65 158 140 180
Mandamarri 17 0 12 51 171 153 193
Belampalli 25 12 0 41 161 164 201
Kagaznagar 65 51 41 0 145 188 228
Adilabad 158 171 161 145 0 77 117
Nirmal 140 153 164 188 77 0 43
Bhainsa 180 193 201 228 117 43 0
Table 48: Identified Clusters in Adilabad Group
5 As per NGT Guideline, An indicative distance of say up to 50 km from the regional facility for each local
body is feasible.
86
Identified Clusters Towns Covered Proposed Cluster Distance from the Proposed
from Adilabad Group Facility Cluster Facility
Cluster I Mandamarri Mandamarri 0
Bellampalli 12
Mancherial 17
Cluster II Nirmal Nirmal 0
Bhainsa 43
Table 49: Distance Matrix for Warangal Group
Warangal
Warangal Parkal Narsampet Bhupalpalli Mehbubabad Jangaon
Group
Warangal 0 35 36 71 93 59
Parkal 35 34 81 0 129 123
Narsampet 36 0 55 34 104 90
Bhupalpalli 71 55 0 81 49 94
Mehbubabad 93 104 49 129 0 118
Jangaon 59 90 94 123 118 0
Table 50: Identified Clusters for Warangal Group
Identified Clusters Towns Covered Proposed Cluster Distance from the Proposed
from Warangal Group Facility Cluster Facility
Cluster III Warangal Warangal 0
Parkal 35
Narsampet 36
Table 51: Distance Matrix for Khammam Group
Khammam Khammam Palvancha Yellandu Kottagudem Madhira Manuguru Sathupalli

Group
Khammam 0 88 46 77 60 133 81
Palvancha 88 0 47 13 103 47 79
Yellandu 46 47 0 36 98 91 102
Kottagudem 77 13 36 0 90 58 67
Madhira 60 103 98 90 0 147 72
Manuguru 133 0 91 58 147 47 124
Sathupalli 81 79 102 67 72 124 0
Table 52: Identified Clusters for Khammam Group
Identified Clusters Towns Covered Proposed Cluster Distance from the Proposed Cluster
from Khammam Facility Facility
Group
Cluster IV Palvancha Kottagudem 0
Yellandu 36
Kottagudem 13
87
Interim Report for Preparation of DPRs for MSWM System under Zone-II
Table 53: Distance Matrix for Karimnagar Group
Karimnagar
Metpalli Korutla Jagital Karimnagar Vemulwada Sircilla Huzurabad Husanabad Jammikunta Ramagundam Peddapalli
Group
Metpalli 0 11 33 82 63 75 123 120 137 222 98
Korutla 11 0 23 72 55 67 113 110 127 100 86
Jagital 33 23 0 49 40 52 90 87 104 95 64
Karimnagar 82 72 49 0 34 41 42 38 38 61 37
Vemulwada 63 55 40 34 0 13 76 72 89 100 70
Sircilla 75 67 52 41 13 0 83 80 96 107 77
Huzurabad 123 113 90 42 76 83 0 36 14 100 75
Husanabad 120 110 87 38 72 80 36 0 50 97 72
Jammikunta 137 127 104 38 89 96 14 50 0 76 52
Ramagundam 222 100 95 61 100 107 100 97 76 0 25
Peddapalli 98 86 64 37 70 77 75 72 52 25 0
Table 54: Identified Clusters for Karimnagar Group
Towns Covered Proposed Cluster Facility Distance from the Proposed Cluster Facility
Cluster V Metpalli Korutla 11
Korutla 0
Jagital 23
Cluster VI Vemulwada Karimnagar 34
Karimnagar 0
Sircilla 41
Cluster VII Huzurabad Jammikunta 14
Husnabad 50
Jammikunta 0
Cluster VIII Peddapalli Ramagundam 25
Ramagundam 0
88
As per NGT Guidelines, 8 clusters can be formulated with Mandamarri, Nirmal, Warangal, Kottagudem,
Korutla, Karimnagar, Jammikunta and Ramagundam as Lead ULBs
Figure 14: Clusters as per NGT Guidelines
The analysis shows that 8 clusters can be formulated according to NGT guidelines provisions. The Concept
plan of Clusterisation is given below:
 Individual Processing Facilities for Participating ULBs

 Regional Landfill Cluster Facility for Lead ULB
89
8.0 DESIGN OF SANITARY LANDFILL FACILITY

Preliminary design & engineering has been done for the construction of Common Sanitary Landfill
facility on cluster approach for Cluster-VII (Warangal, Parkal and Narsampet). The common
sanitary landfill facility for the three towns will be developed at Warangal as the town has
locational advantage as well as land availability for the setting up of proposed facility. This facility
shall comprise of a secured landfill facility (SLF), office building, laboratory, and security room,
weighbridge, parking area, internal roads and other associated facilities. The construction of
sanitary landfill shall be taken up into five phases. Each phase will serve for approximately 5 years.
After filling of each phase, it will be covered with top cover and subsequently the landfill will be
used. The common landfill facility shall require around 20 acres of area to accommodate the land
fillable waste for 25 years of Warangal, Parkal and Narsampet.
36 km
36 km
8.1 Site Selection

Selection of a landfill site usually comprises of the following steps: (i) setting up of a locational
criteria (ii) identification of search area (iii) drawing up a list of potential sites (iv) data collection (v)
selection of few best-ranked sites (vi) environmental impact assessment and (vii) final site selection
& land acquisition.
90
Landfill sites shall meet following specifications as given in Schedule –I of the SWM Rules 2016:-
1. Selection of landfill sites shall be based on examination of environmental issues. The
Department of Urban Development of the State shall coordinate with the concerned
organizations for obtaining the necessary approvals and clearances.
2. The landfill site shall be planned and designed with proper documentation of a phased
construction plan as well as a closure plan.
3. The landfill sites shall be selected to make use of waste generated in nearby towns.
4. The existing landfill sites which continue to be used for more than five years, shall be
improved in accordance of the specifications given in this Schedule.
5. The landfill site shall be large enough to last for 20-25 years.
6. The landfill site shall be away from habitation clusters, forest areas, water bodies’
monuments, National Parks, Wetlands and places of important cultural, historical or
religious interest.
7. A buffer zone of no-development shall be maintained around landfill site and shall be
incorporated in the Town Planning Department’s land-use plans.
8. Landfill site shall be away from airport including airbase. Necessary approval of airport or
airbase authorities prior to the setting up of the landfill site shall be obtained in cases where
the site is to be located within 20 km of an airport or airbase.
As per SWM Rules, 2016, following locational criteria have to be followed:-
1. Lake or Pond: No landfill should be constructed within 200 m of any lake or pond. Because
of concerns regarding runoff of waste water contact, a surface water monitoring program
should be established if a landfill is sited less than 200m from a lake or pond.
2. River: No landfill should be constructed within 100 m of a navigable river or stream.
3. Flood Plain: No landfill should be constructed within a 100 year flood plain. A landfill may
be built within the flood plain of secondary streams if an embankment is built along the
stream side to avoid flooding of the area. However, landfills must not be built within the
flood plains of major rivers unless properly designed protection embankments are
constructed around the landfills.
4. Highway: No landfill should be constructed within 200 m of the right of way of any state or
national highway.
5. Habitation: A landfill should be at least 200 m from a habitation area. A zone of 500 m
around a landfill boundary should be declared a No-Development Buffer Zone after the
landfill location is finalized.
6. Public Park: No Landfill may be constructed within 200 m from public parks.
7. Critical Habitat Area: - No landfill should be constructed within critical habitat areas. If there
is any doubt then the regulatory agency should be contacted.
8. Wetlands: - No Landfill should be constructed within wetlands. It is often difficult to define a
wetlands area. Maps are available for some wetlands, but in many cases such maps are
absent or incorrect. If there is any doubt, then the regulatory agency should be contacted.
91
9. Ground water Table: A landfill should not be constructed in areas where water table is less
than 2 m below ground surface.
10. Airports: No landfill should be constructed within 20 km distance from airport or airbase.
However, in special case, landfill site may be set up within a distance of 10 and 20 km away
from the airport/airbase after obtaining NOC from the civil aviation authority/air force as
the case may be.
11. Water Supply Well: No landfill should be constructed within 200 m of any water supply
well.
12. Coastal Regulation Zone: A landfill should not be located in potentially unstable zones such
as landside prone areas, fault zone etc.
13. Buffer Zone: A landfill should have a buffer zone around it, up to a distance prescribed by
regulatory agencies.
8.1.2 Location of the Proposed Sanitary Landfill
For the Final Disposal of the Inert Waste and the Rejects from the above mentioned Processing
Facilities: - Regional Sanitary Landfill at Ramapura Village (Warangal) for inert waste of Warangal,
Parkal and Narsampet.
Table 55: Proposed Site Suitability
Town Name Warangal
Location of the Ramapura Village
Site
Area 36 acres
SUITABILITY OF THE SITE
Siting Criteria Fulfilling Criteria Proposed Site at Ramapura
village
Distance from River > 100 m Yes
Distance from pond > 200 m Yes
Distance from Highway > 200 m Yes
Distance from Habitation > 200 m Yes
Distance from Public Parks > 200 m Yes
Airport > 20 kms or 10 – 20 km NOC
from Airport Authority
92
8.2 Waste to be handled

Base Year 2018
Design Year 2042
Operative Life of Landfill 25 Years
Total Land fillable Waste of 3 Towns 609031 MT
(Warangal, Parkal and Narsampet)
Density 0.85 MT/cum
Total Design Capacity 716507 cum
Sanitary Landfilling of non-biodegradable /non-recyclables/inert component of municipal solid
waste is mandatory as per the MSW rules 2000. Therefore it is proposed to set up a Regional
Sanitary Landfill facility for final disposal of inert waste / rejects from compost plants, RDF and
street sweeping which cannot be further processed for any use.
8.2.1 Estimation of Landfill Capacity, Landfill Height, Landfill Area
Fig 8.1: Sanitary landfill
As per draft Manual of Municipal Solid Waste Management, A municipal Solid Waste Management
Plan has to be decided on necessity of the system. Therefore, the design periods should cater short-
term and long-term requirements of the system. In the current design, we have considered a 5-year
short-term period plan, during this period maximum 20% inert of total MSW will go in to landfill as
rejects will be more from the processing facilities due to mixed waste receipt in the initial years.
During the next 20 years (long term plan), segregation at the source may become the practice
therefore, landfillable waste could be minimize up to 10% inert of total MSW.
Area requirement of the sanitary landfill has been calculated on the basis that 20% inert in first 05
years and 10% inert of total MSW over the next 20 years will go in to sanitary landfill.
Table 56: Details of the landfillable waste in Cluster VII
Year Inert Waste of Inert Waste of Inert Waste of Total Inert

Warangal Town Parkal Town Narsampet Town Waste TPD
2018 72.4 2.6 3.5 78.47
93
2019 74.6 2.7 3.6 80.94

2020 76.9 2.8 3.7 83.48
2021 79.3 2.9 3.9 86.10
2022 81.7 3.0 4.0 88.80
2023 42.1 1.6 2.1 45.79
2024 43.4 1.6 2.2 47.23
2025 44.8 1.7 2.3 48.71
2026 46.2 1.7 2.3 50.24
2027 47.6 1.8 2.4 51.82
2028 49.1 1.9 2.5 53.45
2029 50.6 1.9 2.6 55.13
2030 52.2 2.0 2.7 56.87
2031 53.8 2.1 2.8 58.66
2032 55.5 2.2 2.9 60.50
2033 57.2 2.3 3.0 62.41
2034 59.0 2.3 3.1 64.38
2035 60.8 2.4 3.2 66.41
2036 62.7 2.5 3.3 68.51
2037 64.7 2.6 3.4 70.67
2038 66.7 2.7 3.5 72.91
2039 68.8 2.8 3.6 75.21
2040 71.0 2.9 3.7 77.60
2041 73.2 3.0 3.8 80.06
2042 75.5 3.2 3.9 82.60
Total land fillable waste generated in Warangal in 25 years is estimated at 609031 MT
Method of Calculation
1. Current Waste Generation per Year :- W (ton per Year)
2. Estimated rate of increase (or decrease)
of waste generation per year :- X (percent)
(Use rate of population growth where
waste generation growth rate estimates
are not available)
3. Proposed Life of Landfill (in years) :- n (years)
4. Waste Generation after n years :- W (1 + x )n (tons per year)

100
5. Total waste generation in n years (T)
In tons
T = 1 [W + W (1 + x) n] n (tons)
2* 100
6. Total volume of waste in n years (Vw) (on the assumption of 0.85 t/Cum density of waste)
Vw = T (cum)
0.85
94
7. Total Volume of daily cover in n years (Vdc) (on the basis of 15 cm soil cover on top and sides for lift
height of 1.5 m to 2 m)
Vdc = 0.1 Vw (Cum)
8. Total Volume required for components of liner system and of cover system (on the assumption of
1.5 m thick liner system (including leachate collection layer) and 1.0 m thick cover system (including
gas collection layer)
Vc = k Vw (Cum)
(k = 0.25 for 10 m high landfill, 0.125 for 20 m high landfill and 0.08 for 30 m high landfill. This is valid
for landfills where width of landfill is significantly larger than height)
9. Volume likely to become available within 10 years due to settlement / biodegradation of waste
Vs = m Vw
(m = 0.10 for bio-degradable waste; m will be less than 0.05 for incinerated / inert waste)
10. First estimate of landfill Capacity (Ci)
Ci = Vw + Vd + Vc – Vs (Cum)
11. Likely shape of landfill in plans and section (To be based on topography of area, depth to ground
water table and other factors)
12. First Estimate of Landfill Height and Area
(a) Restricted Area Available = Ar (Sq. m)

Area required for infrastructural facilities = 0.15 Ar
Area available for landfilling = 0.85 Ar
Average landfill height required (first estimate) above base level
Hi = Ci (Sq. m) (Valid for area type landfill)
0.9 Ar
(b) No limitation on Area
Possible maximum average landfill Hi (typically between 10 to 20 m, rarely
Height (first estimate) above 30 m)
Area required for landfilling separations
Ai = Ci (Sq. m) (valid for area type landfill)
Total area required (including infrastructural facilities) (first estimate)

Ai = 1.15 Ai.
LANDFILL CAPACITY, LANDFILL HEIGHT, LANDFILL AREA
Description YEAR
2018- 2023-2027 2028- 2033-37 2038- Total Unit
2022 2032 42
Current Waste Generation (W) 78 46 53 62 73 TPD
Waste Generation after 5 Years 89 52 61 71 83 TPD
Proposed Life of Sanitary Landfill 5 5 5 5 5 Years
95
Total waste Generation in each 5 years 152635 89075 103984 121436 141902 6090 MT
(T) 31
Density 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 Kg/cum
Volume of Waste Genaration (Vw) 179570 104794 122334 142866 166944 7165 Cum
07
Total Volume of Waste (Vw) 179570 104794 122334 142866 166944 7165 Cum
07
Total Volume of daily cover 17957 10479 12233 14287 16694 Cum
(Vdc)=0.1xVw
Total Volume required for components 44893 26198 30583 35716 41736 Cum
of Liner and cover system (Vc) =
0.25xVw
Volume likely to become due to 8979 5240 6117 7143 8347 Cum
Settlement (Vs) = 0.05xVw
Estimate of Landfill Capacity 233441 136232 159034 185725 217027 9314 Cum
Ci = Vw+Vdc+Vc-Vs 59
Hi 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 m
Area of Landfill without Embankment 15563 9082 10602 12382 14468 Sq. m
Total Area Requirement for the Landfill 3.9 2.3 2.7 3.1 3.6 15.5 Acres
Plan Dimensions of Landfill 15600 9350 10800 12350 14700 6280 Sq. m
0
Length of Landfill 195 110 120 130 140 300 m
Width of Landfill 80 85 90 95 105 210 m
Height of Embankement 3 3 3 3 3 m
Top of Embankment 5 5 5 5 5 m
Slope of Embankement (1:2)
Length of Landfill including 334 m
Embankment
Width of Landfill including 244 m
Embankment
Area of Landfill including Embankment 8149 Sq. m
6
LANDFILL SECTION AND PLAN

Landfill Section and Plan is evaluated on the basis of:
(i) 4:1 side slope for the above-ground portion of the landfill.
(ii) 2:1 side slope for the below-ground portion of the landfill.
(iii) Material balance for daily cover, liner and final cover material through excavation at site.
(iv) Extra space around the waste filling area for infrastructural facilities.
LANDFILL PHASES
(i) Active Life of the Landfill :- 25 Years
(ii) Duration of one phase :- 5 Years
(iii) Number of Phases :- 5 (each phase extends from base to final cover)
(iv) Volume of phase-I (2018-2022) :- 62265 Cum
LINER AND LEACHATE COLLECTION SYSTEM

Liner System for inert Waste
96
The liner system will comprise of the following layers below the waste:
(i) Geo-textile layer of 250 gsm

(ii) 0.3 m thick leachate drainage layer comprising of sand (coarse sand) or gravel having 25-50 mm
size (stone dust with no fines)
(iii) Geo-textile layer of 250 gsm
(iv) 1.50 mm thick HDPE geo-membrane These combination is proposed in place of 0.9
(v) Geo-synthetic clay layer of 6-7 mm thickness mm thick clay layer as clay soil will not be
(vi) 0.3 m thick clay layer available easily.
Leachate Evaluation
The leachate collection layer is provided in the granular soil (drainage) layer of the bottom liner
system. The collection layer shall comprise of a network of perforated HDPE lateral pipes laid at a
slope of 2% and 10 m c/c spacing. These laterals shall collect leachate and transfer it to the HDPE
header pipe, which is laid at a slope of 1%. The header pipe ultimately transfers the leachate into
the Leachate collection sump. The general arrangement of header and laterals is provided in the
layout plan of MSW landfill.
The landfill receives municipal solid waste only. All operations are planned in such a way that
generation of liquid waste is minimum and the leachate directly reaches the leachate collection
sump for treatment. Apart from the leachate generated as a result of inflow of rainwater into the
landfill, the seepage from the moisture content present in the solid waste and the moisture present
in the daily soil cover are the few sources of leachate generation. 10 % evaporation has been
considered.
Total Area of landfill = 42400 sq. m

Operational Area = 42400/25 = 1696 sq. m
Table 57: Sizing of Leachate pipe
Leachate Pipe Sizing

Quantity Unit
Area of landfill 1696 m2
Intensity of rainfall 30 mm/day
Velocity in pipes 0.5 m/sec
Leachate generation per hour 2.12 m3/hr
Evaporation 10 %
Leachate to be managed 1.91 m3/hr
Leachate Collection System
Header Sizing
Header is running 0.5 full(value in decimal)
Diameter of header 0.052 m
52 mm
Provide Header Pipe (PN6, HDPE, 15mm thick) 125 mm (min)
97
Quantity of Header Pipe 153 m

Lateral Sizing
Lateral is running 0.25 full(value in decimal)
Number of laterals 6 Nos
Diameter of lateral 0.021 m
21 mm
Provide Lateral Pipe (PN6, HDPE, 5mm thick) 50 mm (min)
Quantity of Lateral pipe 1386 m
Leachate Tank
Leachate Generation 1.91 m3/day
Leachate collection for 3 days 5.72 m3/day
Dimensions 3m x 2m x Cum
1m
Capacity of Leachate Tank 6 Cum
COVER SYSTEM DESIGN

Cover System
The cover system will comprise of the following layer above the waste.
(i) 0.30 m thick gas collection layer comprising of gravel size 25 mm – 50 mm

(ii) 0.6 m thick barrier layer (sandy silt + 5% bentonite)
(iii) 0.45 m thick surface layer of local top soil for vegetative growth
Passive Gas Vents

Passive gas vents 1 m high (above ground surface) will be provided at a spacing of 20 m x 20 m.
8.3 Monitoring Facilities

The soil, air and water in the area shall be continuously monitored for no contamination. Both
sampling methods and non-sampling methods are adopted and monitored as per the monitoring
plan for timely action to be taken before water contamination and leakage of gases into the soil.
The facility is provided with a minimum four monitoring wells for soil water and gas measurements.
The details of the monitoring plan are given in Table 8.3, wherein instruments /monitoring areas
proposed are listed.
Table 58: Monitoring plan
Monitoring Method Type of Equipment Used Information/data to be

Monitoring recorded
Sampling Air Monitoring Gas Syringes Air quality/analysis of gas
Monitoring Method (Collection of Air Bags
(Methods involving Air samples)
collection of
samples for
98
laboratory analysis)
Ground Water Monitoring wells Water quality
Monitoring (Background wells) –
(Collection of both single depth and
ground Water) multiple depth
(Collection of Piezometers Water quality
Ground Water)
(Collection of In landfill piezometers Leachate quality
Leachate
samples)
Vadose Zone Collection Lysimeters, Analysis of Leachate between,
Monitoring Soil gas probes & VOC in soil, Gas monitoring,
Suction Cup Lysimeters liquid monitoring in Vadose
zone
Non-sampling Ground water Conductivity cells Monitor changes in
Monitoring Method Conductivity Groundwater Conductivity
(Methods involving
Physical and
Electrical
measurements)
Leachate Inland fill Piezometers Measure depth of Leachate in
Monitoring landfill
Temperature Temperature probes Measure temperature
In land fill
Vadose zone Electric probes Salinity of vadose zone
Electric Resistance Changes in the water content
Block
Gamma ray For monitoring of moisture
attenuation probes content
Neutron Moisture Moisture content in the soil
meter
Tensiometer Used to measure negative
pressure that exists in
soil/landfill
TDR meter & For recording Thermo Dielectric
Thermocouple Properties of water and soil –
psychomotor any change in temperature and
moisture will be recorded
Waves Sensing To identify leak detection
Devices (seismic type)
Note: - Common Lab for Compost Plant and Sanitary Landfill Facility have been proposed
99
The monitoring requires lab testing and acquisition of all the instruments for such small quantity of
waste will be un-economical. Therefore some tests could be conducted by common lab, whereas
major tests like water quality monitoring viz-a-viz for metals used to be conducted through
authorized laboratory.
Apart from the above, regular inspection and monitoring of important components of the landfill
shall be done as per the schedule given below:
Final Top Cover: Once in a year and after each substantial rainfall it should be checked for any
erosion, landslides, movement of soil, slope, etc.
Vegetation: Four times in a year a check should be made for existence of dead
plants/trees. Any plant/tree found dead shall be removed immediately.
Final Grade: Twice a year should be checked for ponding/logging of water. If any
abnormalities found, slope should be corrected by putting soil.
Surface drains: Four times a year and after each substantial rain should be checked for any
blockages. Leaves, debris or any other accumulation found in the drain shall
be removed immediately.
Gas Monitoring: As required in the Management Plan it should be checked for strong
presence of odor. The gas monitoring equipment’s (compressor, pipes, flaring
stand, etc) should be checked to ensure their workability as they might
become inoperable due to high gas generation.
Groundwater Monitoring: As per the Action Plan. A regular inspection shall be done to check for
any failures in the monitoring system.
Leachate Management: As required by the plan.
8.4 Determination of Equipment Requirements

The landfill facility shall have minimum operating equipment for the construction stages and no
earth moving machinery is planned as the work shall be done by engaging suitable contracting
agency. For the operations of daily cover the following nominal equipment shall be provided:
 Front-end loader/JCB - 1 No
 Dozer - 1 No
 Vibro-Compactor - 1 No
 Safety Equipment’s - 1 Lot
 Fire Fighting Equipment - 1 Lot
 Water Tanker (5 KL) 1 No
 Tipper (10.5 cum) 1 No
100
8.5 Design Life

The landfill design life relates to active period, closure period and post closure period. The active
period is the period in which actual filling takes place. In this case, this will be 25 years. The closure
and post-closure period for which a landfill will be monitored and maintained shall be 25 years after
the active period.
8.6 Construction and Operational Practice of Sanitary Landfill

The Construction and Operation of a landfill consists of the following steps:
1. Site Development
2. Phase Development
3. Phase Operation
4. Phase Closure
5. Landfill Closure
Site Development
The following construction activities are undertaken during site development:
1. Construction of perimeter fence and entrance gate

2. Construction of main access road near the entrance gate with parking area
3. Construction of main access road along the perimeter of the site and well as construction of
arterial load to tipping area of the first phase.
4. Acquisition and installation of weighbridges
5. Construction of weighbridge room / office, administrative office and site vehicle cleaning
area
6. Installation of direction signs, site lighting, firefighting facilities, communication facilities
7. Construction of water supply and waste water / sewage disposal system
8. Construction of main leachate pipe, tank and treatment facility
9. Installation of environmental monitoring facilities
10. Construction of gas collection pipe and treatment facility
Site Procedures
It is important to formalize and document the record keeping procedures as well as waste
acceptance procedures to be followed at the landfill site.
Record Keeping
Records will be kept on a daily, weekly and monthly basis. In addition a site manual will be kept at
the site office giving all site investigation, design and construction details – these are necessary as
landfill design may get modified during the operational phase.
Site Manual: The site manual will contain the following information:
a. Data collected during site selection
101
b. Environmental impact assessment report

c. Site investigation and characterization data
d. Detailed topographical map
e. Design of all landfill components
f. Landfill layout and its phases
g. Construction plans
h. Details of Leachate Management Plan
i. Details of Gas Management Plan
j. Environmental Monitoring Programme
k. Closure and Post – Closure Plan
l. All permissions / Licenses from concerned authorities.
Site Report: The daily, weekly and monthly reports will comprise of the following:
a. Weighbridge data (daily inflow and outflow for each vehicle)
b. Waste inspection data (daily)
c. Materials, stores etc. (daily)
d. Bills / Accounts (daily)
e. Visitor record (daily)
f. Complaints record from nearby areas (daily)
g. Topographic survey at operating phase (daily / weekly)
h. Photographic record at operating phase (daily / weekly)
i. Environmental monitoring data (weekly / monthly)
j. Waste filling plan and actual progress i.e. cell construction (daily / weekly) and review
(monthly)
k. Leachate generation and gas generation (weekly/ monthly / extreme events)
l. Weather / climatic data (extreme events)
m. Accidents etc. (adhoc.)
n. Others
Waste Inspection Procedure

Each vehicle carrying the waste must be checked for:
a. Incoming weight (full)

b. Outgoing weight (empty)
c. Availability of relevant documents
d. Visual check at weigh – in (if feasible)
e. Visual inspection after discharge at tipping area (inspection report to be filed for each
vehicle). A visual inspection checklist must be framed which should list visual features for
identification of unacceptable material. This checklist must be filled for every unloading by a
vehicle in tipping area at the working phase in the landfill.
If there is reason to doubt the presence of unacceptable waste, the vehicle will be taken to the
102
waste inspection facility, the waste down – loaded, inspected visually and sampled (if necessary).
Vehicles having non-conforming waste will be held up and matter reported to engineer or manager
of the site.
Phase Development
Development of each phase is done is stages. These stages are:
a. Clearing the area of all shrubs and vegetation,

b. Excavation (if required)
c. Stockpiling of excavated material and material imported from borrow area,
d. Levelling of base and side slopes of landfill and achieving desirable grades at the base of the
landfill,
e. Construction of embankment and temporary berms along the perimeter of the phase,
f. Construction of temporary surface water drains,
g. Installation of monitoring instruments,
h. Liner construction
i. Leachate collection and removal system.
Phase Operation
At the design stage the phases of a landfill are clearly demarcated. Operation of a phase requires
planning and execution of daily activities – daily waste filling plan and demarcation, waste discharge
and inspection, waste placement, waste compaction, daily covering of waste, prevention of
pollution and fires.
On the completion of a phase and before the start of a new phase, a waste filling plan for daily cells
must be evolved. A study of the landfill base contour maps and the final cover levels of the phase
allows such a plan to be developed. If a phase is to be operational for 365 days, all 365 cells must be
marked in plan and in sectional drawings. These may require revision as a landfill is constructed
because waste quantities may vary in an unforeseen manner.
The area and height proposed to be filled every day should be demarcated at the site on a daily or
weekly basis using temporary markers or bunds.
Waste Discharge and Inspection

Waste must be discharged by tipping at the working area of a landfill, within the area demarcated
for the cell. Every discharged load should be visually inspected by a designated operator. Working
area personnel should be trained and competent at waste identification in order that they can
recognize waste which may be non-conforming. In the event of reasonable doubt as to the waste
acceptability, the operator should inform the waste reception facility and / or the site manager
immediately and the consignment should be isolated pending further inspection.
Once waste has been discharged it must be spread in layers and compacted in a well-defined
manner to ensure that the completed slopes of a daily cell are at the designed gradients.
Waste placement (spreading) can be done by the following methods
103
a. Face tipping Method: Waste is deposited on top of existing surface and spread horizontally
by tipping over an advancing face.
b. Inclined layering method (onion skin tipping): Similar to (a) but inclined layering (gentle
slope) done instead of advancing of face.
c. Working upwards: Waste is deposited on the lower surface and pushed upwards.
Waste Compaction
It has become conventional practice to level and compact the waste as soon as it is discharged at
the working area. Steel wheeled mobile landfill compactors (cleated / spiked / special wheels) are
generally accepted as the best equipment for this purpose. They have largely replaced the small
crawler-tracked machines which previously were in general use. These steel wheel compactors
have been developed specifically for landfill operations with different patterns of cleated wheels
designed to break up and compact waste. For small sites receiving low volumes of waste, a
compactor alone may be adequate to spread and compact the waste as well as handle and place
cover material. However, a compactor is not designed to be a multi-purpose machine and at busy
sites it is more usual to provide a tracked dozer or wheeled bucket loader for spreading followed by
a compactor for densification. Compactors help to (a) chop and homogenize the waste; (b) reduce
the void fraction of the waste; (c) produce an even and stable surface; and (d) pin down waste to
minimize litter and make the site less attractive to birds and vermin.
Landfill compactors are not manufactured in India. However, they are available overseas in a wide
range of sizes and operating weights (typically ranging from 12 tons to 30 tons). Apart from size, the
differences between machines are the cleat patterns on the wheels and the wheel configuration.
The wheel configuration is relevant when determining the number of passes required achieving the
desired amount of compaction.
Daily Cover
The advantages of using daily cover are primarily in preventing windblown litter and odours,
deterrence to scavengers, birds and vermin and in improving the site’s visual appearance. It is also
advocated as a means of shedding surface water during the filling sequence, thereby assisting in
leachate management by reducing infiltration, although its effectiveness in this respect is doubtful.
It is important that site location and waste inputs are taken into account when considering the type
and application of daily cover. Soils used as daily cover will give a pleasing uniform appearance from
the site boundary. To achieve this, a thickness of about 150 mm is usually adequate and should be
adopted. About 300mm needs to be used to avoid paper, etc being seen from close proximity. This
is excessive for other purposes and the visibility of waste through daily cover should not be
regarded as the sole criterion of effectiveness.
At sites where daily covered is spread by machines such as dozers etc., a thickness less than 150mm
will not be feasible, keeping in view the uneven surface of the waste. At sites where daily cover is
spread manually, a thickness of 100mm can be attempted if soil is used; this thickness should not
be less than 150mm if construction debris is used.
104
Cover material takes up valuable void space for primary wastes and if a 150 mm deep layer is
placed over every 2 m layer of waste, about 7.5% of the void space is lost. The covering of faces and
flanks will cause even more loss of void space and most operators estimate that the total loss of
void space is between 10% and 20%.
If compacted, daily cover can have a relatively low permeability which results in the partial
containment of each layer of waste as a result, leachate becomes perched and difficult to extract.
Landfill gas then moves preferentially sideways giving greater potential for migration off-site and
both gas and leachate become difficult to extract. Hence daily cover way not be compacted by
rollers.
Traditionally soil material has been used for daily cover. Whenever possible daily cover is obtained
by planned excavation from within the landfill area and thereby causes no net consumption of
space. This will optimize the commercial value of the waste accepted. Where a site is deficient in
appropriate resources, daily cover may come through the gate from construction activities.
Construction waste is now also used to form screening bunds and for landscaping at the
construction site.
Results so far have failed to identify any single material which can be used as a simple substitute for
soil materials and all of them have given rise to secondary problems.
Pollution Prevention during Operation

Measures are needed to ensure that the landfill operation does not adversely affect local
environment within and outside the landfill. Operators may appoint community liaison officers to
be available to visit complainants and establish the nature and source of the problem. This is
reported to the site manager so that corrective measures can be taken.
Traffic: Heavy lorry traffic can give rise to nuisance, damage to road surface and verges and routing
problems. The following guidelines are helpful:
a. Routing to avoid residential areas
b. Using one-way routes to avoid traffic conflict in narrow roads
c. Carrying out road improvements, for example, strengthening or widening of roads,
improved provision of footpaths, improvement of sight lines, provision of passing places,
provision of new roads.
d. Limiting the number of vehicle movements
e. Restrictions on traffic movement hours which are staggered with respect to peak traffic
hours.
Noise: Adverse impacts on the local community from noise may arise from a number of sources
including – throughput of vehicles and fixed and mobile plant, for example compactors, generators
at the site. Peripheral noise abatement site measures should be adopted.
105
Odour: Offensive odours at landfill sites may emanate from a number of sources, including waste
materials, which have decomposed significantly prior to landfilling, leachates and leachate
treatment system, and landfill gas.
Good landfill practices will greatly reduce general site smell and reduce impact from odours which
could lead to complaints from the local community, site users and site staff. Good practice includes:
(a) adequate compaction; (b) speedy disposal and burial of malodorous wastes; (c) effective use of
appropriate types of daily cover; (d) progressive capping and restoration; (e) effective landfill gas
management; (f) effective leachate management and (g) consideration of prevailing wind direction
when planning leachate treatment plants, gas flares, and direction of tipping.
Litter: Poor litter control both on and off site is particularly offensive to neighbors. Good
operational practice should be adhered to in terms of waste discharge, placement, compaction and
covering to minimize the occurrence of windblown litter. Measures for controlling litter include:
(a) Consideration of prevailing wind direction and strength when planning the filling direction
and sequence.
(b) Strategically placed mobile screen close to the tipping area or on the nearest downwind
crest.
(c) Temporary banks and bunds immediately adjacent to the tipping area.
(d) Permanent catch fences and netting to trap windblown litter
(e) Restricting incoming vehicles to only those which are sheeted and secured will reduce litter
problems on the highways.
Litter pickers should be employed to collect litter which escapes the preventative measures. Litter
screens, fences, nets and perimeter ditches should be maintained free of litter.
Bird Control: Birds are attracted to landfill sites in large numbers, particularly where sites receive
appreciable amounts of food wastes. Usually only large birds such as eagles, gulls are regarded as a
nuisance. Bird control techniques should be carefully planned taking into account the species likely
to be affected. Measures which can be used to mitigate bird nuisance include the employment of
good landfill practice, working in small active areas and progressive prompt covering of waste,
together with the use of bird scaring techniques. Measures involving explosions or distress calls
have inherently adverse environmental impacts in terms of noise.
Vermin and Other Pests: Landfills have potential to harbor flies and vermin, particularly where the
waste contains food materials. Modern landfilling techniques including prompt emplacement,
consolidation and covering of wastes in well-defined cells are effective in the prevention of
infestation by rodents and insects. Rats and flies are the main pests which require control. Sites
with extensive nonoperational land can become infested with rabbits.
Effective measures to deal with rodent infestation include regular visits by pest control contractors
or fully trained operatives. The use of insecticides on exposed faces and flanks of the tipping area,
by spraying and fogging, is an effective means of exterminating insects.
106
Dust: Dust from landfill operations is mainly a problem during periods of dry weather but can also
arise from dusty waste as it is tipped. Dust is generally associated with (a) site preparation and
restoration activities; (b) the disposal of waste comprising of fine particles, for example powders;
and (c) traffic dust. Dust suppression can be effected by (a) limiting vehicle speed; (b) spraying
roads with water; and (c) spraying site and powder type waste with water.
Mud on the Road: Mud on the public highway is one of the most common causes of public
complaint. It is, therefore, in the interests of the landfill operator to provide adequate wheel
cleaning facilities to ensure that mud is not carried off site by vehicles.
Landfill Fire Management: Fires in waste and landfill sites are not uncommon and it is important
for site operators to be aware of the dangers, how to treat fires and to address the problems
associated with them. All fires on-site should be treated as a potential emergency and dealt with
accordingly.
All sites should have an emergency tipping area set aside from the immediate working area where
incoming loads of material known to be on fire or suspected of being so can be deposited,
inspected and dealt with.
Waste that is burning on delivery should be doused with water or more preferably covered
progressively with adequate supplies of damp soil / cover followed by cooling and finally removal to
its disposal point. It should not normally be allowed to burn itself out as this will give rise to
nuisance from smoke and odour and may constitute a health risk. Firefighting techniques should be
appropriate for the waste type.
Fires within the operational area are either surface fires or deep-seated fires. The former usually
occur in recently deposited and as yet un-compacted materials adjacent to the current working
area, whilst the latter are found at depth in material deposited weeks or months earlier. Site
operators should have a plan to deal with each type of fire and have a code of practice for their
operators stating exactly how to tackle any outbreak. Regardless of the circumstances, no individual
should ever tackle a landfill fire alone. Deep-seated fires require expensive remediation techniques
including vertical cut-offs.
Landfill Safety Aspects

Training of employees should include site safety, first aid and the handling of dangerous materials
where appropriate. Since landfill sites can pose dangers to both site operator and users, emergency
plans should be laid down. Landfill sites should be regarded as potentially hazardous locations and
the operator should have a written safety plan for the site.
Safety hazards present at landfill sites may include: (a) moving plant and vehicle; (b) steep slopes;
(c) bodies of standing water; (d) contaminated, putrescible, toxic, flammable or infective material
and (e) noxious, flammable, toxic or hazardous gas.
All employees and visitors to the site should be made aware of the potential hazards and the safety
procedures to be implemented including fire safety.
107
Phase Closure
After the last set of cells of a phase is placed on the highest lift, an intermediate or final cover is
constructed. If another phase is to be placed over the just completed phase, an intermediate cover
is provided. However if the just completed phase has reached the final height of the landfill, the
final cover system and surface water drainage system is provided.
An intermediate cover is made of locally available soil (preferably low-permeability) and is 45 to

60cm thick. It is compacted with smooth steel drum rollers and provided a suitable gradient (3 to
5%) to encourage surface water to run-off from the cover and thus minimize infiltration. The side
slopes of the intermediate cover are compacted by the crawler tracked dozer moving up and down
the slope.
Final cover construction and quality control issues are similar to those for liner construction. The
layer below the low-permeability layer, referred to as the grading layer or gas venting layer, should
be constructed using poorly graded sand. A grain size analysis for every 400 Cu.m of material used
is recommended for quality control purposes. The layer should be compacted to above 75% relative
density to provide a firm sub-base for the low-permeability layer above. The density should be
tested at 30m grid points.
Laying of the topsoil layer should be done as soon as the protective layer construction is finished.
Heavy construction equipment should not be allowed on the finished surface. The nutrient and
liming requirements for the topsoil should be assessed from a competent agricultural laboratory. In
the absence of a regulatory recommendation / requirement regarding seed mix, a horticulturist or
soil scientist should be consulted. A combination of grass and bush type vegetation capable of
surviving without irrigation water should be planted. At least five samples of topsoil per hectare
(2.4 acres) should be tested for nutrient and liming requirements. Nutrient and seed mix
application rates should be supervised on site for quality control purpose.
The final cover is provided a gradient of 3 to 5 percent to assist surface run-off. Lined ditches or
channels are constructed on the final cover to intercept and carry surface water off the cover to the
storm water basin.
On the cover of each phase, settlement devices are installed for monthly measurement of
settlement of the landfill cover. This helps in identifying the quantity of soil required periodically for
repair of the landfill cover.
Landfill Closure
As each phase is completed and as the final cover level is reached in successive phases, the
following interconnectivities are established:
a. The leachate collection system of each phase is sequentially connected (if so designed)
b. The surface water drainage system at the cover of each phase is sequentially connected (if
so designed)
108
c. The temporary surface water drainage system constructed at the base of each completed
phase is dismantled.
d. The gas collection system (if provided) of each phase is sequentially connected.
Upon completion of all phases a final check is made of the proper functioning of all inter connected
systems.
An access road is provided on the landfill cover to enable easy approach for routine inspection of
the landfill cover.
8.7 Post Closure Care

Post closure care involves the routine inspection of the completed landfill site, maintenance of
infrastructure and environmental monitoring. A well-defined closure plan shall be formulated for
effective implementation.
8.8 Technical Specifications

The detail technical specifications of the following items have been given in Annexure No.8
1. Preparation of work area/ clearing site/ jungle

2. Striping
3. Excavation & filling work
4. Excavation of trenches
5. Borrow areas
6. Cast-in-situ cement concrete
7. Formwork and staging
8. Reinforcement
9. Structural steel work
10. Stone work-random rubble masonry
11. Filling for clay liner and foundation
12. Foundation for embankment
13. Earthen embankment
14. Turfing
15. HDPE liner
16. Clay liner
17. Leachate collection system
18. HDPE Pipes
19. Sand layer
20. Gravel layer
21. Vertical centrifugal pump
22. Valves
23. Leachate treatment plant
24. Weighbridge
25. Piezometers
26. Electrical works
27. Schedule of Makes
109
28. Quantity assurance check list

29. List of mandatory spares
8.9 Drawings
 Elevation Section, Plan of Landfill as Drawing No. T.S/Zone-2/Warangal Town/14
 Details of the Leachate Collection System as Drawing No. T.S/Zone-2/Warangal Town/13
 Sectional Details of Sanitary Landfill as Drawing No. T.S/Zone-2/Warangal Town/15
8.10 Cost Estimates

The yearly O&M cost, Detailed Cost estimates and Yearly Cost estimates are given in table below.
Table 59: Operation and Maintenance cost for Sanitary Landfill
Manpower Cost
S. No. Manpower Nos. Salary Per Annum
1 Facility Manager 1 50000 600000
2 Operator 1 10796 129552
3 Drivers 5 8795 527700
4 Skilled Workers 4 8795 422160
5 Unskilled Workers 8 7452 715392
Sub Total 2394804
Consumables Cost
6 PPEs 36100
7 Lab chemicals 10000 120000
8 Daily Cover 1696 179776
9 Diesel 1000 365000
Sub Total 700876
Electricity
KW KWh/day Rs./unit Per Annum
10 20 112 8 327040
Environmental Monitoring Cost
Ambient air monitoring 150000
Ground water
monitoring
Repair & Maintenance
196600
Total O&M Cost Per Annum 3769320
110
Table 60: Cost estimates of other infrastructure facilities
S. No. Particulars Unit Rate Unit Measurement Cost

1 Daily Cover Area 1610 Sq. m 300 483000
2 Tipping Area 1610 Sq. m 600 966000
3 Electricals & Fire Fighting 500000
4 Ground Water Monitoring Well 50000 Nos. 6 300000
TOTAL COST 2249000
Table 61: Cost of Machinery
S. No. Description Unit Quantity Rate Amount ( in lacs)

(in lacs)
1 Compactors Each 1 20 20
2 Dozer Each 1 30.78 30.78
3 Water Tanker (5 Each 1 13.97 13.97
KL)
4 Tippers (10.5 Each 1 14.7 14.7
Cum)
5 Front End Loader Each 1 18.85 18.85
with Back-hoe
Total 98.3
Table 62: Summary of Cost estimates for sanitary landfill for 25 years
S.No. Item Cost (INR in Lacs)

1 Landfill cost for 25 years 121168037
2 Capping cost for 25 years 144567829
4 Facilities for Landfill 1105491
5 Leachate Management & Leachate Collection 1930851
6 Equipments at Landfill 9830000
7 Other Infrastructure Facilities 2249000
8 Total (Rs.) 280851208
Table 8.9: Phase-wise cost of Sanitary Landfill for 25 years
SUMMARY OF COST ESTIMATES OF SANITARY LANDFILL FOR WARANGAL TOWN

S.N Item Description Total Phase I (1 - Phase II (6 Phase III Phase IV Phase V
o Amount (Rs.) 5 Years) - 10 (11 - 15 (16 -20 (21 - 25
Years) Years) Years) Years)
1 Landfill cost for 121168037 24233607 24233607 24233607 24233607 24233607
25 years
2 Capping cost for 144567829 28913566 28913566 28913566 28913566 28913566
25 years
3 Facilities for 1105491 1105491
Landfill
111
4 Leachate 1930851 386170 386170 386170 386170 386170

Management &
Leachate
Collection
5 Equipments at 9830000 9830000 9830000 9830000
Landfill
6 Other 2249000 2249000
Infrastructure
Facilities
7 Total (Rs.) 280851208 66717834 53533343 63363343 53533343 63363343
Total Cost in 28.09 6.67 5.35 6.34 5.35 6.34
Crores
112
9.0 COST OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEM
The total project outlay is estimated at 50.11 Crore Rupees for the Warangal Municipal Corporation
The commercial production of compost plant, recyclable waste and use of facilities will commence
initially. The landfill site, with a total life of 25 years, however, will be developed in phases. The
proposed scheme considers the cost of development of landfill site for use during the first 5 years.
9.1 Capital Cost of the Proposed System

Details of the cost of the proposed scheme are given in Table 9.1:
Table 9.1: Breakup of the Capital Cost of the Proposed Scheme

S. N. Particulars Total Outlay Reference/
(Rs. in Crores) Comments
A Collection and Transportation Cost 17.81 Chapter 5
B Cost of Compost plant including associated civil works 18.96 Chapter 7
C Capital cost of the Sanitary Landfill site (for use during 6.67 Chapter 8
the first 5 years)
D Capital cost of Common Facilities to be developed at the 4.74 Chapter 6
ISWM Site
E Cost of Biomethanation Plant 1.35 Chapter 7
F Sub Total (A to J) 48.18
G Contingencies @ 3% on A to E 1.45
H Administrative Cost@1% A to E 0.48
I Total Capital Cost 50.11
J Cost of Information, Education & Communication for 0.2

SWM
The tools, equipment, machinery and fleet of vehicles for collection, segregation, storage and
transportation for waste are proposed to be upgraded and/or replaced. These are the detailed in
chapter 5. The investment on account aggregates to Rs. 17.81 Crore.
Details of the landfill site, proposed to be set up in phases are given in Table 9.2.
Table 9.2: Phased implementation of landfill site
Life of Landfill (Years) 5 years 20 years

Major expenditure during the period 2015-16 In phases from 2022
113
Usage Period 2017-2022 2022-2042
Capital Cost (Rs in Crores) – Total 28.09 6.67 Crores 23.38 Crores
The total proposed investment in landfill for a life of 25 years is estimated at Rs 8.65 Crores.
The cost of common facilities would be developed at the Integrated Municipal Solid Waste
Management Site is Rs. 4.74 Crores.
9.2 Operation & Maintenance Cost (O&M) of the Proposed System

Details of the cost of the proposed scheme are given in Table 9.3:
Table 9.3: Breakup of the O&M Cost of the Proposed Scheme

S. Particulars Total Outlay Rs. in Reference/
N. Crores Comments
A Collection and Transportation 35.342 Chapter 5
B Compost plant including associated civil works 1.104 Chapter 7
C Sanitary Landfill site (for use during the first 5 Chapter 8

0.377
years)
E Total Operation & Maintenance Cost 38.82
114
11.0 FINANCIAL FRAMEWORK
11.1 Objective of Swachh Bharat Mission
Swachh Bharat Mission (SBM) was launched on 2nd of October, 2014 with a vision to achieve a
clean India as a tribute to the father of the nation, Mahatma Gandhi, on his 150th birth anniversary,
in 2019. SBM is being implemented by the Ministry of Urban Development (M/o UD) and by the
Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (M/o DWS) for urban and rural areas with a given set of
guidelines for improved sanitary services and capacity building initiatives.
 Elimination of open defecation
 Eradication of Manual Scavenging
 Modern and Scientific Municipal Solid Waste Management
 To effect behavioral change regarding healthy sanitation practices
 Generate awareness about sanitation and its linkage with public health
 Capacity Augmentation for ULB’s
 To create an enabling environment for private sector participation in Cap-ex (Capital
expenditure) and Op-ex (operation and maintenance)
11.2 Mission Components
The Mission has the five following components:

 Household toilets, including conversion of insanitary latrines into pour-flush latrines;
 Community toilets
 Public toilets
 Solid waste management
 IEC & Public Awareness
 Capacity building and Administrative & Office Expenses (A&OE)
11.3 Funding Pattern for the Project
As solid waste management is important component of the missions, funding provision for the
Municipal Solid Waste Management in Warangal can be made under Swatch Bharat Mission. As per
the guidelines for Swatch Bharat Mission (Urban), as provided by MoUD-GOI; States will contribute
a minimum of 25% funds for SWM projects to match 75% Central Share. Following table elaborates
the funding pattern for the proposed solid waste management scheme for Warangal Municipal
Corporation
11.4 Sources of Finance

11.4.1Financing capital cost of the scheme
The total long term funds required to finance the cost of the scheme aggregates to Rs 50.11
Crores.
115
The above requirement of funds is proposed to be met by 20% grants from the Swachh Bharat
Mission, 25% from State Government and the balance funds is proposed to be generated through
various other sources of fund which are, but not limited to:
a. Private Sector Participation
b. Additional Resources from State Government/ULB
c. Beneficiary Share
d. User Charges
e. Land Leveraging
f. Innovative revenue streams
g. Swachh Bharat Kosh
h. Corporate Social Responsibility
i. Market Borrowing
j. External Assistance
11.4.2 Means of Finance

The requirement of funds is proposed to be financed as follows:
The costing of the integrated ISWM facility has been worked out for the waste generating in three
towns.
Table 63: Financial Plan
S. N. Particulars Total Outlay (Crore) Sharing of Cost
A Collection and Transportation Cost (for use 17.81 100%

during the first five years)
B Cost of Compost plant including associated 18.96 100%
civil works and mechanical equipment
C Capital cost of the Sanitary Landfill site (for 6.67 30%

use during the first 5 years)
D Capital cost of Common Facilities to be 4.74 100%

developed at the ISWM site
E Cost of Biomethanaiton plant 1.35
G Sub Total (A to E) 48.18
H Contingencies @ 3% on B to E 1.45
Administrative Cost@1% A to E 0.48

J Total Capital Cost 50.11
K Cost of Information, Education & 0.2
Communication for SWM
II Total Requirement of Funds 50.31
a. Financial Plan
116
Financing Capital Cost

GOI (20%) 10.06
State Government (25%) 12.58
Other Sources including ULB (55%) 27.67
Total 50.31
The capital cost estimated at Rs 50.31 Crore would be financed in the ratio of 20%, 25%, and 55% (GOI, State
Government and Others). ULB can also raise funds from financial institutions to part finance its share. The
exact financing pattern and share of the respective financing institutions would however be decided by the
Competent Authority approving the financial plan for financing.
11.5 Municipal Financial strength

The review of Municipal finances of the town indicate that the Municipality has two sets of revenue (i) from
own sources and (ii) from external sources. The own source of revenue includes components such as
Property tax, user charges, other taxes except the property tax and non-tax own source revenue. The user
charges are towards issuance of various certificates (such as birth certificates), license fees, plan sanctions,
etc. Currently there is no user charge levied on SWM. The Taxes other than property tax include
advertisement tax etc.
The distribution of Revenue from the own sources are shown in Table below. The user charges are towards
issuance of various certificates (such as birth certificates), license fees, plan sanctions etc. However, the
cities at present do not impose user charges for Solid Waste Management.
In order to meet the expenditure, Municipality must prepare a plan to strengthen its financials. The capital
expenditure for infrastructure projects can be funded by the state/central government grant, the
municipality must be in a position to at least recover the O&M expenses. With increased scope for Solid
Waste management, it is suggested that Municipality collect user fee for solid waste management services.
Table 64: Total Revenue Generation, Total Expenditure and Expenses on SWM for Warangal Municipal Corporation
Total Revenue Amount in Rupees lakhs
Sr. No. Revenue of the Own Source Grant/Loan/ Subsidy Total Total Expenditure
Municipality for last (Assigned Revenue)/ Revenue
5 years any other receipts
1 2014-2015 3212.08 2398.38 5610.46 3144.85
2 2013-2014 2750.89 627.05 3377.94 2712
3 2012-2013 2991.84 790.65 3782.49 2092.97
4 2011-2012 2561.39 1538.26 4099.65 1932.19
5 2010-2011 2552.28 581.1 3133.38 1444.22
11.6 Operation and Maintenance Cost

The processing facilities and regional sanitary landifill facility for Warangal Municipal to be set up at the
proposed facility in Warangal at Ramapura site on cluster approach for 25 years.
117
The Operation and Maintenance cost for each of the municipalities have been assessed. The O&M cost
includes following components:
 O&M Cost for Primary Collection, Secondary Collection & Transportation including Street Sweeping and
Drain Cleaning
The manpower cost for primary collection has been separately calculated for primary collection,
secondary collection & transportation including street sweeping. Street Sweeping forms the major
portion of O&M cost. The manpower for street sweeping has been calculated as per CPHEEO norms
(500 meters per person). It is also assumed that 10% of the roads will be swept daily, 20% will be swept
in alternate days and 70% will be swept twice a week. Drain Cleaning will also be done by the same
worker strength only. It is also assumed that every worker will be given 1 holiday per week; therefore
14% overhead is taken on manpower to cater the same.
 O&M Cost for the Compost Plant
 O&M cost for the Regional Sanitary Landfill Facility
 O&M cost for the Common Facility

The O&M assessment takes into consideration various parameter such as equipment & machinery,
personnel, transportation, office management, consumables, electricity and repair and maintenance of
equipment. The summary of O&M expenses for Warangal town is mentioned below:
O&M Cost of the Collection and Transportation System for Warangal Municipality
Table 65: O&M Cost for the C&T System for Warangal Municipality
Particular Cost
Manpower for Collection & Transportation 298933200
Manpower for Workshop and Transfer Station 7815360
Sanitary Staff 16800000
O&M Cost for Infrastructure 6422209.2
O&M Cost for Workshop 2214288

O&M for GIS 158400
Diesel Cost 14146031.25
Consumables Cost 6928157
353417645.5
*Detailed Costing is given in Chapter 5
O&M Cost of the Processing Facilities (Viz. Compost Plant) for Warangal Municipality
Table 66: O&M Cost for the Processing Facility at Warangal Municipality
O&M Cost for Compost Plant
Particulars No. Unit Rate Total Months Annual Cost
Cost (in Rs.)
Shift In charge 1 20,000 20,000 12 2,40,000
Plant Operator 2 10,796 21,592 12 2,59,104
Operator for Biomethanation Plant 1 10796 10796 12 1,29,552
118
Mechanic 2 10,796 21,592 12 2,59,104

Chemist 1 10,796 10,796 12 1,29,552
Account Officer 1 15,000 15,000 12 1,80,000
Skilled Workers 4 8,795 35,180 12 4,22,160
Unskilled Workers 12 7,452 89,424 12 10,73,088
Driver 5 8,795 42,216 12 5,06,592
Consumables viz. inoculants 20,000 12 2,40,000
Packing Cost 6,000 365 21,90,000
Repair & Maintenance of the 25,33,194
mechanical plant
Diesel Cost 4 2,880 365 10,51,200
Electricity (168 HP) 5,013 365 18,29,789
Water Requirement (KLD) 14 1000/5KL 10,22,000
Total O&M Cost for compost plant 1,10,43,335
O&M Cost of the Regional Sanitary Landfill Facility for Warangal Municipality
Table 67: O&M Cost for Regional Sanitary Landfill at Warangal Municipality
Manpower Cost
S. No. Manpower Nos. Salary Per Annum

1 Facility Manager 1 50000 600000
2 Operator 1 10796 129552
3 Drivers 5 8795 527700
4 Skilled Workers 4 8795 422160
5 Unskilled Workers 8 7452 715392
Sub Total 2394804
Consumables Cost
6 PPEs 36100
7 Lab chemicals 10000 120000
8 Daily Cover 1696 179776
9 Diesel 1000 365000
Sub Total 700876
Electricity
KW KWh/day Rs./unit Per Annum
10 20 112 8 327040
Environmental Monitoring Cost
Ambient air monitoring 150000
Ground water monitoring
Repair & Maintenance
196600
Total O&M Cost Per Annum 3769320
119
Summary of O&M Cost

Table 68: Summary of O&M Cost for Warangal Municipality
S. N. Particulars Total Outlay Rs. in Crores
A Collection and Transportation 35.342

B Compost plant including associated civil works 1.104
C Sanitary Landfill site (for use during the first 5 years) 0.377
E Total Operation & Maintenance Cost 36.823
Total O&M cost for the collection and transportation system including street sweeping, drain cleaning and
processing facilities, common facilities and regional sanitary landfill facility is estimated at Rs. 35230478
3.52 Crore).
11.7 Revenue Streams

The revenue stream identified for the project includes (i) user fee from various categories of waste
generators viz. households, hotels, restaurants, shops, vegetable/fruit market, institutes, banquet hall etc.
(ii) sale of compost (iii) sale of recyclables.
Two revenue sources under MSW management are sale of compost and sale of recyclables, though some
revenue can be generated by way of collection from the generators of waste. However, all revenue options
put together does not generate income enough to meet operation and maintenance expenses, therefore,
tipping fee has to pay by the ULB to Private Operator.
User fee: The right to collect the user fee towards Solid Waste Management shall remain with the private
Operator. The Private Operator shall not demand or collect fee from the users as per the proposed user
charges to be notified by the Municipality. The assessment of user fee for Warangal is presented in below
table.
11.8 Revenue Generation from Households

The Municipality will collect user charges from households, shops, hotels, banquet halls, restaurants and
guest houses. The households will be charged Rs. 30 in the first year. The user charge shall gradually increase
every year. The expected user fee collection efficiency is assumed to be 50% in the first year which shall
increase to 70 to 75%% in the later stages of the project.
Table 69: Revenue Generation from the User Charges to be paid by Households in Warangal
REVENUE FROM HOUSEHOLDS USER CHARGE
S. Year Expected User Nos. of User Charge/Month Revenue/An Revenue/Annu
No. Collected in % Households in INR num in INR m in Lakhs
1 2018 50 268865 30 48395778 483.96
The user fee will be collected from the commercial establishments also.
Table 70: Revenue Generation from Commercial Establishments in Warangal Municipality
120
Types No. of User Revenue Per

Establishments Charge/Month Annum
Commercial Shops 5951 50 3570600
Hotels/Lodges 275 200 660000
Restaurants/Dhaba/Roadside eateries 181 100 217200
Institutions 636 300 2289600
Offices 405 300 1458000
Hospital/Nursing Homes/Dispensaries 1044 150 1879200
Fish/chicken market 40 50 24000
Slaughter House 3 200 7200
Vegetable/Fruit Market 2 1000 24000
Celebration House 16 500 96000
Total Revenue Generation 10225800
Total Revenue Generation in Lakhs 102.26
11.9 Revenue Generation from Sale of Compost

It is proposed that the Private Operator for the Compost plant shall be responsible independently for
production and sale of the compost. As the sale of compost has been taken into consideration as one of the
revenue sources for the private operator, the operator shall be encouraged to develop suitable market and
strategy for the sale of compost. The private operators can develop a detailed plan including market map,
compost storage, agents, bulk buyers, transportation road network etc.
It is estimated that compost plant will produce 45 MT (2018) of compost per day which can be sold at the
rate of Rs.1.5 per kilograms. Revenue per annum from sale of compost is given in table below.
Table 71: Revenue from Sale of Compost for Warangal Municipality
TPD KG/Day KG/Annum Price/KG Total
Compost Generated (2018) 45.00 45000 16425000 1.5 24637500
Total Revenue Generation in Lakhs 246.38
The total revenue from sale of compost in the 1st year of operation is Rs. 24637500. In the subsequent years,
the revenue has been estimated to increase by 5% each year.
11.10 Revenue from sale of Recyclables

The primary survey of the MSW conducted by IPE Global shows that 17.84% of the total waste 60TPD is
recyclable of the total waste generation i.e. 337 TPD.
Table 72: Revenue Generation from Sale of Recyclable Waste in Warangal Municipality
Total projected waste generation in 2018 41.39 TPD
Percentage of recyclable waste 337.00 TPD
Total Recyclable Waste 17.84 %
Percentage of Sellable Waste 60.1 TPD
Total Sellable Waste 50 %
Rate per kg 30.1 TPD
Total Revenue/Annum 2.0 Rs.
Revenue in Lakhs 21944092 Rs.
121
Therefore, the revenue from sale of recyclables is estimated to be Rs. 2199440952 in the 1st year of
operation. Once the MSWM as per the proposed design is in place, the overall quantity of recyclable waste
will increase and revenue generation from recyclable waste will increase accordingly.
11.11 Summary of Total Revenue

Total revenue generated from the user fee, sale of compost, recyclables is estimated Rs. 1051.6 Lakhs, in
this, revenue generated from the user charges is not included.
Table 73: Summary of Total Revenue Generation in Warangal Municipality
Particulars 2018
Revenue (in INR) (in Lakhs)
Compost 246.38
Recyclables 219
Households 483.96
Hotels/Restaurant/Guest House/Banquet hall 102.26
Total Income 1051.6
122
12.0 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
Traditionally, Solid Waste Management has remained the

responsibility of the Urban Local Bodies. These local bodies
mostly suffer from lack of funds and manpower to perform the
required functions. Moreover, with increasing urbanization and
rate of solid waste generation, the burden has also magnified.
The SWM Rules, 2016 have set responsibilities for ULBs, State
governments and Central & State pollution control boards for
different aspects of MSW management. These rules make ULBs
responsible for their implementation and for any other
infrastructure development pertaining to collection, storage,
segregation, transportation, processing and disposal of municipal
solid waste. They are also entrusted to aware the waste
generators with the responsibility to avoid littering and promote segregation. The ULBs are supposed to
organize awareness programs for segregation of wastes and promotion of recycling or reuse of segregated
materials.
State Governments
Policy Directives, funding
and monitoring
Urban Local Bodies

Implementation: Service
Delivery
Figure 15: Institutional Setup for Municipal Solid Waste Management
Various departments are involved in the formulation of policies, rules and preparation of guidelines for Solid
Waste Management at the Central level. The Central Government also plays a major role in monitoring the
working of ULBs through Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB). State Government is also involved as the
nodal body for the disbursements of grants provided by the Central Government and also for effective
penetration of policies. The lowest tiers of government, Urban Local Bodies are responsible for service
123
delivery for solid waste management.
12.1 Roles and Responsibilities of Major Institution as per SBM

Swachch Bharat Mission is being implemented by the Ministry of Urban Development (M/o UD) and by the
Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation (M/o DWS) for urban and rural areas with a given set of guidelines
for improved sanitary services and capacity building initiatives.
Municipal Solid Waste Management (MSWM) a major component of the SBM (urban)-“refers to a systematic
process that comprises of waste segregation and storage at source, primary collection, secondary storage,
transportation, secondary segregation, resource recovery, processing, treatment, and final disposal of solid
waste.”
Under the provisions of SWM, the local bodies are to prepare Detailed Project Reports in consultation with
the state government based on the identified needs of the City Sanitation Plans. Provision also mentions
clustering of smaller cities for attracting Private investment. The DPRs should be prepared in lines with Govt.
of India’s goals outlined in the NUSP 2008, SWM rules, advisories, CPHEEO manuals (including cost-recovery
mechanisms), O&M practices and Service-level Benchmark advisories released by M/o UD and Manual on
Solid Waste Management, 2016.
Table 74: Roles and Responsibilities of Major Institutions as per SBM
Responsible Roles and responsibilities in SWM

Institution
State Level High Powered Committee (HPC) under the chairpersonship of the State’s Chief
Secretary, and with members drawn from concerned departments (including a
MoUD representative) shall be responsible for the Management of SBM (Urban) at
the State / UT level. The functions include:
 Sanction projects relating to Solid Waste Management recommended by the
ULBs.
 Plan for additional resource mobilization.
 Plan for fund flow in the short, medium and long term
 Recommend proposals for release of installments of funds for projects under
the mission
 Monitor outcome and O&M arrangements of projects sanctioned and
completed under the mission
 Review the progress of Capacity Building, IEC, and Public Awareness activities
under the mission and approve their annual action plan
 Ensure convergence of action for sanitation in the state and bring about inter-
departmental coordination for this purpose as and when required.
 Ensure timely audits of funds released and review the “Action Taken Reports”
on various Audit reports of the mission and other similar reports
 Take up any other matter relevant for the efficient implementation of the
mission, or matters referred to it by the SBM National Mission Directorate
State Mission The SBM State Mission Directorate will be located within the Urban Development
Directorate Department (UDD) in the State / UT which will also function as
Member-Secretary to the State Level HPC
 The SMD will create / notify a uniform structure across the state for the
planning, designing, project preparation, appraisal, sanction and
implementation of sanctioned projects under the mission at the ULB level
124
 The Mission Directorate shall be supported by a dedicated Project Management

Unit (PMU) on an outsourced basis
ULB Level ULBs elicit the active participation of the Ward Committees, Area Sabhas, Resident
Welfare Associations, NGOs and Civil Society Groups
Group Level Review A Group Level Review and Monitoring Committee (DLRMC) will be constituted with
and Monitoring a view to fulfill the objective of ensuring satisfactory monitoring of projects under
Committee the Chairpersonship of a Member of Parliament.
(DLRMC)
As per SWM Guidelines, 80% of the urban population to be covered by SWM services (allowing for a 2%
increase year on year)
12.2 Institutional Strengthening

Planning for an efficient and advanced MSWM system is not restricted to the procurement of vehicles,
equipment or adequate infrastructure. Equally important is an effective institutional structure capable to
steer and implement the MSWM system. The success and sustenance of the proposed SWM services
depends on robustness and capacity of institutional framework. It is required to determine essentialities for
institutional strengthening and internal capacity building to ensure that endeavor to improve the existing
scenario is successful. Institutional Strengthening can be done by adequately decentralizing the
administration, delegating adequate powers at the decentralized level, by inducting qualified and competent
professionals into the administration and providing adequate training to the existing staff.
Existing System Loopholes in the Existing Proposed Measures for Institutional

System Strengthening
Currently, the Solid Waste  Lack of clarity in Depending on the size of the Warangal, a
Management System is delegation of
dedicated solid waste management
looked after by Sanitary responsibilities department, or a MSWM Cell or responsible
Inspectors and there is no  Inefficiency in Service staff should be made accountable for solid
Delivery
dedicated department for waste management and implementation of
 Lack of Ownership
SWM the MSWM Plan. Small ULBs like Warangal
 Mismanagement of
Resource should have a specific solid waste
management cell with required technical and
managerial personnel.
The Existing Staff  Low technical capacity Professionalizing the solid waste sector will
comprising of:  Inefficiency in Service not only build the capacities of workers to
 Sanitary Inspectors Delivery perform more effectively and efficiently but
 Sanitary Supervisors  Wastage of Resources will also inculcate a sense of responsibility
 Sanitary Workers and pride towards their profession. This will
Are not provided technical lead to an improvement in service delivery
training and guidance and better management of activities.
 Train and update the capacities of staff of
Warangal Municipality involved in solid
waste management activities.
 Providing adequate professional growth
opportunities should be built into the
SWM hierarchy to encourage supervisory
125
staff members to remain in the

department to avoid attrition.
 Formulate and implement ULB level for
capacity building programs to the field
staff, supervisory staff, contract
employees, officers, civil society
organizations, Community Based
Organizations, on SWM topics based on
the responsibilities including attitude and
behaviour change and creation of
platforms for field based interactive
learning and exposure visits.
Presently, There is no  Inefficiency in Service Regular collection of baseline information by
monitoring system of daily Delivery Warangal Municipality for better
activities  Wastage of Resources understanding of the existing solid waste
system as accurately as possible, analyse
system deficiencies in the context of SWM
Rules, 2016 and utilize that information for
further planning, implementation and
monitoring processes
Establishment of central complaint Redressal
system for dealing with public complaints on
a regular basis
12.3 Models of Arrangement

Though the MSW Rules makes the ULBs responsible for
management of waste, there are various examples
where innovative partnerships models have been
developed to carry out the waste management services
in the Indian cities. Broadly, four models of engagement
are existing:
 ULBs
 ULB + Private Operator (PPP mode) Figure 16: Models of Arrangement
 ULB + Community
 ULB + Private Operator + Community
However, a more robust arrangement is required for regional facilities where more than one ULB is involved
and will be sharing the processing and disposal facility. In the case of Punjab (Solid Waste Management
Figure 17: Solid Waste Management Activities
126
Plan-Punjab), State level and Cluster level solid waste Committee were formulated. The State level
committee comprised of Director, Department of Local Government; Commissioners of all municipal
corporations; Regional Deputy Director; Chief Engineer; Health Officer of all Corporations; One specific solid
waste Professional and one specific Project Management Professional. The Cluster level Committee
comprised of Commissioners of respective Municipal Corporation; One Representative of State Level solid
waste Management Cell; Officers of respective council of Clusters; Health Officers of all corporations; Nodal
Officers of Clusters and solid waste Monitoring cell headed by Executive Engineer. Specific technical entities
for operation and maintenance of Collection & Transportation System as well as Processing & Disposal
facilities were created.6
12.4 Proposed Institutional Framework

The Proposed Institutional Framework is designed as shown in the flow chart below. A body called ‘Project
Implementation Unit’ would be formulated comprising of One Lead ULB and other participating ULB. The
Unit will comprise of selected administrative and technical staff of Lead as well as participating ULBs. The
‘Project Implementation Unit’ will be entrusted to appoint a developer (Special Purpose Vehicle, SPV1) for
the regional processing and disposal facility which would be developed on the land provided by the Lead
ULB.
An agreement will be signed between the lead ULB and participating ULB for the supply of solid waste. The
Lead ULB, in turn will sign a ‘solid waste Supply agreement with SPV1. The agreement should be a binding on
each ULB for the quantity and quality of solid waste to be supplied for processing. SPV1 will be responsible
will be responsible for supplying the agreed quantity of waste to SPV2.
The Institutional Framework has been outlined for the Processing and Disposal Facility to be installed at the
Warangal Cluster. However, institutional framework for solid waste Segregation at Source, Primary &
Secondary Collection, and Transportation of the solid waste to the Regional Facility has to be designed
separately for all the three towns.
Parkal
Municipality
Warangal MSW Supply SPV

MSW Supply Agreement Municipality Agreement
Narsampet
Municipality
Figure 18: Proposed Arrangement between ULBs and SPVs
6
Punjab Model Municipal Solid Waste Management Plan-2014, Government of Punjab, Department of Local
Government
127
13.0 PUBLIC AWARENESS THROUGH INFORMATION, EDUCATION & COMMUNICATION AND

CAPACITY BUILDING OF URBAN LOCAL BODIES FOR SUSTAINABLE MSW MANAGEMENT
Solid Waste Management comprises a substantial and

critical component of work of any ULBs. This is also an
area where citizens need to be made aware of their
role in achieving clean and health cities. Design of IEC
material for SWM aims to reach out to different
stakeholders including children, youth, housewives,
offices, institutions, commercial groups etc. With the
rapid population growth in the cities, there has been a
substantial increase in the generation of solid waste
resulting into the contamination of air, water and land
resources. It is not only affecting environment but also
degrading the sanitation and hygiene conditions of the
society, which create various types of problems effecting citizen’s health also.
With the existing technology, the management of solid waste by trained
engineers will only solve the technical aspects, however to keep the
environment clean, it requires not only the technical solution but also public
acceptance, co-operation and active people’s participation. After all every
individual contributes one’s own mite to the generation of solid waste and
therefore it is necessary that individuals should be disciplined so as to
decrease further pollution of the environment. To enable people to
participate in the development process, it is necessary that people have
adequate knowledge about the nature and content of these Programs.
Public Awareness through Information, Education and Communication (IEC),
therefore, assumes added significance in the context of the Programs.
Through IEC techniques the stakeholders and local community could be
educated and aware about the issues and advantages of existing and
implementing system of the solid waste management. The basic approach of
IEC plan is to create effectiveness of the Solid Waste Management System.
Its operational efficiency can be improved through Information, Education
and Communication (IEC) techniques.
13.1 Objective
IEC can be defined as an approach which attempts to change or reinforce a set of behaviors in a “target
audience” regarding a specific problem in a predefined period of time. IEC strategies involve planning,
implementation, monitoring and evaluation. When carefully carried out, the communication strategies help
to foster positive waste management practices individually and institutionally and can contribute to
sustainable changes in the environment.
128
The major objectives of the IEC and Capacity Building are as follows:
Figure 19: Objectives of IEC activities
13.2 Public participation and awareness through Information, Education and

Communication Plan
The success of any solid waste management scheme can be measured through the extent of cooperation
and participation of people, effectiveness of the proposed system and operational efficiency. The people of
the cities should be made accountable for their activities and administration system should support them in
dealing with the repercussions of their lifestyle. In this regard, IEC plan plays an important role as citizens are
unaware or partially aware of hazards that have come into place due to generation of MSW by them. The
Information, Education and Communication components of IEC plan are discussed as follows:
13.2.1 Information
Information is the starting step in building up the people’s involvement in any public welfare project.
Therefore integrated solid waste management would also remain incomplete if proper information is not
passed to various stakeholders of the project. They would include residents, private firms, municipal officers,
NGOs, Media houses and workers etc. The stakeholders are referred to as target groups as well in this
document for convenience and are discussed in the upcoming section of IEC strategy.
The information would spread across all areas of the region and would comprise of small and big pieces of
data required to familiarize the people with MSW system. It will have activities where in people will know
what is MSW, Why it’s being collected from door-to door, who will come to collect and where will it go ?
Once the people of the region are supplied with this background, they can get a better understanding of the
waste management system and can come forward in supporting the efforts of implementing agencies.
129
13.2.2 Education
Education becomes the next significant factor in creating public awareness. It requires people to have basic
understanding in waste management project activities. They will be briefed on various aspects of MSW
system right from its generation to disposal. The education would also disseminate them with ideas such as
why it needs to be discussed at such big platform, what will be the benefits of processing it scientifically and
why if not treated properly; it can lead to havoc in coming years. This component shall help in bringing
citizens together from various walks of life such as students, NGOs, intellectual class and teachers etc. They
can share a platform to partner with the authorities who are engaged in waste treatment technologies so
that system shows high level of efficiency and effectiveness.
As the MSW is people’s unwanted item or refuse, it can only be turned into a resource for them if they get
right education in this direction. Hence education which is imparted through wide range of events and
activities will turn around the mind sets of stakeholders and will give desired results in the project.
13.2.3 Communication
Communication is an integral part of planning for sustainable development. The development of human
society is largely because of its ability to communicate information and ideas with each other and to use
such information and ideas for progress.
Figure 21: Creating awareness on SWM among women Figure 20: Awareness programmed at School on SWM
The Programs being implemented by the Govt. Departments aim at sustainable holistic development in all
development projects. The success of these programs is critically dependent on the participation of the
people, particularly target groups, in the implementation process. The approach should be to emphasize on
communication with target groups, local community for the implementing programmed of Solid Waste
Management in respective areas.
13.3 Approach of IEC Plan

The basic approach of Information, Education and Communication Plan is to make the public aware about
the need of reduction and segregation of waste from the households along with the collection system of
waste to take public cooperation for making the environment pollution free and to develop proper hygienic
conditions.
Attitudinal and behavioral changes of the residents are important for the success of the segregated waste
collection and its sustainability. For this purpose, communication with the residents is required through
various techniques and modes. The proposed PP&A programmed may be carried out using localized and
area specific popular tools that may be identified during project implementation period. However, one of
the effective tools to forge public participation shall include the followings;
130
 Prepare suitable strategies for various target groups such as different housing groups (LIG/HIG/MIG/JJ
Clusters/ Villages/ Resettlement Colonies/Unauthorized / Commercial Area/ Markets/ daily markets/
Sabzi Mandi/ School and College students etc.
 Establish two way communication mechanisms with stakeholders of the project such as citizens, the
media, RWAs/Trade Organizations on one hand and the implementing agencies like Concessionaire
or/and MUNICIPALITY on the other hand.
 Prepare and design Short Films, Advertisement Campaign, Posters, Brochures, Flax, Hoardings,
Pamphlets, Stickers, Radio jingles, wall writing. Mike announcement through autos etc. for the campaign
 Monitor quality and accuracy of contents of the advertisement material
 Lay out ward wise annual plan for conducting campaign events such as: meetings, workshops, street
corner plays, movies etc. Detailing number of event content, schedule, target group which are to be
conducted by the Concessionaire in association with RWAs/Trade Associations/ School and college
Managements/ NGOs and MUNICIPALITY, etc.
 Train resource persons from the MUNICIPALITY, Concessionaire, RWA/ Trade Associations etc. for
propagating awareness
 Conduct workshops for staff of Concessionaire and MUNICIPALITY and training them by using manuals
and other IEC materials
 Any other activity as may be approved by MUNICIPALITY.
Figure 22: IEC Strategy
13.4 Information, Education and Communication Strategy

The Information, Education and Communication Plan is supposed to follow a structure approach to
effectively involve people in the implementation mechanism and further incentive and disincentive schemes
should also be integrated to ensure the desired results. “Getting the right knowledge to the right people in
the right place at the right time” is the crucial component of any IEC Plan. Thus, the identification of the
target group for awareness creation is a crucial part of the methodology. The Plan will follow a below
mentioned strategy in a structured way for carrying out effective awareness activities.
13.4.1 Identification and Action

Identification and selection of target groups plays a key role in creating effective awareness in residents. For
solid waste management, it becomes more important as the source of MSW starts from houses due to which
target starts from household female head, youths and children who require some form of role model or
different methods to influence their behavior. It is a very important aspect which starts from waste
generators level and may reduce, reuse and recycle their waste. The other part of target groups may be
waste collector and waste managers. These types of target groups are directly involved with the solid waste
management. Along with this, there are other groups which can be helpful for the better management of
MSW segregation, waste collection, operation, handling and proper disposal. The major target groups are as
following:
131
Figure 23: Target Groups in Solid Waste Management

Table 75: Action Plan for target groups
Sl.No. Target Target Group Details Action Plan

Groups
1 Waste Generator  Residential Areas  Holding locality-wise meetings,
(Women (household), seminars, targeted community
Maids, children and meetings with self-help groups,
Youths) through street plays, technical and
pictorial presentation along with
 Commercial Areas
aware them about health hazards and
(Shopping areas,
remedial measures and sanitation
Vegetable markets, improvement.
Offices, Hotels,
Restaurants)  Informing and suggesting them about
 Institutional Areas the segregated waste management
(Jr. High Schools, and their important role.
Colleges)
2 Waste Collector  Sweepers  They all should be involved and
 Rag pickers sensitize about the need of
 Waste loaders segregated waste collection and
 Truck drivers sanitation improvement.
 Landfill supervisors  The waste collection, transportation
and disposal of the waste in proper
timing so that waste could not be
overflow.
 The waste collector should be trained
about the collection of segregated
132
waste.
3 Waste Managers  Administrators and  Presenting them about the Rules and
supervisors Regulation and updating them about
 Control and monitoring the ongoing activities and techniques
team for MSW management.
 Complaint handlers  Training programmes for the
 Computer software technical staffs
operators and specialists  Providing the reviews of progress and
monitoring activities
4. Leaders  Political Leaders (Local These leaders can be motivated to
MLA, MP) participate actively in promotional
 Religious Leaders efforts of community involvement in
 Community Leaders segregated solid waste management.
5. School Teachers  Primary Schools  School teachers can be informed and
and Students  Jr. High Schools involved in the segregated solid waste
 Public Schools management scheme and can be
motivated to educate the children for
the sanitary improvement.
 The students can be educated and
trained for the segregated waste
management system and they can be
great awareness creators for the
societies.
 Some groups of students can be
created as monitoring and awareness
team for sanitation improvement
which will make a great impact on
societies and communities.
6. Media  Print Media Launching mass campaign for
 Electronic Media educating and motivating local
communities and families about the
need of segregation of Solid Waste
and its management for sanitation
and hygienic improvement.
7. Elite groups or  NGOs, Societies Sensitize and motivate local
social  CBOs influential people like Sr. citizens,
organizations  Sr. citizens Association leading businessmen, social club
 Rotary Clubs/ Lions Club members, NGOs and CBOs etc. to
 Self Help Groups (SHG’s) undertake or sponsor such activities
for solid waste management for
effective strategy of public
participation and awareness.
13.4.2 Development of an IEC Plan
Once the target groups have been identified, the responsibility lies in developing the approach for informing,
educating and communicating with these groups. For successful implementation of any program involving
public participation at large, it is essential to spell out clearly and make them know the manner in which the
problem is proposed to be tackled to keep area clean and improve the quality of life.
133
The information plan means familiarizing the people with waste management concept. To many the idea is
new and it takes time for internalization. The target groups will be informed by authorities about waste
segregation and its disposal practices. In information plan following activities can be undertaken-
i. Site visits by administrative officers – This will be attracting attention of citizens on subject matter.
ii. Meeting of Resident welfare associations- RWAs can meet and discuss on door to door collection of
waste and its separation at generation level.
iii. A brief Introduction by Safai mitra- workers or safai mitra can give a brief talk on waste collection
and transportation to the people of the region. This way people can get engaged in segregation of
waste at source level.
iv. Display of data and information through pictures/hoardings- the information on MSW can be
shared with various target groups using methods like putting up pictures and boards at public places.
These pictures can tell about the hazards of unscientific treatment of solid waste and need to handle
the issue with better technologies for sustainable growth and development.
Likewise Education plan will also be put in place where various channels of making people aware on waste
management will be exploited. This can include the following –
i. Participation of schools and colleges- Schools are important stakeholders of public welfare projects.
Environmental awareness is part of curriculum at school and university level. This opportunity can be
utilized to educate not only students but their family members too on waste and management and
its social, economic and environmental benefits.
ii. Public Meetings – Public platform can be used to educate the people. They must know why this
activity has been undertaken and what good it will do to them once gets operationalized. The idea is
to make them know that solid waste is wealth and it can be converted into various useful
components such as manure, eco-bricks and finally energy/electricity.
iii. Dissemination of written material – the pamphlets, booklets and other small informative brochures
can be given to the stakeholders who in turn will take the responsibility to spread the word at local
and community level on solid waste management.
The communication plan is last but not the least component of the IEC strategy. It is the most exhaustive of
all and requires great efforts to reach to the massed. It shows the best results if implemented well.
In this, the communication material should be developed and must be utilized in public awareness program
through the tools of publicity. The use of various publicity tools as public address meetings, workshops,
School Activities, Street Plays, Distribution of handbills, pamphlets etc. can be used. However these activities
overlap with the activities of Information and education plan but their scope and coverage is much vaster
than the other two. The given table discusses the detailed communication plan as follows:
Table 76: Communication Objective for each target group
Target Audience Communication Objective

HIG/MIG Households  To create awareness on importance of separate storage of wet and dry
waste at source
 To encourage use of two dustbins
 To encourage for payment of collection charges for door-to-door
collection
 To disseminate information on services and infrastructure provided by
MUNICIPALITY for waste management
134
 Encourage participation in door-to-door or street level waste

management in their area
 Promote 3Rs and usage of Recycling Centre in the area
 Share information on municipal rules and laws regarding waste
management
LIG/EWS/JJ/  Motivation for use of dustbins for storage and disposal of household
Resettlement Households waste
 To create awareness on importance of separate storage of wet, and dry
waste at source
 Encourage use of dustbins or designated places for disposal household
waste
 To encourage use of dustbins whenever out of house
 To encourage for payment of collection charges for door-to-door
collection
 To disseminate information on services and infrastructure provided for
waste management
 Encourage participation in door-to-door or street level waste
management in their area
management
Owners and workers of  To create awareness on importance of proper disposal of waste to the
commercial establishments designated sites/bins/ places
 To sensitize them to keep the area around their establishment clean for
better sales and re-visits of customers
 To sensitize them on the payment of user/collection fee
 Encourage participation in the street level waste management in their
area
 To disseminate information about the services and infrastructure
provided for commercial area for waste collection and disposal
management in commercial areas.
 Awareness on their role to improve the system through Compliant
Redressal System,
School children  To educate and create awareness on various aspects of solid waste
management and environmental sanitation issues
 Awareness on impact of poor waste management on health
 Promote volunteerism and motivation for taking active part in
promoting “clean city” drives and other environmental sanitation, and
waste management activities in the city
 Encourage participation of family in the ‘Clean City’ campaign
 To disseminate information about the services and infrastructure
provided in their localities for waste collection and disposal
Associations and  Encourage their participation in the Sanitation programmed of
organizations MUNICIPALITY and take their support in meeting the objectives of the
project.
 Use the influence and good-will of these organizations in seeking
community support for the programmed.
 Using them to monitor the performance or outputs of the project, and
135
report shortcomings, if any.

 Use such organizations to create awareness on various aspects of solid
waste management and environmental sanitation issues
 Use such organizations to disseminate information about the services
and infrastructure provided in their localities for waste collection and
disposal
management and for disseminating them to their members
 Creating their role to improve the system through Compliant Redressal
System.
NGOs and CBOs  Encourage their participation in the Sanitation programmed of
MUNICIPALITY and take their support in meeting the objectives of the
project.
 Use the influence and good-will of these organizations in seeking
community support for the programmed.
 Using them to monitor the performance or outputs of the project, and
report shortcomings, if any.
 Use such organizations to create awareness on various aspects of solid
waste management and environmental sanitation issues
 Use such organizations to disseminate information about the services
and infrastructure provided in their localities for waste collection and
disposal
management and for disseminating them to their members
 Creating their role to improve the system through Compliant Redressal
System.
 Using them to organize IEC programmed in the communities of their
influence
Rag-pickers and kabariwalas  To create awareness on safe handling of recyclables collected from the
waste
 To create awareness on importance of segregation of waste and
harmful effects of littering
 To encourage and educate rag pickers for joining the Company as
partners/ employees of the SPV
 To integrate them into the project
Sanitary workers  To create awareness on the new system introduced and their role
 To create awareness on safe handling and disposal of waste
 To create awareness on importance of segregation of waste.
 To encourage participation in waste management system.
 Disposal of waste to the secondary designated points, benefits of
compactor stations, street to street collection system and its benefits
 How to handle street sweeping waste
 How to handle drain silt
Service providers-  To sensitize on the importance of regular and repetitive IEC experience
Municipality/Concessionaire activities covering all aspects of waste management
and NGOs  Based on the experience and leaning from past, improve and modify IEC
plan
 Devise monitoring of IEC plan
 Seek reports from the Target Audience through survey / or any other
means on effectiveness of the campaign
136
Councilors and local leaders  Sensitization on the issues of waste management and its impact on the
public health
 Motivate to mobilize the community support for waste management in
their area of operation/wards
13.4.3 Training and Capacity Building programmed
The basic approach of Training & Capacity Building is to create effectiveness of the Solid Waste Management
System and its operational efficiency of sanitary staff of the municipality. The municipality involves many
officials and sanitary staffs. To know it deeply, a baseline data collection should be taken through
questionnaire survey, discussion with the sanitary officials and sanitary staffs which will give an impression
to identify and segmentation of Target Group.
On the basis of the findings of the study, training programmes and training schedule of Health officials would
be prepared and Capacity Building component, the primarily focus would be on the institutional
development aspect of the study. It is proposed to study the existing institutional framework along with the
respective roles and activities of each stakeholder. The identification of roles and activities of employees of
implementing unit and stakeholder would help us to identify and develop various alternatives for the
institutional framework for the sustainability of the system.
Objective of the Program
The Capacity Building/training programs must have the aim:
 To sensitize the involved group with working knowledge of the benefits of waste reduction, segregation
and management.
 To impart clear instructions about the respective roles from generator to waste managers.
For achieving these objectives, a core group of trainers needs to be organized for continuous in-house
training of the manpower to be deployed and other sanitation staff. For the success of this program it is
essential that training and orientation cause be planned for all the people involved in various activities of
solid waste management at different levels viz Administrative and Officials, Technical and non-technical staff
etc. Along with these, private sanitary staff and rag-pickers should also be motivated for their active role in
waste collection process.
13.4.4 Methodology for Conducting Training Program

Awareness is to be created on how to handle the waste, ensuring complete participation, consultation and
commitment from all stakeholders at all levels, efficient and effective segregation at generator level as well
as for workers handling waste at primary and secondary level. Awareness on usage of safety equipment and
Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) is to be promoted. Thus, it is anticipated that customized training
programs needs to be conducted for the staff at all levels.
Well-equipped devices will be required to make these awareness campaigns/training programs successful.
First of all, sufficient place/venue for conducting these programs needs to be finalized. Well-trained trainers
will be required to deliver these training programs. A group of experienced trainers who have similar kind of
experience in conducting the awareness campaigns/training programs should provide training to the target
group on municipal solid waste management practices. During the training program, participants should be
given questionnaires, which must be used to collect feedback from the participants. This will help to review
the success of the program.
137
Public Awareness through IEC PLAN
Programme Communication Social Mobilization
Health Workers & Volunteers

Educational Institutions (Schools,
(Door to door campaign)
College etc)
Public Address Meetings

Voluntary Organizations/ NGOs/
(Workshops/ Community Meeting)
CBOs/ Societies Support /Sr. citizens
Media Support association
(Print & Electronic Media)
Folk Media Sr. Officials/ Administration Officers

(Nukkad Natak) / Sr. Citizens
Supporting Materials
Local Elected leader support
(Printing Materials as Handouts, Pamphlet,
(MP, MLA/Councilor etc.)
Hand-notes, printing Cards; Banner, Fact
sheets etc. Hoarding)
Figure 24: Public Awareness through IEC Plan
13.5 Communication Strategy

While no one opposes the concept of
cleanliness, everyone feels that ‘everyone
else’ is making the environment dirty. The
communication strategy, therefore, should
design a call for ‘shaking up the residents’,
bringing to ‘top-of-the-mind’ the need for
getting the septic tanks cleaned on time to
avoid bursting and ban indiscriminate
disposal of waste. This is expected to arouse
the public conscience that ‘We all have role
to play’ and ‘must change our ways’. The
next stage is a more constructive one where the communication will play up the people’s expressed desire
to be associated with clean things - clean homes and clean surroundings and make them feel ‘proud’ to be
part of an initiative for a cleaner and environmentally sound cities. The expected response for this is, ‘I must
do my bit to make it happen’.
The key expected outcome would be “…. I like living in a

clean city. Do you?”
Communication Planning is an integral part of planning for
138
sustained development. The development of human society has largely been due to its ability to
communicate information and ideas with each other and to use such information and ideas for progress.
First attempt would be a public campaign, which is the objective of the IEC Plan, will be launches to raise
awareness about cleanliness.
13.5.1 Door to Door Campaign

For door to door information spreading, involvement of sanitary workers/ staff would be easy and speedy
along with the volunteers. It will also create a platform for better communication among public and sanitary
staff. The volunteers and health workers will help in spreading the project information with the help of
support material like pamphlet, booklet, cartoons etc. which will be helpful for providing effective
information along with time saving.
13.5.2 Public Address Meeting

Interpersonal and community meeting is a great tool to
share the information, views and direct interaction for the
effective involvement and awareness among the residents.
The information and people commitment can be taken for
the segregation and better management for the
Segregated Solid Waste Management Scheme. Some
workshop and seminars will also lead to inform the
stakeholders at a time with proper preparation and
communication and their participation and cooperation Figure 25: Public meeting and distribution of color
coded bins
for sanitary improvement.
13.5.3 Media Support

Media support is essential and a very important part of IEC programmed to inform, educate and aware the
masses. Media support includes the use of television, radio, print media and folk theatre therefore, accords
priority for the promotion of non-formal sanitary improvement education and creation of awareness among
all sections of the society through diverse activities using traditional and modern media of communication.
The media should be informed and involved for each programmed which would be conducting according to
the IEC plan.
13.5.4 Folk Programme

Street play which is an important tool for creating
entertained information, education and basically aware
the lower income group and lower middle income group
residents. The street play theme should be to the point
on the IEC plan and in local point of view to realize the
residents as of their part. Mass media should also be
encouraged for their support in public awareness
program.
Figure 26: Public meeting with school Kids
13.5.5 Social Mobilization
For the social mobilization, attitudinal and behavioral changes of the residents’ involvement of major and
social stakeholder are essential. For this purpose institutional and other organizations involved in social
139
activities are a great awareness center for the social mobilization and public awareness as indicated below:
 Educational Institutions (Schools and Colleges etc.)

 NGOs/ CBOs/ Societies Support
 Sr. Officials/ Administration Officers / Sr. Citizens
 Ministerial Supports etc.
Figure 27: Social Mobilization through IEC
The role of Municipality or Concessionaire in the programmes will be

 Organize colony /community level events comprising workshops and meetings with RWAs etc. as per
the IEC plan prepared by the SWM Plan and showing audio-visual tapes and CDs, short films,
presentations etc. during such meetings/ workshops with the involvement of RWA and other supporting
networks.
 Conducting orientation programs for all workers belonging to MSW Service.
 Conducting door-to-door campaign to elucidate participation of citizen in the programmed (including
distribution of brochures & pamphlets)
 Distribution/ putting up campaign materials like brochures, posters, stickers etc., provided by
MUNICIPALITY as per plan provided by SWM Plan.
 Placing and painting information boards at various localities for disseminating information to public for
availing the services envisaged in the project.
 Creation of website of the SWM, wherein all information, such as schedules, timings, charges, complaint
redressal system, Asset details, services, etc. that are required by the public are available. The web-site
to be bilingual (English, Hindi and Telugu).
 Organize School level programmes as per plan/programmed prepared by the Communication partner.
140
 Organize IEC programmed for rag-pickers and kabadi-wallas to integrate them into the project.
 Perform such activities as may be required for the success of the project and ensure participation of
citizen
13.6 Incentives and Disincentives – MUNICIPALITY

Incentives and reward play major role in improving behavior. In order to gain better results from the IEC
campaign, there will be a provision of incentives and disincentives. The organizations especially RWAs and
market associations which have shown good results should be felicitated in public functions to motivate and
encourage others to replicate the same. Some of the incentives and disincentives which may be used during
the campaign are;
The Concessionaire and MUNICIPALITY shall make necessary assessments to identify the prize-winners;
MUNICIPALITY shall organize half yearly felicitation programmed for granting incentives/ dis-incentives. The
cost of organizing such programmed shall be borne by MUNICIPALITY.
Disincentives should also be entangled in the system in such a way that the waste littering is demoted and
waste segregation is promoted. Several ways can be adopted to disincentivise such practices.
 Penalties on the waste generator if the segregated waste is not provided to the waste collector
 Penalties on the waste generator if two bin system is not followed
 Penalties on littering of waste on the roads
 Negative publicity of the waste generators in the case of default
Figure 28: Incentives & Disincentives for promoting SWM
13.7 Phasing of the Programme

To create awareness and promote adoption of desired behaviours in all stakeholders, a phase-wise approach
will be followed.
141
Figure 29: Phasing of IEC Plan
While designing and implementing the strategy, provision must be made to monitor and evaluate the
communication intervention. Though it is very difficult to ascribe the impact purely to communication
intervention (especially when it forms a part of larger social intervention), efforts must be made to review
communication inputs periodically for guiding and improving programmed implementation.
In addition, it is essential to incorporate a feedback mechanism that is short, quick and reliable. The
feedback needs to be on parameters like
 The target group’s interest in the campaign;
 Its understanding of the contents, themes and subjects
 Its reaction to the format, language and characters used;
 Visual appeal (where relevant) of the material;
 Sensitivity of the material to the environment and culture; and
 Situation of the target group.
The feedback should be action-oriented and aimed at making changes to improve effectiveness immediately.
It should, in particular, provide key inputs to modify the messages and media used to reach specific target
audiences.
Evaluation plays a key role in the success of the implementation of a communication strategy, as it helps to
gauge the effectiveness of the messages. Of course, in many cases, the impact or change will be qualitative
in nature. But, efforts must be made to quantify the change, wherever possible, to evaluate the
effectiveness of the media and communication mix. For this, some indicators that will track the success of
142
the communication endeavor can be developed in a participatory manner.

It is suggested that a recall survey is done after 3 months of the IEC campaign to assess the impact of
intervention with regard to retention of messages communicated and understandability. Depending upon
the results of the recall survey, IEC materials to address areas with had less recall value can be looked at to
ensure all aspects that can influence behavior is reiterated to the target audience. Based on recall the IEC
materials can be refined and made contextual to the changing needs of the target group.
Increase in awareness level among the stakeholders will
result into increased demand for the services and
infrastructure for which an advance planning and
preparedness will be required by the ULB. For this,
remedial & redressal measures would be built in IEC
campaigns so that the credibility of IEC messages
remains high. To strengthen the service delivery system,
a complain registering mechanism would be developed
in the IEC cell where general public can register or lodge
a complaint through a toll free number in case of poor
waste management, garbage disposal, misbehavior or
for any such things which may be decided by the MCF.
Besides the complaint mechanism, use of IVRS (interactive voice recognition system) will also help people to
acquire information on waste management in their locality and on other related issues. The numbers and
details of such system would be publicized during the IEC campaign to make public aware about the
complaint mechanism.
143
Table 77: Awareness and capacity buildings schedule and estimated activities costing for a year
Estimated Cost for IEC and Capacity Building programmed for one year in Warangal
Duration
Unit Total
Sl.No. Activities Resource 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Cost Cost
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
Design and Development of
A
Communication Material LS 200000
B Implementation of Plan
a) Program Communication
Door to door campaign : one to one 5 Volunteer @ Rs.
1 interaction(Health workers & NGO 500 per day for 120 2500 300000
field staff and volunteers) days (In parts)
Public Address (Focus group
meetings, corner meetings, 1 meeting in every
3 3000 456000
stakeholders meeting workshops and ward in 1 quarter
seminars)
School Programmes (Essay, painting,
poster, debates, quiz competitions/
4 1 activity per school 5000 50000
Introduce projects, games and role
play & Rallies through students)
Printing & Distribution of the IEC
5 LS 100000
material
bi monthly
Broadcasting of stips on local Cable/ Continuous for 1 year
6 15000 270000
TV channel at least on local
leading channel
Street Plays in each
7 middle and lower LS 150000
Folk Media : (Nukkad Nataks) strata of societies
Subtotal (A) 1526000
144
Duration
Unit Total
Sl.No. Activities Resource 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Cost Cost
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
b) Training and Capacity Building
1 Training need assessment study
Stakeholder training need assessment Once in each Sanitary
10000 50000
Study Zone
2 Waste Collector
a) Sweepers, Waste Loaders and
12 per year 8000 96000
Truck Drivers
b)Landfill Supervisors 6 per year 8000 48000
On Lump-sum basis
(Depends on
c) Private Waste Collectors and Rag
areas/colonies/ 5000 120000
Pickers/ Waste segregators
societies and RWAs)
= 24 meetings
3 Administration and Monitoring
a) Administrators and Supervisors 10 per year 10000 100000
b) Computer/ software operators &
Specialist and Control & Monitoring 10 per year 10000 100000
Team and Complaint Handlers
C Monitoring and Evaluation
Development of M&E Indicators To be borne by
Municipality: Periodic
Audits after
completion of first
Appraisal of the Programme Phase of IEC Activities
Subtotal (B) 514000
Grand Total 2040000
145
14.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY ASPECTS

The safety and acceptability of many widely used solid
waste management practices are of serious concern from
the public health point of view. Municipal solid waste is an
outcome of economic productivity and consumption and
its handling and disposal is a growing environmental and
public-health concern. Solid waste management
encompasses a wide range of activities including collection
of garbage, transportation, sorting recyclable materials and
processing of waste. Risks occur at every step in the
process, from the point of collection at homes, during
transportation and at the sites of recycling or disposal.
Workers and waste pickers handling solid waste are
exposed to occupational health and accident risks related
to the content of the materials they are handling,
emissions from those materials, and the equipment being used. In areas, infectious medical wastes and toxic
industrial wastes are not segregated from domestic waste, the waste collectors are exposed to a wide array
of risks. As a result of their exposure to multiple risk-factors they suffer high rates of occupational health-
problems. Making waste technologies more contained, reducing contaminant emissions, changing working
methods to interrupt the pathways and using of protective clothing can reduce risks.
Environmental Management Plan consists of the set of mitigation, management, monitoring and
institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation to eliminate adverse environmental
impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels. EMP provides the road map for managing adverse
environmental impacts arising from the implementation of such project and ensuring the existing
environmental quality. The EMP converse all aspects of planning, construction and operation of the project
relevant to environment. Therefore the main purpose of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to
identify the project specific activities that would have to be considered for the significant adverse impacts
and the mitigation measures required.
Objectives:
 Overall conservation of environment.
 Minimization of waste generation and pollution.
 Judicious use of natural resources and water.
 Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace.
 Ensure effective operation of all control measures.
 Vigilance against probable disasters and accidents.
 Monitoring of cumulative and long-time impacts.
 Ensure effective operation of all control measures.
146
IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROBLEM

Assessment of site specific information
Determine containment pathway
Analyze Information
(Both spatial and temporal)
Field Assessment Chemical Assessment
(Noise, Land, (Air, Water & Soil)
Biological & Social)
Risk
Characterization
Suggestive
Mitigation Measures
Monitoring Plan
Figure 30: Flowchart for Environment Management Plan
147
Table 78: The detailed Environment Management plan of project has been discussed in the following table:
S. Environmental Disturbance/ Source/cause of pollution Preventive, Control & Mitigation Measures

No. Parameter Pollutant
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
1. Ambient Air Air emissions-,  Dust from construction, masonry  Water sprinkling or water sprays on site unpaved/unsealed areas
Quality PM2.5, PM10, SO2, activities etc.  Prohibition on open burning of waste
NOx, & CO  Raw material & waste  Construction of Paved roads for movement of vehicles.
transportation  All excavation work will be done in minimum time to reduce dust
 Levelling operations generation
 Wind erosion from stockpiled  Vehicles carrying construction waste & raw materials will be covered
material with tarpaulin sheets.
 Traffic movement  Designation of traffic routes and the setting and enforcing of speed
 DG Set operation limits
 Temporary cyclone fence with fine shade cloth will be provided in area
involving heavy dust generation
 Periodic emission check for vehicles
 Clean fuel shall be used in equipments.
 Washing Wheels of vehicles before entering the premises
 Covering stock piled raw material
 Vegetation will be carried out on stockpiled soil
 Diesel generators as per CPCB norms will be located away from sensitive
receptors
 Existing green cover at waste processing facility will help in abatement
of air pollution during construction phase
 Workers will be provided with PPE such as face and nose masks, gloves,
shoes & goggles
2. Noise Quality Higher noise  From construction machinery like  DG sets will be provided with acoustic enclosure
level excavators, bulldozers for  Regular servicing of transportation vehicles will be carried out
concrete mixer, crushing plants  Honking will be prohibited at the site
etc.  Most optimum route is planned with minimum no. of vehicles
 Material transportation  Traffic will be managed at site by providing adequate space for parking
148
 Operation of DG sets of vehicles.

 New mufflers & sound absorbing materials will be added to the heavy
noise making construction machinery.
 Proper lubrication will be provided to minimize squeaking noise due to
friction
 Construction machinery of modern make & complying with the
prescribed noise standards will be used.
 Temporary barriers (plywood, block, spoils etc.) will be provided around
the activity involving heavy noise generation
 Construction activity will be restricted during day hours
 Existing green area around composting facility will act as noise barrier
between project site & surrounding area.
3 Land Loss of Top Soil  Removal of top soil cover & soil  Project activity will be confined only to project sites so as to restrict land
Environment layer & change compaction clearing activities.
in land-use  Wind & Water erosion  Maintenance of stable excavated slopes & liner system along the slopes
 Construction debris  No excavation shall be carried out during monsoon
 Type of vegetative cover appropriate to the site shall be established
 Soil excavated will be stored and will be used for landscaping & leveling
purpose.
 Temporary grass cover will be provided on excavated, piled up soil.
4. Surface Water Degradation of  Run-off from excavated &  Excavation will be carried out during dry season and restricted to
Quality surface water cleared-off lands project area so as to avoid run off
quality  Accidental spillage of paints,  Rapid Construction & development at excavated areas,
varnishes etc.  Timely & periodic removal of construction debris from site
 Discharge of sewage  Careful handling of material, solvents & chemicals at site to avoid
spillage
 Mobile STP will be provided for treatment of waste water generated
during construction phase
 Curing water will be sprayed on concrete structures and free flow of
water not allowed.
 Wastewater will be reused for landscaping & flushing
 Additional on-site diversion ditches will be constructed to control
149
surface runoff during site development

5 Ground Water Degradation of  Storage of construction waste in  Timely removal of construction debris & other waste from site
Quality ground water unpaved area.  Treatment of sewage generated in modular STP
quality  Discharge of sewage  Safe disposal of STP sludge
 No draft of ground water for construction purpose.
6 Biological Loss of habitat of  Clearing site vegetation.  Clearing of vegetation will be carried out only for activity area.
Environment flora & fauna  Excavation & Removal of Top Soil  Plantation of equal no. of trees
layer.  A thick green belt & no-development zone will be developed around
landfill site also after completion of construction activity
 Proper maintenance of existing green area
Social Impact Unaesthetic  Water ponding  Local people will be preferred for employment.
 Aesthetics view, heavy  Construction Debris  Constant supply of potable water for human consumption and other
noise & traffic  Stock piled material domestic use on site will be provided.
congestion  Heaped excavated material  All measures will be taken to prevent noise, air, and water & soil
 Higher noise levels pollution.
 Increased traffic density  Designation of traffic routes and the setting and enforcing of speed
 Local labor –construction limits.
 Indirect employment  Proper traffic management at site to prevent traffic jams on road.
 Exposure to noise, soil, water &  Movement of transportation vehicles will be scheduled in non-peak
air pollution traffic hours.
 No construction debris will be piled up outside project site premises.
 Periodic maintenance of road will be done.
 Continuous exposure to air & noise pollution will be prevented by Job
rotation.
 Provision of PPE to workers like gloves, face mask, shoes, safety jackets
etc.
 Proposed project will require manpower during construction phase
thereby creating job opportunities.
 First aid facility will always be available at site
 Tie-up with local hospital will be done to provide ambulance to handle
emergency cases, if required
 Working hours will be restricted for workers.
150
 Cautionary& informatory notice boards will be provided where ever

required.
 Proper training will be provided regarding firefighting equipments,
maintenance of Health,
OPERATIONAL PHASE
1. Ambient Air Air emissions-,  Movement of waste carrying  Periodic water sprinkling will be done at site
Quality PM2.5, PM10, SO2, vehicles  Prohibition on open burning of waste
NOx, & CO, CH4 &  DG Set operation (during power  Use of indigenous plants will be insisted.
generation of failure only)  Provision of PPE’s to employee
 Landfill gas emission ( mainly  Proper parking facilities and demarcated areas will be allotted on site to
malodor at
CH4) smoothen traffic flow
project site
 Collection, storage & Processing  Wheels of vehicles will be washed before they leave premises
of MSW  Stacks of appropriate height as per CPCB norms are provided with
Diesel generators for emission of exhaust gases
 Existing green area at existing waste processing facility will help in
abatement of air pollution. More green area will be developed in &
around the integrated MSW facility as per the requirement.
 Regular & timely collection of waste from temporary waste storing
points to prevent degradation of waste & thus generation of odor.
 Vehicles will carry the waste only as per designed capacity & will be
covered
 Timely processing & disposal of waste will be carried out
 Gas collection wells will be installed at project site for collection of
methane gas & will be flared
2. Noise Quality Noise Level  Plant operation  DG sets will be provided with acoustic enclosure
 Men & material transportation  Staff working in high noise level area will be provided with ear-muffs
 Proper lubrication will be provided to minimize squeaking noise due to
friction
 Adequate tree plantation and Compound wall will be act as noise buffer
 Regular servicing of waste transportation vehicles will be carried out
 Honking will be prohibited at the site
 Traffic will be managed at site by providing adequate space for parking
151
of vehicles.
 Existing green cover at composting facility will act as noise barrier
between project site & surrounding area. More green area will be
developed in & around the integrated MSW facility as per the
requirement
3. Ground Water Decreased  Leachate  Leachate is collected & treated at the Proposed Sanitary Landfill
Quality ground water  Sewage Processing facility.
quality  Required side & bottom liners will be provided at landfill to prevent
seepage of leachate in ground water
 Concentrated sludge from leachate shall be disposed-off in Hazardous
waste handling landfill.
 After completion of landfill, a final cover will be provided as per
specifications given in Solid Wastes Management Rules, 2016 to
minimize infiltration and erosion
 Sewage generated at existing composting facility is treated in STP &
disposed in septic tank followed by soak pit.
 Treated wastewater shall be recycled for flushing and irrigation
 Regular monitoring of ground water quality will be carried out at project
site & in area around the project site.
4. Surface Water Decreased  Runoff from landfill, MSW  All roads will be paved
Quality surface water storage & composting plant site  No littering of waste will be allowed at project site
quality  Sewage  Regular cleaning of roads & drains and removal of collected waste to
designated point.
 Regular collection of waste from temporary waste storage stations
 Proper storm water drainage network exists at waste processing facility
site & same will be followed for engineered landfill site also
 Landfill site will be covered with soil with proper compaction and
grading during monsoon season
 No waste water stream or solid/hazardous waste will be discharged to
any water body
 Proper drainage berms will be constructed to divert run-off away from
the active cell of the landfill.
152
5. Biological Green Belt  Development of Green belt  Development & maintenance of green area.
Environment Development around site & avenue plantation  Soil will be mulched & enriched with the organic compost.
 Plantation of native, sensitive &  Plantation of native, sensitive & resistant tree, shrubs & herbs
resistant varieties of trees,  After completion of landfill, a final cover will be provided as per
shrubs & herbs specifications given in Solid Wastes Management Rules, 2016 to
 Development of paved surface & minimize infiltration and erosion.
roads  Residential colony/park etc. will be developed after closure of landfill
 No open dumping of waste in low site as per post-closure plan.
lying/valley areas
6. Social Better  Better management & handling  Timely & regular sweeping of roads, cleaning of drains & collection of
environment & management of of MSW waste from households & temporary waste collection points.
Aesthetics Municipal Solid  Disposal of inert waste in a  Improvement in transport, communication facilities, lifestyle and social
Waste (MSW) scientific non-polluting manner status etc. due to ancillary development.
 Reduced littering of waste  Designation of traffic routes and the setting and enforcing of speed
 No open waste dumping sites limits
 Development of green belt area  Waste is collected during late hours of day when traffic density is lower
 Reduction of potential diseases  Waste will not be stored at project site for more than 48 hours
due to flies, mosquitoes &  After completion of landfill, a final cover will be provided as per
pathogen breeding on littering specifications given in Solid Wastes Management Rules, 2016 and the
waste site will be used either for recreational or development of housing.
 Slightly increased Traffic density  Adequate parking facility is provided for traffic management at site.
 Periodic maintenance of road will be done.
 Local people will be preferred for providing employment
Occupational Health & Safety
1. Environment Handling,  Waste pickers living and  Implementation of Sanitary landfills and closed open dumps
Health & Injury collection & working in the vicinity of  Biomedical waste should be handled separately and not mixed with
transportation of processing facilities with domestic waste
waste minimal basic infrastructure are  Provision of wear protective gear, particularly gloves & face mask
exposed to wide array of  Prohibition on open burning of waste
pollutants and risk  Daily cover of disposal sites
 Unsegregated Infectious  Prohibition of animal at open dumps
medical waste causes bruises  Measures such as deferred timings and stretch breaks to be adopted
153
and cuts, transfer of infectious  Regular sanitization at open dumps so as to prevent breeding ground
diseases for flies and mosquitos
 Breeding of disease vectors at  Use of only PUC Certified vehicles
open dumps, primarily flies and  Waste will not be stored at project site for more than 48 hours
rats lead to the spread of  Regular cleaning of roads & drains and removal of collected waste to
infectious diseases. designated point.
 Lifting of heavy waste-filled  Proper control of contaminated leachate
containers causes back and joint  Provision of minimal basic amenities to Waste pickers
injuries  Prohibition on working of children and domestic animals at disposal
 Materials recycling centre and sites
exhaust fumes from vehicles  Implementation of modest sorting facilities
contains high concentration of  Permitting only registered adults
dust, bio aerosols and metals  Provision of water supply for washing, sanitation and hygiene education
leads to respiratory illness is highly recommended for waste workers
 Methane and carbon dioxide air  Proper training will be provided regarding maintenance of Health
emissions from open burning  Provision of first aid facility at site
adding to global warming, and  Tie-up with local hospital will be done to provide ambulance to handle
subsequently vector-borne emergency cases, if required
disease abundance and
 Routine inspections, housekeeping and maintenance will be carried out
pathogen survival
at regular intervals
 Volatile organic compounds in
 Integration of informal sector in the waste management plan in
air emissions and inconclusive
organized way
evidence on altered cancer
incidence, birth defects, and
infant mortality, as well as
psychological stress for those
living near uncontrolled land
disposal facilities
 Infections from direct contact
with contaminated material,
dog and rodent bites, or eating
of waste-fed animals and source
of food chain path
154
14.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environment Monitoring Plan is detection of any potential impacts of project on the groundwater, surface
water and ambient air in the vicinity of site. EMP is required to evaluate the performance of project site and
to monitor potential environmental impacts and public health and safety risks from any contaminant release
during the operation stage. Post-project monitoring is essential component of Environment Management
Plan as it is important to check the effectiveness of mitigation measures. Post project monitoring shall be
carried out by as per specifications given in Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 and Guidance Manual on
“Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016”.
14.1.1 Frequency & Locations of Monitoring during Operation Phase

Post Project Monitoring Plan detailing parameters to be monitored, frequency, etc. is given in the table
below:
Table 79: Frequency of Monitoring During Operation Phase and Post Closure
S. No. Parameters Frequency Location

1. Ambient Air Quality
Sulfur dioxide, Particulate Matter & Twice in Year (24 hourly Project Site & Nearby
CO monitoring) sites (4) at 120 m
around facility
Methane, Ammonia daily average Twice in Year (24 hourly Project Site
monitoring)
2. Noise Quality Monitoring Twice in Year (24 hourly Project Site & Nearby
monitoring) sites (4)
3. Ground Water Quality Three times in year (Summer, 4 Locations- (1 up
monsoon & Post-monsoon) gradient and 3 down
gradient)
4. Soil Three times in year (Summer, 4 locations
monsoon & Post-monsoon)
5. Surface Water Quality Twice in Year (24 hourly 2 locations, Upstream,
monitoring) downstream
6. Plantation Quarterly Project Site
7. Waste Characterization Annually Project Site
Table 80: Frequency of Monitoring during Operation Phase & Post closure
S. No. Parameters Location

1 Integrity & effectiveness of final cover Project Site , 2 time in a year
2 Leachate Collection System /Ground water Quality Project Site & 2 Locations-Nearest
Ground water source
3 Landfill gas Collection system Project Site, 2 time in a year
Integrity & Effectiveness of Final Cover
Landfill cap provided will be mowed at a frequency to minimize the likelihood of the accumulation of
clipping which could smother the vegetative cover. Any undesirable species will be removed if their presence
is suspected of having potential threat to the geo-membrane within cap. Regular inspections will be made
to detect any cracking, settling so as repair can be made at the earliest. All eroded area will be brought back
155
to the original grade provided. Any settlings which results in ponding of water will be recorded. All bare
spots identified in final cover will be re-seeded.
Leachate Collection System:
It consists of leachate collection pipes, valves, pumps & manholes. Regular inspection of manholes & pipes
will be carried out for checking deposition of sediment, clogging of pipes etc.
Landfill Gas Collection System
Gas vents will be inspected for clogging of the openings by birds or insects. Also, verticality will be observed
to determine if settlement has compromised the seal between the vent boot and the geo-membrane, and if
there is a seepage conduit formed around the vent for erosive sediments carrying run-off. Gas vents and
adjacent areas which require maintenance will be resorted to the original design configuration, re-using the
existing materials to the extent possible.
14.1.2 Specifications for Post-Project Monitoring

Air Quality Standards
Table 81: National Ambient Air Quality Standards
S. No. Parameters Acceptable Levels

3
1. Sulfur di-oxide 80 mg/m ( 24 hours)
2. PM10 100 mg/m3 (24 hours)
PM2.5 60 mg/m3 (24 hours)
3. Methane Not to exceed 25 per cent of the lower explosive limit
(equivalent to 650 mg/m3 )
4. Ammonia daily average 0.4 mg/m3
(Sample duration 24 hr.)
5. Carbon monoxide 1 hour average : 4 mg/m3
8 hour average : 2 mg/m3
Source: Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 & National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009
Water Quality Standards
Ground water quality of area should meet the quality standards as per IS 10500:1991 given in below table:
Table 82: Water Quality Standards (IS 10500:2012), Ed.2.2 (2003-2009)
Sl.No Parameter Limit (as per IS:10500)
Desirable Limit
1 Arsenic (as As) 0.01
2 Cadmium (as Cd) 0.01
3 Chromium (as Cr6+) 0.05
4 Copper (as Cu) 0.05
5 Cyanide (as CN ) 0.05
6 Lead (as Pb) 0.05
7 Mercury (as Hg) 0.001
8 Nickel -
9 Nitrate(as NO3) 45
10 pH 6.5-8.5
156
11 Iron (as Fe) 0.3

12 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 300
13 Chlorides (as Cl) 250
14 Dissolved Solids 500
15 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) 0.001
16 Zinc 5
17 Sulphate (as SO4) 200
Plantation to be carried out as Per Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016
A vegetative cover shall be provided over the complete site in accordance with SWM Rules, 2016 and
following specifications are given below:
 Selection of locally adopted non-edible perennial plants that are resistant to drought and extreme
temperatures shall be allowed to grow;
 The plants grown should be such that their roots do not penetrate more than 30cms.
 This condition shall apply till the landfill is stabilized
 Selected plants shall have ability to thrive on low-nutrient soil with minimum nutrient addition.
 Plantation to be made in sufficient density to minimize soil erosion.
14.1.3 Record Keeping

Record keeping and reporting of performance is an important management tool for ensuring sustainable
operation of the proposed facility. Records are maintained for regulatory, monitoring and operational issues
for existing waste processing facility & will be continued for landfill site also. Periodic inspections will be
performed by walking the entire perimeter of the site for documenting any damage to fencing provided due
to weather, local traffic, ground movement etc. Damage observed will be noted down so that action can be
taken immediately after approval of concerned authority.
Typical parameters to be recorded are summarized in below table.
Table 83: Record Keepings & Recordings
Parameters Particulars
Solid waste handling & Disposal  Daily quantity of waste received
 Daily quantity of waste processed
 Daily quantity of waste rejected
Regulatory License  Consent to Operate
 Half Yearly Compliance (1st June & 1st December)
Monitoring & Survey  Records of environmental monitoring carried out during operation
& post closure phase
Accident Reporting  Date, Time & Place of accident
 Affected people, equipment etc.
 Measures taken
Others  Log book of compliance
 Employee environmental, health and safety records
 Equipment inspection and calibration records, where applicable
 Vehicle maintenance and inspection records
157
Various Forms that are to be submitted b the local authorities and village panchayats, SPCBs or Pollution
control committee, Operator of the facilities related to authorisation and operation of processing and
disposal facility and their related description as presented in MSW rules 2016 is as follows.
Form No Responsibility Description
I Local Authority and Local Authority and Village Panchayats make an application in Form-I for
Village Panchayats grant of authorisation for setting up waste processing, treatment or
disposal facility, if the volume of waste is exceeding five metric tonnes
per day including sanitary landfills from the State Pollution Control
Board or the Pollution Control Committee
II State Pollution State Pollution control Board or Pollution committee shall issue
control Board or authorisation within a period of sixty days in Form II to the local body or
Pollution control an operator of a facility or any other agency authorised by local body
committee stipulating compliance criteria and environmental standards as specified
in Schedules I and II of MSW rules 2016 including other conditions, as
may be necessary.
III Operator of the The operator of the solid waste processing and treatment facility shall
Processing & submit annual report in Form III each year by 30th April to the State
Disposal Facility Pollution Control Board or Pollution Committee and concerned local
body.
IV Local Authority and The local body shall submit its annual report in Form-IV to State P
Village Panchayats Control Board or P Committee and the Secretary-in-Charge of the
Department of Urban Development of the concerned State or Union
Territory in case of metropolitan city and to the Director of Municipal
Administration or Commissioner of Municipal Administration or Officer
in -Charge of Urban local bodies in the state in case of all other local
bodies of state on or before the 30th day of June every year
V State Pollution Each State Pollution Control Board or Pollution Control Committee as
control Board or the case may be, shall prepare and submit the consolidated annual
Pollution Control report to the Central Pollution Control Board and Ministry of Urban
Committee Development on the implementation of these rules and action taken
against non-complying local body by the 31stday of July of each year in
Form-V
VI Officer- in- charge of In case of an accident at any solid waste processing or treatment or
the facility disposal facility or landfill site, the Officer- in- charge of the facility shall
report to the local body in Form-VI and the local body shall review and
issue instructions if any, to the in- charge of the facility
158
14.2 Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies are to be carried out by Warangal Municipality to obtain the
environmental clearance for the proposed landfill sites from the State Dept. of Environment & Forest. EIA
studies which will provide baseline data for assessing of the impact of landfill site on the groundwater
quality, surface water quality, air quality (gases, dust, litter), land environment, noise level, aesthetic view,
ecology etc.
Here is the criteria for identifying suitable land for sanitary landfill sites and Initial Environment Assessment
of the proposed ISWM facility at Warangal is as follows
Landfill site Name: Proposed Site at Warangal
Area of the landfill site: 35 Acres
S. No Component Minimum siting Details from ULB

distance
1 Habitation 500m No Habitation with in
500 mtrs
2 Rivers, Lakes, water bodies 200m No lakes and water
bodies within 200m
3 Non Meandering water 30m No canal within 30m
(Canal, Drainage etc.)
4 Highway or railway line 300m from center line No near railway station
within 300m
5 Coastal Regulation zoning Sanitary landfill site not No CRZ
permitted
6 Earth Quake zone (Seismic zone) 500m from fault line No
fracture
7 Flood prone area (100 year flood plain) No
Sanitary landfill site not
permitted
8 Water Table Over 2m below bottom It is gutta. water table is
of base liner below 2 mtrs
9 Airport 20KM No airport within 20 Km
range
159
15.0 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY AND PLANNING

Implementation Strategy is critical component of “Strategic
Planning”. Strategic planning is an activity that is used to set
priorities, focus energy and resources, strengthen operations,
ensure that all the stakeholders are working towards common
goals, establish agreement around intended outcomes/results, and
assess and adjust the organization's direction in response to a
changing environment. It is a disciplined effort that produces
fundamental decisions and actions that shape and guide towards
the concerted goal.
There are many different frameworks and methodologies for
strategic planning and management. Many frameworks cycle
through some variation on some very basic phases:
1) Analysis or assessment of the current environment,
2) Strategy formulation for bridging the gap,
3) Strategy execution, where the high level plan is translated into more operational planning and action
items,
4) Evaluation or sustainment / management phase, where ongoing refinement and evaluation of
performance, culture, communications, data reporting and other strategic management issues occurs.
Strategic Planning is necessary
to ensure that MSWM services
keep pace with demand, are
appropriate to needs,
contribute to a sound and
sanitary environment, are cost-
effective and build
continuously on existing and
new opportunities offered.
Figure 31: Strategic Planning Process
15.1 Implementation Strategy for Solid Waste Management

The way that a SWM Plan is implemented defines in great extent how successful it is going to be. The
implementation of a Plan by itself plays a crucial role because if the equipment or the facilities that have
been designed during the Planning process are not implemented in a proper way, they will not have the
expected results. In order to assure the proper implementation of a SWM Plan, they have been developed
certain instruments, covering a wide spectrum of aspects, aiming to integrate the designed changes to the
existent SWM system. These instruments are divided according to their content to:
 Policy instruments;
 Legislative instruments;
 Economic instruments;
160
 Communicative instruments;
 Organizational/Institutional instruments
Figure 32: Instruments of Implementation Strategy
Policy is one of the most if not the most important element related to the waste management practices of a
given area or of a country. The successful implementation of a strategic objective often depends upon the
existence of an appropriate policy framework.
The promulgation of appropriate legislation is critical to the development and successful implementation of
solid waste management plans at all levels. More specifically, this type of instruments provide a legal
foundation for regulating the behavior of individuals and legal entities, thus ensuring the legislative basis for
implementing the waste management plan, maintaining waste collection and disposal systems, and
providing the basis for enforcement and sanctions.
The economic instruments used for the implementation of a SWM Plan can perform a double role. Firstly,
they can be used so as to ensure that the costs of providing waste management services are recovered, and
secondly to influence the behavior of waste generators to cause less environmental pressure, ensuring the
same time the preferred direction of the waste stream, i.e. disposal or recycling.
Effective communication is crucial for the overall success and sustainability of a SWM Plan. The best way to
raise public awareness around waste management issues is through Information and education. The SWM
development process is vital in securing understanding of the waste challenge and community support for
the way solid waste is handled.
Institutions are very common, especially in developing countries, the changes that a SWM Plan requires to
differ a lot from the current practices of waste management. For this reason, clarity in functional and
financial devolution is necessary.
Using the above-mentioned instruments, the implementation strategy can be briefly outlined for the ULBs of
Telangana:
161
1) Maximize waste diversion from landfill by continuously improving segregation and recycling services
2) The economic instruments to be used to levy fees/charges for waste collection from waste generator
3) Increasing Efficiency of Operation and Maintenance Services
4) The policy instruments to be aligned to incentivize production of compost and strengthen the supply
chain of recyclables as well as combustibles.
5) Information, Education and Communication techniques to be used to increase public participation
6) The system to be integrated with the monitoring mechanism for continuous monitoring of the action
plan implementation
7) Skill Development and Capacity Building of ground force engaged in solid waste management system
8) Institutional Strengthening and Allocation of clear responsibility to the engaged agencies in the solid
waste management system
15.2 Key Strategy and Action Plan

Strategy 1:- Treating Waste as Resource: Maximize waste diversion from landfill by continuously
improving segregation and recycling services
Action Plan:-
 Implementing segregation of waste at source; the practice can be initiated in selected pilot areas and
can be scaled up in phased manner. The IEC Programme shall be organized simultaneously with the
construction of SWM Facility to help local population assimilate the changes in the proposed system.
The IEC Component is crucial to reciprocate the difficulties of change management in local population
and shall be taken up in timely manner with appropriate frequency to sustain the impact.
 Though the waste segregation at source shall be encouraged, the contingency plan shall also be set in
place to account for any failure in the proposed plan. The segregation plants shall be installed in the
ULBs having high generation of waste whereas manual segregation shall be encouraged in low waste
generating ULBs to ascertain maximum waste diversion from landfill.
 Notification regarding penalization on non-conformity of waste segregation at source shall be issued.
The notification shall impose reasonable penalties that create pinch to the user
Strategy 2:- The economic instruments to be used to levy fees/charges for waste collection from waste
generator
Action Plan:-
 The economic instruments shall be enforced to levy user charges from the waste generators. Until now,
the public service of waste collection and disposal was given free to the user with no liabilities on the
waste generator. This may create pinch to the user and moreover, transform the user outlook towards
the service as “public good”. The notifications shall be issued after conducting necessary IEC Programme
and implementation of door to door service. Targets should be set for monitoring collection efficiency to
track the progress
 The economic instruments shall be used to incentivize the resource recovery from waste for the
implementing agency
Strategy 3:- Increasing Efficiency of Operation and Maintenance Services
Action Plan:-
162
Operation and Maintenance is the most critical component in the execution of services. Efficient O&M
Services are the key for the successful implementation of proposed strategy and plan.
 There are numerous cost-cutting strategies to help make the future of your collection system successful,
including reducing the frequency of collection, implementing dual collection of solid waste and
recyclables, and automating collection practices. Dual collection systems reduce total fleet and labor
costs by decreasing the number of special vehicles needed to provide multiple collection services.
 Optimizing number of trips and distance of travel with logically designed movements of fleets.
 New management techniques can be used, such as revised organizational structures, updated pay and
incentive programs, new training initiatives, modified performance appraisal systems, and new job
descriptions, note improved employee morale and rising productivity.
Strategy 4:- The policy instruments to be aligned to incentivize production of compost and strengthen the
supply chain of recyclables as well as combustibles
Action Plan:-
 Subsidies on manufacturing of compost shall be given to the implementing agency

 Market for Compost shall be assured for the manufacturer. The State Government can bridge the gap
between the manufacturer and buyer
 Involvement of NGOs in waste recycling shall be ensured
Strategy 5:- Information, Education and Communication techniques to be used to increase public
participation
Action Plan:-
 Separate Action Plans has been outlined for each target group (Refer Chapter 13)
Strategy 6:- The system to be integrated with the monitoring mechanism for continuous monitoring of the
action plan implementation
Action Plan:-
 An MIS shall be developed in detail (Refer Chapter 16)
 The MIS shall be inherently linked with monitoring system having set targets
Strategy 7:- Skill Development and Capacity Building of ground force engaged in solid waste management
system
Action Plan:-
 The Training Programme shall be organized for ground level workers engaged in daily waste collection
service. This can enhance the efficiency of workers and will help in keeping the cities clean
 Performance based incentives shall be given to workers
Strategy 8:- Institutional Strengthening and Allocation of clear responsibility to the engaged agencies in
the solid waste management system
Action Plan:-
 The institutions shall be defined with clear functions and financial devolution. The responsibilities shall
be clearly defined throughout the value chain of service provision with no ambiguity
163
Description Time in Months

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Approval of the DPR
Statutory Clearances
Preparation of the Detailed Bid
Documents (RFQ, RFP & Concession
Agreement in line with approved DPR
Approval of the Bid Documents
Issuance of Notice for Inviting Tender
Issuance of Notice for RFQ
Screening and shortlisting of Bidders
Issuance of Notice for RFP for Shortlisted
Bidders
Receipt of Tenders from Bidders
Bid Evaluation and Recommendation of
Bidder
Award of Works Contract to Successful
Bidder(s)
Preparation of Implementation Plan &
Construction Schedule
Procurement of the C&T
vehicles/equipment’s through tendering
process
Establishment of the C&T system
Processing & Disposal Facilities
Site Handover
Survey and Soil Investigation
Evaluation and Approval of Engineering
Drawings & Design
Complete Site Clearance and Levelling
Construction of Boundary Wall
Construction of Security Room
Construction of Office with Amenities
Installation of Weighbridge at the Site
Construction of QC Laboratory
Construction of Internal Roads
Construction of Change/Canteen Room
Construction of Drainage System
Construction of Wheel Wash Pit
Construction of Power Room/DG Platform
Construction of Meter Room
Development of the Green Belt Area
Construction of UG Tank & Pump Room
Compost Plant
Tipping Section
Tipping area (waste receiving area)
Pre-sorting unit shed
Composting Pad
Monsoon shed over composting pad
164
Description Time in Months

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Compost Preparatory & Finishing Shed
Compost refinement unit shed
Compost curing shed
Store room for compost
Water supply storage & distribution
Leachate collection & disposal system
Power connection, control room,
substation
Sanitary Landfill
Excavation
Bunding
Clay liner
HDPE liner laying & Anchoring
Soil layer
Providing leachate pipes
Providing drainage media & leachate
collection system
Installation of environmental monitoring
system
Bought Out Items
Pre-Sorting Unit
Compost plant Machinery
Other vehicles/equipment’s for compost
plant
Lab equipment’s/Furniture
Vehicles & Equipment’s for SLF
RDF Plant Equipment’s
Erection & Commissioning of Compost
Plant
Erection & Commissioning of RDF Plant
Trial & Run
Workshop
Construction of the workshop for
maintenance of the vehicles
Start of Commercial Operations
165
15.3 Leadership Development and Change Management

Change Management is a complex process that
encompasses shift in the mindsets, institutional
structures, functional domains, prevailed practices
as well as existing social culture. The situation
becomes more complex when change is lead
through a planned process in pursuit of
enumerated goals and targets. The integrated
approach in solid waste management does not
only concentrate upon mere technical and
material aspects of waste management rather it
explains a broad periphery of external domains.
The perspective and context of change are the

essential so as to understand the external
environment and ground realities. In the current situation the change is lead in terms of implementing
Integrated Waste Management Systems. The context is highly sensitive not only in terms of health and
environmental concerns but due also to its sensitivity vis‐à‐vis wide range of stakeholders and conflict of
interest among those.
Among all the stakeholders, public and civil society are the key recipient of service delivery, hence the
ultimate purpose of change management stands as bringing overall improvement in the lives of people.
Among various conflicting interests, the more evident is people’s sense of responsibility vis‐à‐vis cleaning
their homes, streets, roads, colonies and commercial areas. Hence for any institution that undertakes the
responsibility of establishing IWMS in the city should essentially focus upon public outreach campaigns.
The key purpose behind such overtures should be to conduct a continuous and dynamic dialogue process
that may cover the key social pockets of society as well as institutions. In such scenario, a multi-pronged
approach needs to be adopted for public awareness campaign that employs different modes of media i.e.
TV, Radio broadcast, newspapers and other print media along with billboards, flyers, brochures and other
avenues. The key purpose is to educate the public in terms of their social responsibilities with respect to
generation, recycling and disposal of solid waste within their social preview. Secondly, the ULB tries to
improve public suggestibility that may help creating a harmonious environment and refined social attitudes
in the society. The public sensitization is one of the focal considerations that may be worked upon with
cautious planning otherwise no matter how efficient the organization may be it will fail if not supported by
general public.
Leadership development and change management tend to be top priorities for many organizations. In
spite of this, shorter their goals for both. One major reason organizations struggle is because they treat
both leadership development and change management as separate rather than interrelated challenges.
Cultural changes cannot happen without leadership, and efforts to change culture are the crucible in which
leadership is developed. For better results, coordinated leadership development and change management
efforts are required, approaching them as one and the same. True leadership involves deviating from
cultural expectations in ways that inspire others to choose to follow. Managers at all levels of an
organization must overcome resistance if genuine cultural change is to occur. ULBs, in this case, should act
as leader demanding for change from its people.
166
Figure 33: Change Management Process
Identify the Target Audience:

Convincing both internal and external audiences that the proposed collection system change is beneficial.
Internal audiences include decision-makers, department heads, crews and supervisors, and customer
service personnel. External audiences include customers, stakeholder groups, the media, peer
communities, and competitors.
Define Needs:
To find out what the “average” citizen thinks about a proposed program change, consider some or all of
the following techniques: surveys, focus groups, pilot programs, citizen planning committees, and informal
discussions with customers. Understanding resident fears and needs is critical to developing an effective
outreach strategy. Citizen input is only part of the solution; staff creativity also plays a role. Idea-sharing
incentives motivate front-line crews to share their ideas for saving money or improving service quality.
Communicate Program Change:
Once the target audience is identified, develop an information campaign to respond to those needs. For
citizens, get the word out through direct mailings, utility bill notices, newspaper and magazine articles,
print and broadcast public service announcements, community meetings, and paid advertising. No matter
which media is chosen, the message should focus on the needs and concerns identified through the citizen
involvement efforts.
Deliver the Promised Services:
One of the most meaningful ways to build support for new service levels is to make sure program
operations live up to their public relations promises. The service delivery glitches should be minimal.
Respond to Concerns:
Customer care is important to local governments. It is important to train staff to respond to calls, and
implement strategies to address citizen concerns to avoid any kind of resistance from the population.
Evaluate the programmed and make changes:
The only thing constant is “change”. Even a well-conceived outreach program, however, can fall short of its
goals. If a change is implemented and encounters barriers, diagnose the problem and learn from the
experience. The changes should be incorporated to make implementation programmed better with time
167
16.0 OTHER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ASPECTS

Institutionalizing of appropriate quality assurance system is essential to ensure continuous and efficient
municipal solid waste management system. The performance of all components of solid waste
management systems, from processing and disposal, should be maintained on daily basis. Provision of
citizen centric services shall be monitored through a feed-back linked mechanism which shall focus on
concerns of community regarding primary storage, door to door collection and transportation of waste.
16.1 Proposed Management System

Solid Waste Management function requires constant supervision as the sector demands daily delivery of
service of collection, transportation and disposal of waste. In line with the proposed system briefed in the
chapter, the role of the ULB would be more as an enabler rather than only being a service provider, so that
overall service can be enhanced. To provide more effectiveness in the Solid Waste Management System,
the existing SWM, the organizational structure is proposed as shown below:
Commissioner
Health Officer Environmental Engineer
Sanitary Supervisor
Sanitary Inspector
Sanitary Workers
Figure 34: Proposed Management Structure for Solid Waste Management System
The organizational structure comprises of Health Officer, Environmental Engineer, Sanitary Inspector,
Sanitary Supervisors and Sanitary Workers headed by Executive Officer.
Specific responsibilities of each of these officials are given below:
Executive Officer of ULB:
 Responsible and accountable for SWM Plan preparation and implementation
Health Officer:
 Responsible for establishing the baseline and analyzing gaps in solid waste management service
provision.
 Responsible for coordinating various departments and stakeholders to be involved in development of
solid waste management plan in the ULB.
 Responsible for assessing options and suggesting viable alternatives to be ratified by the stakeholders
Environmental engineer:
 Inform the planning process with field level consultations and information
168
Sanitary Inspector:
 Field inspection of collection and transportation activities
 To communicate and interact with private operators/collection and transportation staff/RWAs
 Carry out IEC Activities
 Monitor the operations of Sanitary Supervisor
 Maintain field records on daily basis and submit reports to the health officer regularly
Sanitary Supervisor:
 Monitor the work of collection and transportation team
 Ensure the efficiency of service
 Ensure door to door collection and segregation of waste
 Submit field reports to Sanitary Inspector
16.2 Management Information System (MIS)

MIS is a comprehensive monitoring and evaluation system
that should be adopted for assessing progress towards
meeting the targets in the SWM Plan and for monitoring
successful implementation of the plan. The monitoring system
adopted should:
 collect data regularly, and

 analyze collected information, take/propose corrective
measures, and support the planning & implementation
process.
Collection and analysis of data related to solid waste Figure 35: General MIS Architecture
management is critical for assessing the existing situation and
propose suitable measures to improve service delivery. A Management Information System (MIS) can
retrieve relevant information which can then be used by decision makers.
MIS facilitates monitoring the efficiency of SWM systems. It increases transparency and accountability of
officials in the solid waste management system as well as helps in establishing a strong and reliable
information data base necessary to facilitate planning, mid-course corrections and decision making.
16.2.1Data Collection for MIS

Keeping of records relating to all the activities of SWM with respect to specific time-frame for each activity
is of utmost important for efficient system. Such information/data collected may require time to time
examination of each activity and may require some corrective measures for achieving the desired
objectives. These information/data will not only help in enhancing the efficiency of the system but also
helps in future planning of the system. It is required to collect specific and discreet information not only to
keep records up-to-date but also, for taking corrective measures as well as proper planning for future.
Some of the information is thus required to:
 Have overall idea of existing condition

 Deficiencies in the existing system
 Develop corrective measures for the existing system
169
 Upgrading the existing system

 Decision making
 Planning a better system
 Making budgetary provisions
“What gets measured, Gets Managed”
The data collection for daily monitoring of SWM service will be done through regular monitoring and
tracking of daily waste generation and collection efficiency. The regular monitoring of Solid Waste
Management service can be used to track the performance in delivery of service and therefore, required
interventions can be introduced through identification of loophole in the system. The requisite will be
collected at all the levels of solid waste management value chain.
Waste Generation
The MIS reports proposed in this section are classified into following categories:
 Average quantity of waste generated per capita/kg/day
 Average quantity of waste produced each day in metric tons (MT)
 Seasonal variation in daily waste generation
 Total quantity of waste produced annually during last 3 years (MT)
 Breakup of the quantity of waste generated per day in kg or MT
o Household, shops and establishment waste
o Vegetable and food market waste
o Meat, fish and slaughter house waste
o Construction and demolition waste
o Non-infectious hospital waste
o Non-hazardous industrial waste
Waste Collection
Primary Collection: Secondary Collection:
 Sanitation workers in local body  Type of transfer system
 Tools and implements used in primary  Mode of unloading
collection system : Year of purchase and  No. of secondary collection locations
make of equipment’s per ward
 Personnel protective equipment’s provided  Type of secondary collection
to the workforce locations in each ward:
 Mode and frequency of collection from  Dumper Placer Container
various sources  Cement bin
 No. of sanitary workers required to report  Refuse Collector bin
for duty wrt actual  Dhalao
 No of household covered  Amount of waste received from various
 Amount of waste collected sources in each ward
 Manpower required for Supervision  Frequency of Clearing each bin
Waste Transportation
 Distance between collection points
 Quantity at each collection point
 Vehicles available with the local body for waste transportation: Type, Age and Capacity
 No. of trips made by vehicles/shift/day
 Fuel consumption of vehicles
 Distance traversed by vehicles and quantity transported
 Percentage of waste transported/day
 Breakdown reported during the day and action taken
170
Processing and Disposal

 Amount of waste received for processing
 Characteristics of waste (physical & chemical)
 Percentage of waste treated
 Quantity of waste disposed to landfill after processing
 Amount of waste received for disposal in landfill
 Volume of leachate generated
The MIS reports proposed in this section are classified into following categories:
 Door-to-Door Collection & Transportation.

 Street level Collection & Transportation from each Colony/ Locality
 Collection and Transportation from Hotels, Dhabas, Restaurants, Banquet Halls, Institutions, Farm
House & All Other Commercial Establishments.
 Collection and Transportation of Drain Silt, C&D Waste and Green Waste
 Collection and Transportation of Street Sweeping Waste and Clearing of Bins
 Cleaning of Secondary Collection Points
16.2.2Formats for Data Interpretation

The list of data collection requirements mostly illustrates requirement of quantitative data on Waste
Generation, Collection & Transportation and Disposal. After the collection of above mentioned quantitative
data, statistical analysis will be done to measure the degree of change and level of consistency in the data
collected on daily basis. The purpose of the data analysis and interpretation phase is to transform the
collected data into useful information and further facilitating the development of the intervention and its
consequent performance on the system.
Figure 36: Conversion of Data to Information

The critical analysis of collected data should be done through inter-validation of analyzed data at levels.
The formats should be so prepared that the information system is integrated with the daily variation in the
data input and sufficiently design to critically link the input data at all the stages of data collection. This
information can further be utilized to enhance the assets and reduce the liabilities in the system. A
particular MIS for Solid Waste Management System should deliberate on:
 Total Quantity of Waste Generated
171
 Extent of segregation of waste

 Efficiency of Vehicles deployed
 Average Diesel Consumption
 Average Distance Travelled
 Efficiency of Manpower in executing the Solid Waste Management Works
 Street-Sweeping in person/km
 Drain Cleaning in person/km
 Collection Efficiency wrt manpower deployed
 Efficiency in Bin Clearing
 Efficiency in user-fee collection
 Percentage of Waste Processed
 Percentage of Waste Landfilled
The minute details on the existing solid waste management system can be used to bring interventions in
the system and can be back-tracked also.
The information can be further

enhanced by linking the spatial
attribute to the MIS System.
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
and visual capture of information using
cameras are now being integrated with
the MIS to provide spatial and visual
validation for provision of services.
Communication technologies such as
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID),
Global Positioning System (GPS) and
General Packet Radio System (GPRS)
are now integrated with Geographic Information Systems (GIS) for monitoring the solid waste
management. MIS is a computerized system which stores and retrieves from a database of information;
this data can be analyzed for identifying problem areas and improving service delivery efficiency. These can
be suitably adopted by cities to improve the efficiency of service. Computer application of mentioned tools
needs some prior data/information to provide correct information to decision makers.
GPS Spatial MIS

Data
GIS
Figure 37: MIS-GIS System
172
GPS will be installed in all the vehicles to track the movement of vehicles. All the Vehicles and Secondary
Collection Bins will be RFID Reader in non-breakable, non-temper and non-removable enclosure. RFID tag
should contain information about asset type, asset numbers, Ward no. and asset installation date.
16.3 Complaint Handling System

An effective and transparent complaint handling system is a pre-requisite to any successful transformation.
It is thus proposed to set-up an efficient, effective, transparent and user-friendly complaint handling
system for registering complaints from people regarding removal of solid waste.
Complaint handling is another important component of waste management system. It helps in analyzing
and improving the level of services provided to the stakeholders’.
16.3.1Essential Features of Complaint Handling System

A complaint handling system that is efficient and fair includes:
 acknowledging that your customers have a right to complain

 openly seeking feedback from your customers
 Having a written policy about handling complaints readily available to citizens.
The essential features of complaint handling system are as described below:
Fairness: Complaint handling should be fair to all parties, and must allow everyone's views to be heard and
taken into account in a balanced way.
Effectiveness: Availability of adequate resources is vital to handle complaints efficiently and effectively.
Complaints received should be dealt with quickly and courteously. The people involved in responding to
complaints will communicate the complaints to the field staff and will have the authority and ability to
decide remedies and to put them into effect.
Accessibility: The complaint handling system should be accessible to all customers, and help them lodge
their complaints. Information about how to make a complaint will be readily available and simple to
understand or in other words it will be a user-friendly system. Toll free numbers, e-mail address etc will be
provided for registering complaints. These numbers will also be available on all the vehicles, bins placed at
public places, at all waste storage locations and will be displayed at all prominent public places.
Accountability: The system will record the complaints received and the outcomes achieved. All the
recurring and systemic problems that become known through the complaint handling system will be
identified and rectified.
The operation of complaint handling system will be reviewed regularly to make sure that effective
outcomes are achieved for customers.
16.3.2General Rules for Handling Complaints

The general rules/ etiquettes for handling complaints include:
 Listen to the complaint and get all details

 Repeat the message to confirm your understanding
 Tell the customer what will be done and when
173
 Handle complaints quickly

 Follow-up to be sure the complaint is redressed
 Confirm the complaint has received a satisfactory response and thank the customer
 Inform public of services, your responsibilities and theirs
16.3.3Complaint handling system
Three dedicated telephone lines will be put in place for receiving customer calls and complaints. The
system will be operational all times of day round the year.
The system will have provision wherein the operator punches in all details of the complainant whenever a
complaint is received. The complaint will be forwarded to the required field staff, which will ensure that it
is addressed. Once the necessary action has been taken on the complaint, it can be disposed off and a note
will be sent to the complainant stating details of action taken.
A record of all the complaints lodged will be maintained to prepare a database, which will help in
establishing:
 Complainant’s name
 Location
 Nature of complaint
 Time of complaint
 Response time
 Feedback from complainant
The most important feature, which will help in upgrading the complaint handling system will be the
feedback received from people.
16.3.4Customer Care Centre/Control Room

Customer Care Center/Control Room/Complain address system shall have following key components:
 Dedicated phone lines and staff to receive complain or request from public and municipal staff.
 Mobile phone’s short code number to receive complaint’s SMS and Web-Interface for customer to
directly feed complaints.
 Workflow to track the work that is reported and report back to person originating the complaint.
 Customer Care center/Control Room shall be manned by concessionaire staff.
16.3.5Dedicated Phone Lines
 A dedicated phone number with minimum 10 lines (and extendable based on actual requirement).
Maximum call waiting time shall be 2 minutes for any received complaints. While the customer is
waiting, a recorded voice message indicating that complains can be logged by SMS or on web shall be
played, in addition to general greetings.
 All calls shall be recorded and shall be reviewed for the quality of interaction of their staff with the
customers. This recording shall be made available to the municipality, any or all the agency/ies
designated by municipality for auditing purpose.
 Concessionaire shall put a detailed Standard Operating Plan (SOP) in place to elaborate actual
arrangement.
 Report received from customer shall be stored online directly. Unique ticket number shall be generated
and communicated to caller along with expected time for correcting the issue.
 Control Room shall be staffed adequately to receive and process the complaints. Control room shall be
174
operational from 7 am till 10 pm on all days.
SMS to receive Complaints
 Short code based SMS service shall be deployed to receive complains/requests in structured SMS form.
 Similar Short code based SMS service shall be deployed to receive requests from municipality staff for
on demand service.
 User friendly web shall be created to receive complains from staff/customers online.
16.3.6Workflow to track Status
 Each complaint request shall be assigned a unique ticket number.
 Each complaint shall be forwarded via-SMS and system to the concerned executing person with a copy
to reporting supervisor.
 Once ticket is closed, it shall be updated in the database. In case complaint is not addressed within
specified time, reason for delay along with likely resolution time shall be supplied in database.
 Status of complain if completed or not completed (along with reason and likely date of addressing) shall
be supplied to the customer on or before the specified date.
 Customer feedback shall be taken on completion of task and shall be stored in the database.
 Status shall also be searchable online using ticket number and customer phone number.
 Current status of all open and closed complaints shall be visible online and user shall be able to view
their status by date or/ and complain number etc.
 On completion of work – SMS shall be sent back to the customer indicating completion of work.
Systems shall have provision to take feedback of customer on the level of satisfaction based on service
provided.
 Daily summary report Zone Wise, Sub-Zone, Ward Wise shall be sent to the relevant designated staff.
These repots shall be auto-generated from the customer complaint database.
175
Annexure No.1
POPULATION PROJECTIONS OF WARANGAL

-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-------
State
Arithmetic Incremental Geometric Graphical Average
S.No. Year urban
increase increase increase increase Population
average
1 2012 626113 626513 637337 638647 634425 632607
2 2013 633818 634691 656845 658887 643679 645584
3 2014 641523 642941 676951 679126 652915 658691
4 2015 649228 651264 697671 699365 662133 671932
5 2016 656933 659660 719027 719605 671333 685311
6 2017 664638 668129 741035 739844 680515 698832
7 2018 672343 676670 763718 760083 689678 712498
8 2019 680048 685284 787094 780323 698824 726315
9 2020 687753 693971 811187 800562 707951 740285
10 2021 695458 702730 836016 820801 717061 754413
11 2022 703163 711562 861606 841041 726152 768705
12 2023 710868 720467 887979 861280 735225 783164
13 2024 718573 729444 915159 881519 744280 797795
14 2025 726278 738495 943171 901758 753317 812604
15 2026 733984 747618 972041 921998 762336 827595
16 2027 741689 756813 1001794 942237 771337 842774
17 2028 749394 766082 1032458 962476 780320 858146
18 2029 757099 775423 1064061 982716 789284 873716
19 2030 764804 784837 1096631 1002955 798231 889491
20 2031 772509 794323 1130197 1023194 807159 905477
21 2032 780214 803883 1164792 1043434 816069 921678
22 2033 787919 813515 1200445 1063673 824962 938103
23 2034 795624 823219 1237189 1083912 833836 954756
24 2035 803329 832997 1275059 1104152 842692 971646
25 2036 811034 842847 1314087 1124391 851530 988778
26 2037 818739 852770 1354310 1144630 860349 1006160
27 2038 826444 862766 1395764 1164870 869151 1023799
28 2039 834149 872834 1438487 1185109 877935 1041703
29 2040 841854 882975 1482518 1205348 886700 1059879
30 2041 849559 893189 1527897 1225588 895448 1078336
31 2042 857264 903475 1574664 1245827 904177 1097081
32 2043 864969 913834 1622863 1266066 912888 1116124
33 2044 872674 924266 1672537 1286306 921581 1135473
34 2045 880379 934771 1723732 1306545 930256 1155137
34 2046 888084 945348 1776494 1326784 938913 1175125
Annexure No.2
WASTE PROJECTIONS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNEXURE 2: Waste Projections with Silt

Year Projected Per capita per waste Per capita Total waste Biodegradable Recyclable Combustible Inert Drain SIlt
Population year quantity generation quantity in
generation in MT/ (in kgs/ MT/ Year
with 1.3 % Day Day)
increase per
capita per year
as per MoUD
guidelines
2015 878024.8 144.84 308 0.351 112420 143.390 54.9 38.52 38.52 27.63
2016 893361.5 146.73 317.5 0.355 115887.5 147.813 56.6 39.70 39.70 28.48
2017 908983.5 148.63 327.2 0.360 119428 152.329 58.4 40.92 40.92 29.35
2018 924897.1 150.57 337.3 0.365 123114.5 157.031 60.2 42.18 42.18 30.26
2019 941109.1 152.52 347.6 0.369 126874 161.826 62.0 43.47 43.47 31.18
2020 957626.4 154.51 358.3 0.374 130779.5 166.807 63.9 44.81 44.81 32.14
2021 974456 156.51 369.4 0.379 134831 171.975 65.9 46.19 46.19 33.14
2022 991605.4 158.55 380.8 0.384 138992 177.282 67.9 47.62 47.62 34.16
2023 1009082 160.61 392.5 0.389 143262.5 182.729 70.0 49.08 49.08 35.21
2024 1026894 162.7 404.6 0.394 147679 188.362 72.2 50.60 50.60 36.30
2025 1045049 164.81 417.1 0.399 152241.5 194.182 74.4 52.16 52.16 37.42
2026 1063555 166.96 430 0.404 156950 200.187 76.7 53.77 53.77 38.58
2027 1082421 169.13 443.4 0.410 161841 206.426 79.1 55.45 55.45 39.78
2028 1101656 171.32 457.1 0.415 166841.5 212.804 81.5 57.16 57.16 41.01
2029 1121269 173.55 471.3 0.420 172024.5 219.415 84.1 58.94 58.94 42.28
2030 1141269 175.81 485.9 0.426 177353.5 226.212 86.7 60.76 60.76 43.59
2031 1161666 178.09 501 0.431 182865 233.241 89.4 62.65 62.65 44.95
2032 1182469 180.41 516.6 0.437 188559 240.504 92.1 64.60 64.60 46.34
2033 1203689 182.75 532.8 0.443 194472 248.046 95.0 66.63 66.63 47.80
2034 1225337 185.13 549.4 0.448 200531 255.774 98.0 68.70 68.70 49.29
2035 1247423 187.54 566.6 0.454 206809 263.782 101.1 70.85 70.85 50.83
2036 1269958 189.97 584.3 0.460 213269.5 272.022 104.2 73.07 73.07 52.42
Year Projected Per capita per waste Per capita Total waste Biodegradable Recyclable Combustible Inert Drain SIlt
Population year quantity generation quantity in
generation in MT/ (in kgs/ MT/ Year
with 1.3 % Day Day)
increase per
capita per year
as per MoUD
guidelines
2037 1292954 192.44 602.6 0.466 219949 280.541 107.5 75.36 75.36 54.06
2038 1316424 193.5015 621.5 0.472 226847.5 289.340 110.8 77.72 77.72 55.76
2039 1340378 195.6626 641.1 0.478 234001.5 298.465 114.3 80.17 80.17 57.51
2040 1364830 197.8236 661.2 0.484 241338 307.823 117.9 82.68 82.68 59.32
2041 1389793 199.9847 682.1 0.491 248966.5 317.553 121.7 85.30 85.30 61.19
2042 1415280 202.1458 703.6 0.497 256814 327.562 125.5 87.99 87.99 63.12
2043 1441305 204.3068 725.9 0.504 264953.5 337.944 129.5 90.77 90.77 65.12
2044 1467882 206.4679 748.9 0.510 273348.5 348.652 133.6 93.65 93.65 67.18
2045 1495027 208.629 772.6 0.517 281999 359.685 137.8 96.61 96.61 69.31
Annexure No.3
CHEMICAL CHARACTERISATION OF
WARANGAL MSW
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------
Annexure No.4
Existing Vehicles Status Report Provided

By Warangal Corporation
Annexure 4 DETAILS OF EXISTING VEHICLES USED FOR PRIMARY, SECONDARY COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION (OWN VEHICLES ONLY)OF SOLID
WASTE MANAGEMENT AS ON 31.08.2016
S.No Name of the Type of the Vehicle Registration Year of Average KMs Condition Remarks
ULB Vehicle Number Purchase per day (working/ under
repair/not
working)
31 Warangal Push Cart NA NA
Tricycle NA NA
Auto-1 AP 36 Y 8383 2010 0 Under Repair
Auto -2 AP 36 Y 8384 2010 30 Running
Auto -3 AP 36 Y 8385 2010 30 Running
Auto -4 AP 36 Y 8386 2010 0 Under Repair
Auto -5 AP 36 Y 8387 2010 30 Running
Auto -6 AP 36 Y 8389 2010 30 Running
Auto -7 AP 36 Y 8390 2010 0 Scrap
Auto -8 AP 36 Y 8391 2010 30 Running
Auto -11 AP 36 Y 3267 2010 0 Scrap
Auto -13 AP 36 Y 3269 2010 0 Scrap
Auto -14 AP 36 Y 3270 2010 0 Scrap
Auto -15 AP36X7877 2010 0 Under Repair
Auto -16 AP36TB2369 2010 30 Running
Auto -17 AP36Y8465 2010 30 Running
DOZER TRACTOR-1 AP 36 TB 2176 2006 30 Running
FURGUSION AP 36 Y 8234 2009 0 Under Repair
TRACTOR-1
FURGUSION AP 36 Y 8238 2009 60 Running
TRACTOR-2
repair/not
working)
TRACTOR-3
TRACTOR-4
TRACTOR-5
TRACTOR-6
TRACTOR-7
TRACTOR-8
HMT TRACTOR-1 AP 36 TA 1850 2011 60 Running
HMT TRACTOR-9 AP 36 Y 9929 2009 60 Running
HMT TRACTOR-10 AP 36 Y 9930 2009 0 Under Repair
repair/not
working)
POWERTRAC AP 36 Y 8545 2009 60 Running
TRACTOR-1
TRACTOR-2
POWERTRAC AP 36 Y8569 2009 60 Running
TRACTOR-3
TRACTOR-4
POWERTRAC AP 36 TA 5810 2011 60 Running
TRACTOR-5
TRACTOR-6
TRACTOR-7
TRACTOR-8
TRACTOR-9
SWARAJ MAZDA AP 36 TB 2189 2006 60 Running
SKY LIFT
COMPACTOR AP 36 TA 6852 2011 60 Running
COMPACTOR AP 36 TA 7012 2011 60 Running
COMPACTOR AP 36 TB 1690 2011 60 Running
COMPACTOR TS 03 UA 5822 2014 60 Running
repair/not
working)
SWARAJ MAZDA AP 36 X 4145 2007 60 Running
TIPPER
SWARAJ MAZDA AP 36 X 4146 2007 0 Under Repair
TIPPER
SWARAJ MAZDA AP 36 X 4147 2007 60 Running
TIPPER
TIPPER
TIPPER
SWARAJ MAZDA AP 36 TB 2197 2007 0 Under Repair
TIPPER
TIPPER
TIPPER
TATA DUMPER AP 36 TB 1547 2011 60 Running
PLACER
TATA DUMPER AP 36 TB 1548 2011 0 Under Repair
PLACER
TATA DUMPER AP 36 TB 1549 2011 60 Running
PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
repair/not
working)
DUMPER PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
SWARAJ MAZDA AP 36 TB 2196 2007 0 Scrap
DUMPER PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
SWARAJ MAZDA AP 36 TB 2204 2007 0 Scrap
DUMPER PLACER
DUMPER PLACER
JCB-Excavator AP36AA7628 2006 0 Under Repair
JCB-Robot Skid 2011 0 Under Repair
steer
JCB-Robot Skid 2011 0 Under Repair
steer
Annexure No.5
Quotation for Proposed Infrastructure

Annexure 4: Quotation for Proposed Infrastructure



















Annexure No.6
Laying & Installation Method for Geo
Synthetic Clay Liner
Annexure 6: Lying & Installation Method for Geo Synthetic Clay Liner
Landfill Base Preparation (Sub grade preparation):

After completion of excavation, requisite spot elevations and slopes shall be ensured for base preparation
and laying of liners.
The landfill liners are installed beneath and on side of the waste fill area to control the movement of leachate
in vertical and lateral direction. Liners comprise of geo-synthetic clay liners (GCL) or synthetic geomembrane
and clay, or reworked soils of low permeability to form a barrier for leachate movement away from the
landfill. Components of a liner system should have low permeability, should be durable and should be
resistant to chemical attack, puncture and rupture.
The proposed liner system will comprise of reworked native soils or soil / waste layers, above which a geo-
synethic clay liner (GCL) will be, placed which in turn is overlain by geomembrane liner. A GCL layer is
preferred in order to reduce the baseliner thickness and at same time maintain required low permeability
layer beneath the waste fill.
Sub grade preparation:

Sub grade surfaces consisting of granular soils or gravel may not be acceptable due to their large void fraction
and puncture potential. In high head (greater than one foot) applications sub grade soils should possess a
particle size distribution such that at least 80 percent of the soil is finer than a #60 sieve (0.250 mm).
When the GCL is placed over an earthen subgrade, the subgrade surface must be in accordance with the
project specifications. Engineer’s approval of the subgrade must be obtained prior to installation. The
finished surface should be firm and unyielding, without abrupt elevation changes, voids, cracks, or standing
water.
The subgrade surface must be smooth and free of vegetation, sharp-edged rocks, stones, sticks, construction
debris, and other foreign matter that could contact the GCL. The subgrade should be rolled with a smooth-
drum compactor to remove any wheel ruts, footprints, or other abrupt grade changes.
Furthermore, all protrusions extending more than 0.5 inch (12 mm) from the subgrade surface shall be
removed, crushed, or pushed into the surface with a smooth-drum compactor.
Supply and Installation of Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL)

A Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL) is suggested on top of the finished soil layer. This is important, as the base
liner of the landfill must be constructed in such a way that it should take about 25 years for any percolated
leachate to pass through it. The GCL shall consist of a layer of granular sodium bentonite clay needle punched
between two geotextiles. Bentonite shall be a high-swelling sodium bentonite, with a minimum swell index
of 24 mL/2g and a maximum fluid loss of 18 ml. Bentonite shall have a granular consistency (1 percent max.
ibution throughout the GCL and minimal edge loss during
handling and installation. The moisture content of the bentonite in the finished GCL shall be between 20 and
40 percent, to ensure uniform bentonite distribution, consistent needle punch density, and adequate
electrical conductivity to maximize leak location survey sensitivity. GCL shall be needle punch-reinforced,
with a minimum peel strength of 6.5 N/cm. To maximize large-displacement shear strength, GCL
reinforcement shall be achieved solely through needle punching, without any supplemental heat treatment.
The GCL shall have seam test data from an independent laboratory showing that the seam flow with a
grooved cut in the nonwoven geotextile is less than 1 x 10-8 m3/m2/s at 13.8 kPa hydraulic pressure.
GCL CERTIFIED PROPERTIES
TEST
GEOTEXTILE PROPERTIES TEST METHOD REQUIRED VALUES
FREQUENCY
Woven geotextile mass per area ASTM D 5261 20,000 m2 140 g/m2 average
Non-woven geotextile mass per
ASTM D 5261 10,000 m2 200 g/m2 average
area
TEST
BENTONITE PROPERTIES TEST METHOD REQUIRED VALUES
FREQUENCY
Bentonite Moisture API 13 A 1 per 50 tonnes 14% max.
Bentonite Swell Index ASTM D 5890 1 per 50 tonnes 24 ml/2g min.
Bentonite Fluid Loss ASTM D 5891 1 per 50 tonnes 18 ml max.
TEST
GCL PROPERTIES TEST METHOD REQUIRED VALUES
FREQUENCY
4.8 kg/m2 min. @ 12%
Bentonite Mass/Area2 ASTM D 5993 6,000 m2
4.29 kg/m2 min. @ 0%
GCL Tensile Strength3 ASTM D 6768 6,000 m2 10 kN/m MARV
GCL Peel Strength3 ASTM D 6496 6,000 m2 6.5 N/cm min.
2
CBR Puncture Strength EN ISO 12236 25,000 m 1.6 KN min.
GCL Index Flux4 ASTM D 5887 Weekly 1 x 10-8 m3/m2/sec max.
GCL Hydraulic Conductivity4 ASTM D 5887 Weekly 5 x 10-11 m/sec max.
Shipping, Unloading and Storage

All lot and roll numbers should be recorded and compared to the packing list. Each roll of GCL should also be
visually inspected during unloading to determine if any packaging has been damaged. Damage, whether
obvious or suspected, should be recorded and marked.
Major damage suspected to have occurred during transit should be reported immediately to the carrier and
to the manufacturer. The nature of the damage should also be indicated on the bill of lading with the specific
lot and roll numbers.
The party directly responsible for unloading the GCL should refer to the manual prior to shipment to ascertain
the appropriateness of their unloading equipment and procedures. Unloading and on-site handling of the
GCL should be supervised to ensure these goals are achieved. Roll dimensions and weights will vary with the
dimensions of the product ordered.
In most cases, GCLs are delivered on flatbed trucks. There 3 methods of unloading – Core pipe, Spreader bar
and Slings or Stringer bar. To unload the rolls from the flatbed, insert the core pipe through the roll. This may
require removal of the core plug, which should be replaced after the roll is unloaded. Secure the lifting straps
or chains to each end of the core pipe, and to the spreader bar mounted on the Lifting equipment. Hoist the
roll straight up; make sure its weight is evenly distributed so that it does not tilt or sway when lifted.
GCLs are also delivered in closed shipping containers. To remove the roll from the container, it is best to
utilize a forklift mounted with a "stinger" attachment. Guide the stinger as far as possible through the core
and lift the roll up and out of the container.
Rolls should be stacked in a manner that prevents them from sliding or rolling from the stacks. This can be
accomplished by frequent chocking of the bottom layer of rolls. Rolls should be stacked no higher than the
height at which the spreader bar assembly can be safely handled by labourers (typically no higher than four).
Rolls should never be stacked on end.
Rolls should be stored at the job site away from high-traffic areas but sufficiently close to the active work
area to minimize handling. The designated storage area should be flat, dry and stable .Moisture protection
of the GCL is provided by its packaging; however, an additional tarpaulin or plastic sheet is recommended.
Installation of GCL
GCL rolls should be taken to the working area of the site in their original packaging. Prior to deployment, the
packaging should be carefully removed without damaging the GCL. The orientation of the GCL (i.e., which
side faces up) may be important if the GCL has two different geotextiles. Unless otherwise specified,
however, the GCL should be installed such that the product name printed on one side of the GCL faces up.
Equipment that could damage the GCL should not be allowed to travel directly on it. Acceptable installation,
therefore, may be accomplished such that the GCL is unrolled in front of the backwards-moving equipment.
If the installation equipment causes rutting of the subgrade, the subgrade must be restored to its originally
accepted condition before placement continues.
If sufficient access is available; GCL may be deployed by suspending the roll at the top of the hill with a group
of labourers pulling the material off of the roll and down the slope.
GCL rolls should not be released on the slope and allowed to unroll freely by gravity.
Care must be taken to minimize the extent to which the GCL is dragged across the subgrade in order to avoid
damage to the bottom surface of the GCL. A temporary geosynthetic subgrade covering commonly known
as a slip sheet or rub sheet may be used to reduce friction damage during placement.
The GCL should be placed so that seams are parallel to the direction of the slope. End-of-roll seams should
also be Located at least 3 ft. (1 m) from the toe and crest of slopes steeper than 4H: 1V.
ALL GCL panels should lie flat on the underlying surface, with no wrinkles or folds, especially at the exposed
edges of the panels.
The GCL should not be installed in standing water or during rainy weather. Only as much GCL shall be
deployed as can be covered at the end of the working day with soil, a geomembrane, or a temporary
waterproof tarpaulin. The GCL shall not be left uncovered overnight. If the GCL is hydrated when no confining
stress is present, it may be necessary to remove and replace the hydrated material. The project engineer and
CQA inspector should be consulted for specific guidance if premature hydration occurs.
Anchorage
The end of the GCL roll should be placed in an anchor trench at the top of a slope. The front edge of the
trench should be rounded to eliminate any sharp corners that could cause excessive stress on the GCL. Loose
soil should be removed or compacted into the floor of the trench.
Anchorage should be as per the project drawings and specifications. In case of difficulty, the Project Manager
should be contacted for his instructions.
If a trench is used for anchoring the end of the GCL, soil backfill should be placed in the trench to provide
resistance against pull out. The size and shape of the trench, as well as the appropriate backfill procedures,
should be in accordance with the project drawings and specifications.
Seaming
GCL seams are constructed by overlapping their adjacent edges. Care should be taken to ensure that the
overlap zone is not contaminated with loose soil or other debris. In some types of GCL’s supplemental
bentonite in granular form may be required for seaming. This should be provided as per the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Unless otherwise specified, the minimum dimension of the longitudinal overlap should be 6 inches (150 mm).
End-of-roll overlapped seams should be similarly constructed, but the minimum overlap should measure 24
inches (600 mm).
Seams at the ends of the panels should be constructed such that they are shingled in the direction of the
grade to prevent the potential for runoff flow to enter the overlap zone. End panel overlap seams on slopes
are not permissible.
End of panel seams are constructed first by overlapping the adjacent panels, exposing the underlying edge,
and then applying a continuous bead or fillet of granular sodium bentonite (supplied with the GCL) along a
zone defined by the edge of the underlying panel and the 12-inch (300 mm) Line. The minimum application
rate at which the bentonite is applied is one-quarter pound per linear foot (0.4 kg/m).
Seaming Around Penetrations & Structures

Cutting the GCL should be performed using a sharp utility knife. Frequent blade changes are recommended
to avoid irregular tearing of the geotextile components of the GCL during the cutting process.
The GCL should be sealed around penetrations and structures embedded in the subgrade. Granular
bentonite or bentonite mastic shall be used liberally (approx. 2 Lbs. /ln ft. or 3 kg/m) to seal the GCL to these
structures.
When the GCL is placed over an earthen subgrade, a "notch" should be excavated into the sub-grade around
the penetration. The notch should then be backfilled with granular bentonite or bentonite mastic.
A secondary GCL layer of 300 mm overlap should also be placed to avoid any leakages. The granular
bentonite should be applied between the 1st and the 2nd GCL layers.
When the GCL is terminated at a structure or wall that is embedded into the subgrade on the floor of the
containment area, the subgrade should be notched as described above. The notch is filled with bentonite,
and the GCL should be placed over the notch and up against the structure. The connection to the structure
can be accomplished by placement of soil or stone backfill in this area.
Annexure No.7
Technical Specifications for Sanitary
Landfill
Annexure 7: Technical Specifications for Sanitary Landfill

1.0.0 PREPARATION OF WORK AREA / CLEARING SITE
1.1.0 Scope
This section covers site preparation of the area as indicated in the drawings.
1.2.0 General Requirements
All laboratory equipments and materials required for complete performance of the work in
accordance with the drawings and specifications herein.
1.3.0 Clearing Site
Clearing and grubbing operations shall be performed in the entire landfill area. The sites should
be cleared of all vegetation, rubbish and all other objectionable or organic matter such as
dismantling of RCC, PCC, Brick work, RR masonry and structural steel of abandoned above
ground and underground structures along with abandoned cables pipes etc. Trees of specified
girth and/or any other cleared material shall be stockpiled and handed over to the Engineer-in-
Charge or disposed as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.0.0 STRIPPING
2.1.0 Scope
This section of the specification covers stripping of foundation for embankment and in the
landfill area as described herein:
2.2.0 General Requirement
The implementing agency shall furnish all labour, equipment and materials--required for
complete performance of the work in accordance with the drawings and as described herein.
2.3.0 Stripping of foundations
The entire area of embankment and landfill area as shown in the drawings shall be stripped to
0.15 meter as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge to remove all unsuitable materials. In the
portion of the embankment where ground slope is steep the stripping shall be done in a fashion
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
The unsuitable materials shall include all debris, vegetable matter including roots, weathered
and disintegrated rocks, organic silts materials, that are unsuitable for use in the permanent
construction or that might interfere with the proper binding of the embankment with the
foundation, or the proper compaction of the materials in the embankment, or that may be
otherwise objectionable.
The stripping shall be kept far enough in advance of other items of works to ensure that no
undesirable material will get mixed with approved embankment material and to allow for
inspection and measurement.
Materials from stripping operations shall be deposited on either side of the embankment away
from the heel and toe of the embankment and unsuitable material shall be disposed off beyond
50 m but upto a lead of 500 m to an area identified by the Engineer-in-Charge
Should the excavation be done deeper by error, the same shall be made good by filling the same
with approved earth and properly compacted so that the required formation level is obtained at
the Implementing agency's cost except in areas where further excavation is required for laying
clay foundation. In such cases the extra excavation under stripping may be considered under
excavation if approved by Engineer-in-Charge
3.0.0 EXCAVATION & FILLING WORK
3.1.0 Scope
3.1.1 This section of specification covers the technical requirements for excavation and filling in and
around structures, pipes trenches, wall foundations, pits, drains and similar works. This also
covers filling areas and plinth with selected materials, conveyance and disposal of surplus soils
and/or stacking them properly as directed by Engineer-in-Charge
3.1.2 Existing trees, shrubs, any other plants, pole, lines, signs, monuments, buildings, pipelines,
drains, sewers, facilities within or adjacent to the works being carried out which are not to be
disturbed shall be protected from damage by the Implementing agency. The implementing
agency shall provide and install suitable safeguards approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for this
purpose.
3.1.3 During excavation, the implementing agency shall take all necessary precautions against soil
erosion, water and environmental pollution and where required undertake additional works to
achieve this objective. Before start of operations, the implementing agency shall submit to the
Engineer-in-Charge for approval, his work plan and procedure he intends to follow for disposal
of waste material etc. and the schedule for carrying out temporary and permanent works.
However, the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall not absolve the implementing agency of
his responsibility for safe and sound work.
3.2.0 Excavation in Soil
3.2.1 Sides and bottoms of excavation shall be sharp and true to line and level. Undercutting shall not
be permitted. When machines are used for excavation, the last 300 mm before reaching the
required level shall be excavated manually or by such equipment, such that soil at the required
final level will be left in its natural condition. Suitability of strata (at the bottom of excavations)
for laying the foundation there on shall be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.2.2 The bottom of all excavations shall be trimmed to required levels.
3.2.3 Necessary arrangements i.e. Cofferdams, sheeting, shoring, bracing, maintaining, suitable
slopes, draining etc. shall be provided and installed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge
3.2.4 Any water collected in excavated pits and other areas due to rain water/ground water, sludge’s,
springs etc shall have to be constantly pumped out and maintain dry working conditions at all
times until the excavation, placement of foundation/liner arrangement, backfilling etc. is
completed. All slush/ muck from the excavated areas shall be removed to keep the work area
dry.
3.2.5 All materials shall be removed arising from excavations from the vicinity to the work either for
direct filling, stacking and subsequent filling or for ultimate disposal as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge. In no case shall the excavated soil be stacked within a distance of 1.5 m from the edge
of excavation or one-third the depth the excavation whichever is more. Material to be used for
filling shall be kept separately.
3.3.0 Rock Excavation
3.3.1 Rock, when encountered, shall be removed up to the formation/bed level or as otherwise
indicated on the Drawings. Where, however, unstable shale’s or other unsuitable materials are
encountered at the formation/bed level, these shall be excavated to the extent of 500 mm below
the formation/bed level or otherwise specified. In all cases; the excavation operations shall be
so carried out that at no point on cut formation/bed the rock protrudes above the specified
levels.
3.3.2 Where excavation is done to levels lower than those specified, the excess excavation shall be
made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge
3.3.3 Slopes in rock cutting shall be finished to uniform lines corresponding to slope lines shown on
the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all loose pieces of
rock on excavated slope surface which move when pierced by the crowbar shall be removed.
3.4.0 Carriage of excavated materials beyond the initial lead of 50 M
3.4.1 The disposal/stacking areas for excavated materials shall be indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The carriage of excavated materials shall be done by the methods mentioned below:
1. The excavated materials shall be carried beyond the initial lead of 50 m but up to 500 m by
manual/animal labor or by mechanical means. If directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, this
material shall be used directly for filling purposes.
2. For leads exceeding 500 m, the implementing agency shall transport the excavated materials
by mechanical means or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, Nellore Municipal
Corporation. The Implementing agency shall allow for movements on Kuchha road etc.
Providing and maintaining Kuchha road shall be responsibility of the implementing agency.
3. The transported material shall be neatly stacked and dressed as directed by Engineer-in-
Charge
3.5.0 Filling
3.5.1 Materials
Materials to be used for filling purpose shall be selected excavated material free from shingle,
salts, organic materials, large roots and excessive amount of sod, lumps, concrete or any other
foreign substances, which could harm or impair the strength of the substructure in any manner.
In any case, the materials to be used for filling purpose shall have the prior written approval of
the Engineer-in-Charge
3.5.2 Filling Procedure
1. After completion of foundation, footings, walls and other construction below the elevation
of the final grades, and prior to filling, all temporary shoring, timber etc. shall be sequentially
removed and excavation cleaned of all trash, debris, and perishable materials. Filling shall
begin with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge Also areas identified for filling shall be
cleared of all soft pockets, vegetation, bushes, slush etc. In case of plinth and similar filling,
the ground shall be dressed and consolidated by ramming and light rolling.
2. Filling materials shall not be dropped directly upon or against any structure or facility where
there is danger of displacement or damage. Filling shall be started after the concrete
masonry has fully set and shall be carried in such a manner so as not to cause any undue
lateral thrust on any part of the structure.
3. All space between foundation (concrete or masonry) and the sides of excavation shall be
filled to the original surface after making allowance for settlement. Fill shall be placed in
horizontal layers not exceeding 200 mm loose thickness. Each layer shall be watered and
compacted with proper moisture content and with such equipment as may be required to
obtain a compaction/density as specified.
4. Fill adjacent to pipes shall be free of stones, concrete etc. and shall be hand placed and
compacted uniformly on both sides of the pipe and where practicable up to a minimum
depth of 300 mm over the top of pipes. While tamping around the pipes, care should be
taken to avoid unequal pressure.
5. Filling shall be accurately finished to line, slope, cross section and grade as shown on the
drawings. Finished surface shall be free of irregularities and depressions and shall be within
20 mm of the specified level.
3.5.3 Compaction
1. Compaction to 95% Standard Proctor Density shall be done by mechanical means only.
Where access is possible, compaction shall be by 8 to 10 tonnes rollers smooth wheeled,
sheep foot or wobbly wheeled as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge smaller weight roller
may be permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. In special cases, but in any case not less than
6 passes of the roller will be accepted for each layer. Each layer shall be wetted or the
material dried by aeration to moisture content of 3-5% above the optimum moisture content
to be determined by the Implementing agency. Each layer shall be watered, rammed and
compacted to the density as required.
2. For compacting each sand layer, water shall be sprayed over it to flood it and it shall be kept
flooded for 24 hours to ensure maximum compaction. Vibro-compactors shall also be used
if necessary to obtain the required degree of compaction. Any temporary works required to
contain sand under flooded condition shall also be undertaken. The surface of the
consolidated sand shall be dressed to required levels or slope.
3. The degree of compaction of compacted fill in place will be subjected to tests by the
Engineer-in-Charge as the work progresses, and the Implementing agency shall provide the
necessary facilities to make such tests. If any test indicates that the compaction achieved is
less than the specified degree of compaction, the Engineer-in-Charge, Nellore Municipal
Corporation may require all fill placed subsequent to the last successful test to be removed
and re-compacted by the Implementing agency. Compaction procedure shall be amended
as necessary to obtain satisfactory results.
3.6.0 Sampling, Testing and Quality Control
3.6.1 General
1. The Implementing agency shall carry out all sampling and testing in accordance with the
relevant Indian Standards and/or International Standards and shall conduct such tests as are
called for by the Engineer-in-Charge. Where no specific testing procedure is mentioned, the
tests shall be carried out as per the prevalent accepted engineering practice to the directions
of the Engineer-in-Charge. Tests shall be done in the field and at a laboratory approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge and the implementing agency shall submit to the Engineer-in-
Charge, the test results in triplicate within three days after completion of a test. The
Engineer-in-Charge may, at his discretion, waive some of the stipulations given below, for
small and unimportant operations.
2. In case, work found unsuitable for acceptance shall be removed and replaced by the
Implementing agency. Such work shall be redone as per specification requirements and to
the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.0.0 EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES
4.1.0 Scope
This section of the specification covers excavation of trenches for laying HDPE pipes underneath
the embankment and other cross drainage works.
4.2.0 General
The Implementing agency shall furnish all labour, equipment and materials required for
complete performance of the work in accordance with the drawings. Schedule of items and as
described herein.
4.3.0 Excavation for trench
Drawings for trenches shall be prepared by the bidder and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Trenches as shown in the drawing shall be excavated below the foundation grade and the slopes
of the excavation shall be as indicated in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The alignment and cross-section shown in the drawings will be subject to such changes as may
be found necessary by conditions disclosed during the excavation. Excavation of trench shall be
carried out in a manner as specified under the clause for the item of "Excavation & Filling work".
Material excavated from the trenches shall, if suitable, be used in the embankment after stock
piling as directed. The suitability or otherwise of the material shall be determined by laboratory
tests. Material excavated from trench shall not be placed in the embankment till the foundation
for the embankment has been cleared, stripped and prepared as specified and adequate
arrangements made for watering and rolling the layers of earth fill in the embankment.
5.0.0 BORROW AREAS
5.1.0 Scope
All materials required for the embankments which are not available from trench excavation or
from other excavations shall be obtained from approved designated borrow areas. The
impervious material required for foundation shall be brought from any approved borrow areas.
The depths of cut in all parts of the borrow areas will be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge
depending on the level of water table at the time of excavation and the cuts shall be made to
such depths only. The excavation in borrow areas shall not be done below the water table. The
type of equipment used and the operation in the excavation of materials in borrow areas shall
be of such type that will produce the required uniformity of mixture of materials for the
embankment.
Borrow area shall be opened so as not to impair the usefulness or mar the appearance of any
part of the work or any other property. The excavation surfaces and surface of waste materials
shall be left in a reasonably smooth and even condition. 'When the borrow area is located
contiguous to the embankment alignment then it must be ensured that the borrow area shall
not be opened within a distance of five times the height of embankment contiguous to the heel
or the toe of the embankment or 25 meter whichever is more.
The material required for embankment construction and liner foundation shall be free of
admixture of stiff clay, refuse, stumps, roots, rock, brush, weeds or other material which would
be detrimental to the proper compaction of materials in the embankment.
5.2.0 Preparation of Borrow Areas
5.2.1 Site clearance
All areas required for borrowing earth for embankment shall be cleared of all rank vegetation
and stumps, roots, bush, rubbish, and other objectionable material. Particular care shall be taken
to exclude all organic matter from the material to be placed in the embankment. All unsuitable
materials including rank vegetation, stumps shall be disposed off as specified elsewhere in this
specification. The cleared, areas shall be maintained free of vegetation growth during the
progress of the work. The unsuitable materials will be filled back, after borrowing earth for
earthen embankment construction, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
5.2.2 Stripping of Borrow Areas
Borrow areas shall be stripped of topsoil, sod and any other matter which is unsuitable for the
embankment construction. Materials from stripping shall be disposed off up to a lead of 500 m
at a place and in manner at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge and as directed by him. The
depth of stripping shall be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge depending upon the nature of
topsoil and the vegetation present.
5.2.3 Borrow Area Watering / Dewatering
The natural moisture content of material in the borrow areas as well as the optimum moisture
content corresponding to the Proctor's maximum dry density for the material in the particular
borrow area shall be obtained from laboratory tests. Additional moisture if required shall be
introduced into the borrow area by watering well in advance of excavation, to ensure uniformity
of moisture content. If in any borrow area before or during excavation there is excess moisture,
steps shall be taken to reduce the moisture by the selective excavation to secure the materials
of required moisture by excavating drainage ditches, by allowing adequate time for drying or by
other means. To avoid formation of pools in the borrow areas during excavation operations,
drainage ditches from borrow areas to the nearest outlets shall be excavated.
6.0.0 CAST-IN-SITU CEMENT CONCRETE
6.1.0 Scope
This section of the specification deals with cast-in-situ cement concrete plain or reinforced for
Leachate collection sump, leak detection sump and other miscellaneous items as shown in the
drawings and covers the requirements for concrete materials, their properties, storage, handing,
grading, concrete mix design, strength and quality, pouring at all levels, testing, protection,
curing, finishing, admixtures, and other associated works.

The provision of latest IS: 456 shall be complied with unless permitted otherwise and any other
Indian Standards Codes shall form the part of the specification to the extent it has been referred
to or applicable within this specification.
The Implementing agency shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to form, place, and
compact and finish all structural concrete, plain concrete works for general and architectural
works and miscellaneous items complete as indicated on the drawings and as described herein.
6.3.0 Materials
6.3.1 Materials Properties
1. Aggregates
For reinforced concrete work, aggregate conforming to IS: 383 & 2386 having a maximum
size of 20 mm shall be used. However for lean concrete maximum size up to 40mm shall be
used.
Aggregates (coarse or fine) with a specific gravity below 2.6 shall not be used without special
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. Machine-made sand will be acceptable provided the
constituent is sound, hard, and dense and is acceptable to the Engineer-in-Charge. Sand
natural gravel and crushed rock shall be prepared for use by such screening or washing or
both, as necessary to remove all objectionable foreign matter.
2. Water
Water used for mixing and curing concrete shall be clean and free from injurious amounts
of oils, acids, alkalis, sugar, organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to
concrete or steel. Potable water is generally considered satisfactory for mixing concrete.
6.3.2 Storage & Handling of Materials
IS: 4082 shall be followed as a general guidance for storage and handling of construction
materials at site and IS: 7969 shall be followed for safety measures.
1. Cement
The cement shall be stored in leak proof, weatherproof enclosed sheds. Different
consignments of different types of cement shall be stacked separately with clear identifiable
stack numbers. Cement consignments shall be stored as received and shall be consumed in
the order of their delivery. The implementing agency shall make their own arrangement for
the storage of adequate quantity of cement.
2. Aggregates
Coarse and fine aggregates shall be stored separately on brick soling or on an equivalent
platform. The stack height of coarse aggregates shall not exceed 120 cm to avoid coning and
segregation.
6.3.3 Grades of Concrete
All concrete used for RCC work shall be of minimum M 25 grade design mix and in grades
designated as specified in Drawing.
6.3.4 Nominal Mix Concrete

Nominal mix concrete shall be used only for plain cement concrete works and where shown on
drawings or specifically allowed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Such concrete shall not require
preparation of trial mixes and all such concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer. A
proportion for nominal mix concrete shall be according to Table-9 of IS: 456-2000. In addition
standard proportion by volume shall be used wherever specified.
6.3.5 Design Mix Concrete
Design mix concrete shall only be used for all reinforced concrete works, except where specified
otherwise or specially permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. The mix proportion for all grades of
concrete shall be designed to obtain, the required workability and the characteristic strength
not less than the appropriate values given in Table 1 below, using standard deviation specified
in IS: 10262. The minimum value of target strength of design mix of various grades of concrete
shall be as per Table 1 below considering the quality control as ‘good’ as specified in IS: 10262.
However, the Engineer-in-Charge may allow changing the target strength values based on
adequate numbers of works test results.
Table 1: GRADE OF CONCRETE
Grade Designation
Compressive strength of a 15 cm cube at 28 days (in N/Sq.mm)
of concrete
Preliminary Test Strength or Characteristic strength on

(Target strength of trial mix) works cubes
(N/mm2) (N/mm2)
M-15 20.8 15
M-20 27.6 20
M-25 33.7 25
M-30 39.9 30
M-35 45.4 35
In designing the mix proportions of concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregate shall
be determined by mass. The Engineer-in-Charge may allow the quantity of aggregates to be
determined by equivalent volume basis after the relationship between the weight and volume
is well established by trial and the same shall be verified frequently.
Water shall be either measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed. All measuring
equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable condition, and their accuracy
periodically checked.
To keep the water cement ratio to the designed value, allowance shall be made for moisture
contents in both fine and coarse aggregates and determination of the same shall be made in
accordance with IS: 2386 (Part-III) as frequently as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
6.4.0 Mix Design
Preliminary tests/trial mix as specified or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be carried

out sufficiently ahead of the actual commencement of the work, to arrive at the grading of
aggregates, water cement ratio, workability and the quantity of cement required to give
Preliminary (target) compressive strength as specified in Table 1.
Minimum cement contents, from durability consideration, for different exposures and sulphate
attack shall be as per IS: 456. In case higher value is obtained from trial mixes from strength
consideration, same shall be provided.
At least four trial mixes shall be made and minimum six test cubes shall be taken from each trial
mix noting the slump for each type of mix. The cubes shall then be properly cured and three
cubes for each mix shall be tested in a laboratory (approved by Engineer-in-Charge) at 7 days
and remaining three at 28 days for compressive strength.
The implementing agency shall submit the test reports for mix design to the Engineer-in-Charge,
indicating design criteria analysis and proportions of materials etc. The mix proportion by mass
and water cement ratio determined on the basis of above reports shall yield the concrete with
desired characteristic strength & suitable workability. The mix design to be adopted on the works
shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.5.0 Workability
The workability of concrete shall be checked at frequent intervals. Workability of concrete

measured in accordance with IS: 1199 shall be recorded with corresponding compressive
strength results.
The degree of workability necessary to allow the concrete to be well compacted and to be
worked into the corners of form work and around the reinforcement to give the required surface
finish shall depend upon the type and nature of the structure and shall be based on experience
and tests. The limits of consistency for various types of structures, shall be in accordance with
IS: 1199.
6.6.0 Batching and mixing plant
A modern dependable batching and mixing plant with two mixers each of 20 cum. /hr. capacity
preferable tilting type capable of producing concrete of specified quality and output required to
meet the schedule shall be installed at a centralized location with the approval of the Engineer-
in-Charge. Transporting, handling, and placing equipment shall be provided at a location in a
manner approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The concrete batching and mixing plant shall be
completely installed and operated for sufficient length of time prior to scheduled date of
placement of first concrete, to enable the Engineer in Charge to assess the performance for its
satisfaction.
6.7.0 Conveying and Placing Concrete by pumping
6.7.1 Conveying Concrete
The suitably designed concrete will be conveyed by pressure applied by the pump through either
rigid pipe or flexible hose and discharged directly in to the desired area. Requisite number(s) of
modern dependable concrete pump(s) capable of pumping concrete of specified quality/density
at a rate required meeting the schedule, together with a balanced complement of pipe lines,
accessories, sparing parts, power controlled placers, experienced pump operators and
maintenance staff shall also be provided.
The pump shall be of piston type pump with net concrete pumping capacity of not less than 20
m3/hr. at a horizontal distance of 400 m and vertical distance of 30 m. The pumps shall be
designed with adequate protection against adverse usage, shall be insensitive to rough
treatment and operation on construction sites, have sturdy construction and easy to maintain.
Implementing agency shall make necessary standby (by providing additional spare/standby
pumps) or alternate concreting arrangement in the event of failure of pumps.
6.7.2 Placing Concrete
Formwork and reinforcement steel shall be approved in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge

before concrete is placed. The formwork in contact with the concrete shall be cleaned and
thoroughly wetted and treated with an approved composition before placing the concrete. Care
shall be taken that such approved composition is kept out of contact with the reinforcement.
Concrete shall be deposited in its final position without segregation, re-handling or flowing. Care
should be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement or movement of formwork while placing
concrete. Any drop over 180 cm shall have to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Concrete
when deposited shall have a temperature of not less than 4.5 degrees C and not more than 38
degrees C; it shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the
mixer. Once the concrete is deposited in its final position, it shall not be disturbed. IS: 7861
(Part-I) shall be followed for concreting in extreme hot weather.
The placing of concrete shall be a continuous operation with no interruption in excess of 30

minutes between the placing of continuous portion of concrete. Fresh concrete shall not be
placed against concrete which has been in position for more than 30 minutes unless proper
construction joint is formed as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Concrete shall be placed
in continuous horizontal layers of 150 mm or higher thickness as directed before placing the next
layer.
All excavated areas for concreting shall be kept under dry working conditions until such concrete
work is completed. The implementing agency shall make provisions and furnish equipment as
required for such dewatering, subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Concrete shall not ordinarily be placed under water. In unavoidable cases, such concreting shall
be done only with the specific approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for the methods, equipment,
materials and proportions of the mix to be used and relevant clauses of IS: 456 adhered to. No
concrete shall be placed in open while it rains. If there has been any sign of washing of cement
and sand, the concrete shall be entirely removed immediately. Suitable precautions shall be
taken in advance to guard against rains before leaving the fresh concrete unattended.
Slabs, beams and similar members shall be poured in one operation normally. Except where
otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-Charge concrete shall be deposited in horizontal layers,
but it must be ensured that under layer is not already hardened. Bleeding of under layer, if any,
shall be effectively removed. Holes shall be provided and bolts, sleeves, anchors, fastenings or
other fixtures shall be embedded in concrete as shown on the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
After the concrete has been placed, it shall be thoroughly compacted by approved mechanical
vibrators to a maximum subsidence without segregation and shall be thoroughly worked around
reinforcement or other embedded fixtures into the correct form and a shape. Care must be
taken to ensure that the inserts, fixtures, reinforcement and formwork are not displaced or
disturbed during compaction of concrete.
Immersion vibrators shall be a ‘no load’ frequency amplitude and acceleration as per IS: 2505
depending upon the size of the vibrator. Immersion vibrators shall be operated by experienced
men for their use. IS: 3558 shall be followed. Immersion vibrators shall penetrate both the layer
poured and the under layer and shall not be allowed to come in contact with steel
reinforcement, forms and finished surfaces after start of initial set.
These vibrators shall be immersed not more than 450 mm apart and withdrawn when air bubbles
cease to come to the surface. Such vibrators shall in no case be used to push concrete inside the
forms and vibrators shall be withdrawn slowly.
6.7.3 Construction Joints
When the concreting work is to be interrupted, the concrete shall be rebated at joint so such
shape and size as may be required by the Engineer-in-Charge or as shown on the drawings. All
vertical construction joints shall be made with stop boards, which are suitably fixed, for sufficient
lateral rigidity and slotted to allow for the passage of the reinforcement steel. In the case of
water and/or underground structures, water stop of approved material shall be provided if so
specified on the drawings or as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge. Construction joints shall be
provided in positions as shown or described on the drawings. Where it is not described, the
joints shall be in accordance with the following:
1. In a column, the joint shall be formed about 75 mm below the lowest offset of the beams
framing into it.
2. Concrete in a beam shall be placed throughout without a joint, but if the provision of a joint
is unavoidable, the joint shall be vertical and within middle third of the span.
3. A joint in a suspended floor slab shall be vertical, at one quarter point of the span and at
right angle to the principal reinforcement.
4. In forming a joint, concrete shall not be allowed to slope away to a thin edge. The location
of construction joints shall be planned by the Implementing agency well in advance of
pouring and have to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Before fresh concrete is placed, the cement skin of the partially hardened concrete which was
poured earlier shall be thoroughly removed and aggregates shall be exposed by wire brushing,
backing, water jetting or any other approved method, as directed with Engineer-in-Charge The
rough surface shall be thoroughly wetted and surface water shall be removed and shall be
coated with 10-15 mm thick layer of 1:1 freshly mixed cement sand slurry. Care shall be taken
to ensure that the first layer of concrete placed after a construction joint is thoroughly rammed
against the existing layer.
6.7.4 Cleaning and Finishing
All concrete surfaces shall have an even finish, free from honey combs, air bubbles, fins or other
blemishes.
The formwork joints marks and other projections on concrete work exposed to view shall be
rubbed out with carborundum stone and made smooth and air holes, cavities and similar
imperfections shall be first saturated with water and filled with cement sand mortar (1:2) and
cured.
Except where a separate finish is to be applied, or where a trowel finish is called for, horizontal
concrete surface shall be floated and steel troweled after achieving initial set to prevent excess
fine materials from working to the surface.
Concrete surfaces to be subsequently plastered or where brickwork shall be built against it shall
be adequately hacked as soon as the form is stripped off so that proper bond can develop.
6.8.0 Curing and Protection of Concrete
Newly placed concrete shall be protected by approved means from rain, sun, and wind. Concrete
placed below the ground level be protected from falling earth during and after placing. Concrete
placed in ground containing deleterious substances shall be kept free from contact with such
ground or with water draining from such ground during placing of concrete and for a period of
at least three days or as otherwise instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The ground water
around newly poured concrete shall be kept to an approved level by pumping or other approved
means of drainage. Adequate steps shall be taken to protect immature concrete from damage
by debris, excessive loading, shocks, vibration, abrasion, traffic, rapid temperature changes,
mixing with earth or other deleterious material, etc. that may impair the strength and durability
of concrete.
As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently for the surface to be marked, it shall be
covered either with wet sacking, canvas or similar materials and kept continuously wet for at the
discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge, up to fourteen (14) days. Concrete slabs and floors shall be
cured by flooding with water of minimum 25 mm depth for the periods mentioned above.
Masonry work over the foundations concrete may be started after 48 hours of its laying but the
curing of concrete shall be continued for a minimum period of 7 days.
6.9.0 Sampling and Testing Criteria
6.9.1 General
1. Facilities required for sampling & testing materials and concrete in the field and in the
laboratory shall be provided by the Implementing agency. All sampling and testing shall be
done in accordance with relevant Indian Standard and this specification. Tests shall be done
in the field in the presence of the Engineer-in-Charge and the Implementing agency shall
submit the test result in triplicate within 3 days after completion of any test.
2. Concrete samples shall be cured under laboratory conditions, except when in the opinion of
the Engineer-in-Charge extreme weather conditions may prevail at which time the Engineer-
in-Charge may require curing under job conditions.
3. If the “test strength” of the laboratory controlled cubes for any portion of the concrete work
falls below the compressive strength specified, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right
to order a change in the proportions or the water content for the remaining portion of the
structure, and shall have the right to require provisions for temperature and moisture
control, during the period of curing, as necessary to secure the required strength, and may
require re-tests on the basis of core test as given in IS: 456.
4. Concrete found unsuitable for acceptance shall be removed and replaced by the
implementing agency. The work shall be redone as per specification and to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-Charge and at no extra cost to the owner.
5. Rebound hammer test shall be carried out for ascertaining the quality of concrete work, as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
6. Core test shall be done as described in IS: 516. The number of cores required shall be as
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be represented of whole of the concrete
concerned. In no case, however, shall fewer than three cores be tested.
Concrete in the member represented by a core test shall be considered acceptable if the average
equivalent cube strength of the cores is equal to at least 85 percent of the cube strength of the
grade of concrete specified for the corresponding age and no individual core has strength less
than 75 percent.
6.9.2 Sampling of Concrete
Sampling from fresh concrete shall be taken according to IS: 1199 tested as per IS: 516. Normally
only compressive test shall be performed but the Engineer-in-Charge may require other tests to
be performed in accordance with IS: 516.
1. Trial Mixes
At least four trial mixes shall be made with, minimum 6 test cubes for each.
2. Works Tests
a. The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be according to

clause 15.2.2 of IS: 456-2000. However, after getting continuous satisfactory results and
in the case of voluminous concrete works, the Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion
reduce the frequency of sampling.
b. For each grade of concrete, and for each 8 hours (shift) of work or part thereof, at least
one sample consisting of six specimens shall be taken from each 50 cum. Of concrete or
part thereof, 3 specimens shall be tested at 7 days and remaining 3 shall be tested at 28
days. However, in all cases, the 28 days compressive strength shall alone be the criterion
for acceptance or rejection.
To control the consistency of concrete from every mixing plant, slump tests and/or compaction
factor tests in accordance with IS: 1199 shall be carried out by the implementing agency every
two hours or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Slumps corresponding to the test specimens
shall be recorded for reference.
The strength of sample shall be the average of the strength of three specimens. The individual
variation should not be more than  15% of the average.
6.9.3 Acceptance criteria for concrete
The acceptance criteria of concrete shall be in accordance with Clause No. 16 of IS: 456.However,
in exceptional circumstances, the Engineer-in-Charge may at his discretion accept concrete of
lower strength than that specified at reduced rates pro-rata to the strength obtained. The
concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements, if:
1. Every sample has test strength not less than the characteristic value
Or
2. The strength of one or more samples, though less than the characteristic value, in each case
is not less than the greater of:
a. The characteristic strength minus 1.35 times the standard deviation and
b. 0.80 times the characteristic strength: and the average strength of all the samples is not
less than the characteristic strength + [1.65 – 1.65/square root of (No. of Samples)] times
the standard deviation.
6.9.4 Tolerance Limits
Unless otherwise specified, the tolerance in construction shall be as follows:
Description of item/structural element Permissible Deviation in mm
The dimensions of concrete as cast when compared

with those on the drawings shall be within the
tolerance given below:
Faces of concrete in foundation and structural

+ 25 - 10
members against which backfill is placed
Location of footing (for RCC framed structures only) + 25 - 25

2% of footing width of direction
Eccentricity of footing of misplacement but limited to 50
mm + 5
Cross sectional dimensions of walls, slabs and

+5 -5
similar structural elements
Deviation from specified dimensions of cross

+ 12 -6
section of columns and beams
Embedded parts (in any direction) +5 -5
Centers of pockets of grooves with greatest lateral

+ 10 - 10
dimension not exceeding 150 mm
3 mm for every meter subject to

Plumb
a maximum of 10 mm.
7.0.0 FORMWORK AND STAGING
7.1.0 Scope
This section of the specification deals with the requirements for the supply, erection, dismantling
of formwork and staging required for cast-in-situ concrete works including for making pockets.
The implementing agency shall supply, fabricate erect and dismantle (after use) all temporary
and permanent formwork and staging that is required for all activities covered under the
specifications.
7.3.0 Materials
Formwork shall compose of steel, plywood or best quality wood. Timber shall be free from
significant knots and shall be of medium grain as far as possible and hard woods shall be used as
caps. Timber shall be well seasoned, free from sap, worm holes, wraps or other surface defects
and shall smooth finish.
Staging unless specified otherwise shall generally be of mild steel tubes, steel beams and
channels etc. or strong sowbellies 150 mm in diameter or above.
7.4.0 Quality of Formwork and Staging
The forms and staging shall be sufficiently strong to carry without undue deformation, the dead
weight of the concrete and the effects of vibration. The joints in the formwork shall be
sufficiently tight to prevent any leakage of mortar. The formwork shall be such as to ensure a
smooth uniform surface free from honeycombs, air bubbles, bulges, fins and other blemishes.
Bevelled strips 25 x 25 mm shall be provided to form angels and in corners of columns and beam
boxes for chamfering of corners if shown in drawings or directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The implementing agency shall maintain necessary camber in centering for all floor slabs and
beams in all spanning directions, so as to offset the deflection and assume correct shape.
7.5.0 Construction Operation
All form shall be thoroughly cleaned of old concrete, wood shavings, saw dust, dirt and dust
sticking to them before these are fixed in position. Before formwork is placed in position, the
form surface that will be in contact with concrete shall be treated with approved non-staining
oil or composition which is insoluble in water and not injurious to concrete. Care shall be taken
that the oil or composition does not come in contact with reinforcing steel or stain the concrete
surfaces.
7.6.0 Removal of Formwork
The Implementing agency shall begin the removal of formwork only after approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. He shall place on record the dates on which the concrete is placed in
different parts of the work and the dates of the removal of formwork there from. This record
shall be checked and countersigned by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Forms of various types of structural components shall, under normal circumstances, not be
removed before the minimum periods specified in clause 11.3 of IS: 456-2000, which shall also
be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
In normal circumstances and where ordinary Portland cement is used, forms may generally be
removed after the expiry of the following periods, according to clause no. 11.3 of IS:456-2000.
a) Walls, columns and vertical faces of all structural members as 1 to 2 days

directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
b) Slabs (Props left under) 3 days
c) Beams off its (props left under) 7 days
d) Removal of props under slabs
Spanning up to 4.5 M 7 days
Spanning over 4.5 M 14 days
e) Removal of props under Beams

Spanning up to 6 M 14 days
Spanning over 6 M 21 days
f) Cantilever Slabs 14 days
In case PPC/PSC is used instead of OPC, the removal of shuttering/support shall be after 50%
more time from that being applied for OPC unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer-in-
Charge. For concrete temperature above 40 Degree C. Stripping time shall be increased.
7.7.0 Reuse of Forms
Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, holes and leaks satisfactorily
plugged, joints examined and inside surfaces treated as specified herein before. Formwork shall
not be used/reused, if declared unfit or unserviceable by the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.8.0 Dimensional Tolerance for Formwork
Levels and heights  6 mm
Plumb 3 mm for every meter subject to maximum of 10 mm
Unevenness of any surfaces  3 mm
Length or breadth  12 mm
Diagonals  15 mm
8.0.0 REINFORCEMENT
8.1.0 Scope
This section of the specification covers the technical requirements for fabricating and placing in
position of mild steel or High strength deformed steel reinforcement bars for all RCC works as
indicated in the drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The implementing agency shall arrange for transport, fabricate and place reinforcement to
shapes and dimensions as indicated in the approved drawings and specifications and/or as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The reinforcement shall be either mild steel or cold
deformed twisted steel bars conforming to relevant IS specifications as specified in Schedule of
Items and Drawings.
The implementing agency shall prepare bar bending schedules on the basis of information
furnished in the drawings, approved for construction, and submit the same for approval by the
Engineer-in-Charge. No work shall be commenced without the prior approval of the schedule by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
Any adjustments in reinforcement to suit field conditions, construction joint etc., other than
those shown on the drawings shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, before
placing.
8.3.0 Storage and Handling

Reinforcement and structural steel (including steel required for embedment) shall be stored
consignment wise and size wise off the ground by at least 150 mm and protected from rusting,
oil, grease and distortion by providing suitable cover. The storage area shall be such that water
does not accumulate and steel does not get corroded.
8.4.0 Bending and Placing
8.4.1 Bending
Reinforcing bars supplied bent or in coils shall be straightened in cold without damaging the
bars, before these are cut to size.
Reinforcing steel shall be bent in accordance with procedure specified in IS: 2502 and/or as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Bends and shapes shall comply strictly with the dimensions
shown on the approved bar bending schedule and they shall be rechecked by the implementing
agency before bending and he shall be entirely responsible for their correctness. The details of
reinforcement shall be in accordance with IS: 5525 and SP: 34. Welding of bars to obtain
continuity shall not be allowed particularly for cold twisted bars unless specifically approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. If welding is unavoidable, the work shall be carried out as per IS: 2751
and IS: 9417 and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.4.2 Placing in Position
All reinforcement shall be accurately fixed and maintained in position as shown on the drawings
by means of steel chairs and or concrete spacer blocks as per IS:2502. Bars intended to be in
contact and crossing points, shall be securely bound together at all such points by two numbers
annealed steel wire of 1.2 mm size conforming to IS:280.
The vertical distance between successive layers of bars shall be maintained by provision of
spacer bars, and shall be so spaced that the main bars do not sag perceptively between adjacent
spacers.
Laps and anchorage length of reinforcing bars shall be as shown on the drawings and shall be in
accordance with IS: 456.
8.5.0 Cover to Reinforcement
Unless shown otherwise on the drawings, minimum clear concrete cover for reinforcement
(exclusive of plaster or other finishes) shall be as per provisions of IS: 456, subject to minimum
of the following:
For bottom reinforcement in footings, 75 mm, if concrete is laid against the ground or 50 mm if
laid on a layer of lean concrete.
For retaining walls, grade beams, top and sides of footings and similar surfaces exposed to
weather or ground, 50 mm for bars larger than 16 mm and 40 mm for bars up to 16 mm.
For concrete members exposed to the action of harmful chemicals, acids, alkalies, atmosphere,
sulphurous smoke, sea water etc., the cover shall be as shown on the drawings.
For liquid retaining structures 40 mm or diameter of main bar whichever is larger.

Clear distance between reinforcing bars shall be in accordance with IS: 456 or as shown on
approved drawings.
9.0.0 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
9.1.0 Scope
This section of specification covers the technical requirement for supply, fabrication & erection
of structural steel and associated works.
The specification covers structural steel works involving rolled sections, pipes, plates, chequered
plates, beams, fixing of embedded parts.
The implementing agency shall furnish all labour, plant, equipment's, consumables, scaffolding,
tools, tackles, materials etc., required for the completion of work on schedule in accordance with
drawings and as described herein and/or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
9.3.0 Safe working
The implementing agency shall strictly follows, at all stages of fabrication, transportation and
erection of steel structures, the stipulation contained in the Indian Standard Safety Code for
erection of structural steel work IS: 7205.
9.4.0 Detailed Working/Fabrication Drawings
Fabrication drawings shall be prepared by the implementing agency based on the scope of
drawings supplied by the owner. The detailed working drawings shall indicate complete details
of fabrication and erection weld size, lengths etc.
9.5.0 Materials
Structural steel rolled sections and plates shall confom1 to IS: 2062. Pipes shall conform to IS:
1161. Chequered plates shall confon11 to IS: 3502. All other materials shall be as per the relevant
Indian Standards and as specified in IS: 800.
9.6.0 Fabrication
Fabrication work shall be carried out in accordance with IS: 800 as well as stipulations contained
in these specifications.
All steel materials shall be straightened and/or flattened, wherever required by straightening
machine, though minor kinks or bends may be corrected by limited heating under careful
supervision.
9.7.0 Cutting Plan
The implementing agency shall prepare cutting plan according to detailed working drawings,
taking into consideration the availability of material, the cut pieces generated during work with
the objective of minimizing waste
9.7.1 Straightening and Cutting

All steel materials shall be straightened and/ or flattened, wherever required by straightening
machine, though minor kinks or bends may be corrected by limited heating under careful
supervision.
9.7.2 Cutting
Cutting may be effected by shearing, cropping sawing or by gas cutting by mechanically

controlled torch. Gas cutting by hand may only be used when specifically authorized in writing
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
9.7.3 Grinding
All the edges cut by flame shall be ground before they are welded.
9.7.4 Assembly
The components parts shall be assembled in such a manner that they are neither twisted nor
otherwise damaged.
9.7.5 Welding
Welding shall be carried as per IS: 816 and IS: 9595 and the welding procedure duly approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
All structural welding shall be done by welders who qualify the appropriate tests laid down in IS:
817 and IS: 1181. The entire weld of any structure joint shall be made by one welder.
9.7.6 Electrodes
The electrodes used shall be of suitable type and size depending upon specifications of the
parent materials, the method of welding and quality of weld desired.
Where coated electrodes are used they shall meet the requirements of IS: 814. All electrodes
shall be stored properly as per manufacturer's recommendations.
Specific approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be taken by the implementing agency for the
various electrodes proposed to be used on the work before any welding is started.
9.7.7 Preheating
Preheating shall, be done wherever required as per IS: 9595

1. When base metal not otherwise required to be preheated is at a temperature below 0o C it
shall be preheated to at least 20° C.
2. Thermo-chalk or other approved methods shall be used for measuring the plate
temperature.
All welding shall be done in a proper sequence.
9.8.0 Inspection of Welds
9.8.1 Visual Inspection

100 percent of the welds shall be inspected visually after cleaning the weld surface with steel
wire brushes/chisels to remove slag, scales, and the spatter metal. The weld shall be correct in
size, length and shall be of regular height and width and shall be free from defects like craters
on the surface under cuts, and visible cracks. Weld gauges shall be used to measure the weld
sizes.
Wherever above mentioned defects are noticed, the welds, in such locations shall be removed
by gouging process. The joints shall be prepared again by cleaning the burrs and residual matters
with wire brushes and grinded and rewelded.
9.9.0 Erection Procedure
Before any steel work leaves the implementing agency's fabrication site it shall be suitably
marked in accordance with the approved fabrication drawings.
9.9.1 Erection Scheme
The implementing agency shall submit for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge is erection
scheme giving full details of the method of handling, transport, hoisting and erection including
false work/staging, temporary bracing, guying etc.
Erection shall commence only after approval of the implementing agency's proposed erection
scheme.
9.9.2 Dismantling of Steel Work
The new structure shall be dismantled wherever called for. Such dismantling shall be done
carefully without causing damage to other structures and further modifications shall be done in
the fabrication yard.
9.9.3 Modification
The work of modification may involve cutting of certain portions or gouging of welds, cuttings,
grinding, fabrication, welding drilling holes, straightening, removal of bends, painting and touch
up painting, transporting the cut and removed parts/items and new steel to be added.
9.9.4 Re-erection
The work of re-erection includes transportation of structures from field fabrication yard to
erection site, lifting of same to the required portion aligning, erection in position, inclusive of
erection bolts, tack welding, final welding and touch up painting etc., complete to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
9.10.0 Painting
After inspection and issue of test acceptance certificate, all steel surfaces shall be painted, as
per the specifications given in the tender document and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
9.10.1 Surface Preparation

The surface preparation shall be done as per IS: 1477 (Part-I) The surface shall be cleaned, de
greased and descaled manually.
9.10.2 Application of Priming Coat
The primers shall consist of red oxide zinc chromate conforming to IS: 2074. Two coats of primer
paint shall be applied first at the shop and the second after the erection is completed.
Application of primer shall be done by brush or by any other method specified in IS: 1477 (Part-
II) Touch up painting shall be done after erection.
9.10.3 Application of Finishing Coats
Before application of finishing coats the second coat of primer paint shall be completed.
Finishing coat shall be synthetic enamel paint conforming to IS: 2932 & IS: 2933. Total coating
thickness (DFT) of the painting shall not be less than 100 micron.
9.10.4 Embedded Parts
The embedded steel parts shall be properly placed in position with lugs. Temporary supports
shall be provided to ensure proper installation of the embedded parts and these shall be in
plumb and level. Concrete around the embedded parts shall be properly compacted so as to
avoid voids or honeycombing. The structure shall be hoisted and placed in position carefully
without any damage to itself or to the structure in which it is to be fixed and injury to workmen.
If necessary, appliance such as lifting shall be used.
9.10.5 Hand Railings
Pipe hand rails shall be of standard weight galvanized steel pipes of flush welded construction,
ground smooth, using 32 mm nominal bore medium class pipes with double rail, 1.2 meter above
platform level and pipe posts spread not more than 1.5 meters apart as per the drawings or
instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
9.10.6 Covers
Chequered plates shall be fixed to supporting members by tack welding or by counter sunk bolts.
Care shall be taken to avoid distortion of the plate while welding of stiffening angles/vertical
stiffening ribs.
9.11.0 Bolts
Stainless steel Bolt with a 38 x 6 mm stainless steel flat bar shall be used to bind the HDPE liner
with the concrete in leachate collection sump, leachate detection sump etc as shown in the
drawings. Bolts shall generally conform to IS: 5624.
All bolts shall be embedded in concrete in plumb and in level at true location. The threads shall
be protected by using PVC tape.
Hexagonal nuts and locknuts shall conform to 1S:4218.
9.11.1 Permanent Bolts

Permanents bolts used for connection of structural steel members shall conform to 1S:1363,
1S:13643 and 1S:1367. These shall be provided with washers, nuts and locknuts.
10.0.0 STONE WORK-RANDOM RUBBLE MASONRY
10.1.0 Scope
This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials and equipment and the performing of
all operations required for the stone masonry work and incidental items pertinent thereto all in
accordance with the drawings, specifications, schedule of items and as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
The stone shall be of the type specified, shall be hard, sound and free from decay and
weathering. This shall be obtained from an approved quarry. Stones with round surface shall not
be used. Stones shall be properly hammered dressed on the face, the sides and the beds to
enable it to come in close proximity with the neighboring stone. IS: 1597 shall be followed as
general guidance for construction of stone masonry.
10.3.0 Mortar
Mortar used for joining shall be as specified and the ingredients shall conform to relevant IS
codes or as specified.
10.4.0 Laying
All stones shall be wetted before use. The vertical faces shall be carried up truly plumb, or to the
specified batter. Face stones shall extend well into backing. These shall be arranged to break
joints as much as possible and to avoid vertical lines of joints. Their height shall not be greater
than the breadth at the face of the depth inwards. The hearting or interior filling of the wall face
shall consist of rubble stones which may be of any shape but do not pass through a circular ring
of 15 cm. Inner diameter, thickness of these stones in any direction shall not be less than 10 cm.
These shall be carefully laid, hammered down with a wooden mallet into position and solidly
bedded in mortar, chips and spells of stone being used wherever necessary to avoid thick mortar
beds or joints and at the same time ensuring that no hollow spaces are left anywhere in the
masonry. The use of chips shall be restricted to the filling of interstices between the adjacent
stones in hearting and these shall not exceed 20% of the quantity of stone masonry.
10.5.0 Bond Stones
Bond or through stones running right through the thickness of walls shall be provided in walls
up to 60 cm thick. If the walls are more than 60 cm thick, two or more bond stones over lapping
each other by at least 15 cm shall be provided in a line from face to back. At least one bond stone
or a set of bond stones shall be provided for every 0.5 sq. meter of wall surface.
10.6.0 Quoins
The quoins shall be selected stones neatly dressed with the hammer or chisel to from the
required angle, and laid header and stretcher alternately. No quoin stone shall be less than 25 x
25 x 25 cm.
10.7.0 Joints
Stones shall be so laid that joints are full of mortar. Face joints shall not be more than 2.5 cm
thick.
10.8.0 Curing
Green work shall be protected from the effects of sun, rain etc. by suitable covering. All the
masonry work shall be kept constantly moist on the faces for a period of seven days.
10.9.0 Embedding of Fixtures
All fixtures to be embedded in mortar and masonry units shall be properly fixed as indicated in
the drawings.
10.10.0 Encasing of Structural Steel and Pipes
This shall be done by building masonry work round fringes, webs etc. and filling the gap between
steel and masonry by minimum 12 mm thick mortar. Encased members shall be wrapped with
chicken wire mesh of 18 gauge when shown on drawings or instructed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The minimum lap in chicken wire mesh shall be 50mm.
11.0.0 FILLING FOR CLAY LINER AND FOUNDATION
11.1.0 Scope
This section of specification covers the item of filling for clay liner and foundation as indicated in
the drawings. This section also covers borrowing approved quality of impervious clay from
approved designated borrow areas,
a. The Implementing agency shall furnish all labour, equipment and material required for
complete performance of the work in accordance with the drawings, schedule of items and
as described herein.
b. The foundation and clay liner shall be constructed in layers not exceeding 200 mm in
compacted thickness and in the manner described under placing the Earth fill in Clause 8.5.0
using impervious clayey soil obtained from approved designated borrow areas having
hydraulic conductivity in the range of 10-7cm/ see and plasticity index between 10 to 30%.
The soil layers shall not contain soil particles or chunks of rocks larger than 25 mm in size,
the suitability or otherwise of the material shall be determined by laboratory tests. Each
layer of earth deposited shall the be compacted to have a dry density not less than 95% of
the maximum dry density (standard proctor) for the soil with suitable tractor drawn heavy
sheep foot tamping rollers or by any other method approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
compaction will have to be uniform throughout the length and breadth of the layers. The
roller should be made to travel over the entire section of each layer so that the earth is fully
compacted and the roller leaves no visible marks on the surface, Where smooth rollers are
used with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the surface of each layer of compacted
material shall be roughened with a harrow and thoroughly furrowed or raked before
depositing the succeeding layer of material. Care shall be exercised to avoid occurrence of
horizontal seams. Earthwork should be continuous from day-to-day. In case of break in
compaction exceeding four days, the dried surface shall be well watered and harrowed
before a fresh layer of earth is laid on it.
c. Before placing the HDPE pipes within the embankment, construction of embankment up to
600 mm above the RCC lining for pipes shall be carried out without actually placing the pipes.
Later on, trenches shall be excavated for pipes and lining work and pits for cutoff collars.
These trenches shall then be filled using CL-ML type soil (plasticity index 720). Earth layer
deposited in these trenches shall be compacted with plate compactors to have a dry density
not less than 95% of the maximum dry density (standard proctor).
d. The spreading of the next layer shall be carried out only after the underlying layer has been
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.
11.3.0 Water for Clay filling works
The Implementing agency has to make his own arrangements for the supply of water for earth
filling works. It shall be the responsibility of the Implementing agency to identify and develop
water source or sources, running a pipe line/pipe lines laid at a distance not less 10 meters away
from the toe/heel of the embankment for conveying the water required for the work from the
supply sources, tapping water from manifolds provided at suitable intervals along the pipe line
with the aid of water hoses and sprinkling jets for sprinkling water uniformly over the entire area
(and not poured in patches) for bringing up the layers to the required moisture content.
Alternately he may employ sufficient number of water tankers also. No separate payment for
the above will be made and entire cost on account of the same shall be included in the rates for
relevant items of schedule.
12.0.0 FOUNDATION FOR EMBANKMENT
12.1.0 Scope
This section covers the preparation/compaction of foundation of the embankment as indicated

in the drawings and described herein.
a. Foundation preparation shall be perfom1ed as per drawings and as described herein

subsequent to stripping of foundation and excavation, if any. No material shall be placed in
any section of the fill portion until the foundation for that section of the fill has been
dewatered, suitably prepared and has been approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. All
portions of excavations made for test pits or other sub-surface investigation and all other
existing cavities, found within the area are to be filled with earth and properly compacted
and which extend below the established lines of excavation for foundation shall be filled
with earth of the corresponding zone and properly compacted. The foundation should be
free from all organic materials, vegetable sods. The topsoil of foundation should be stripped
properly such that vegetable sods and top layers are removed to ensure proper bond
between embankment and foundation.
b. Masonry surfaces of the back of retaining walls, wing walls and box culverts etc. against
which the fill is to be placed, shall be cleaned and moistened prior to placing the earth. The
foundation immediately adjacent to the masonry/concrete structures shall be thoroughly
cleaned of loose materials and moistened. Pools of water shall not be permitted in the
foundation and shall be drained and cleaned prior to placing the first layer of embankment
material.
13.0.0 EARTHERN EMBANKMENT
13.1.0 Scope
This section of specification covers the earthwork involved in the embankment formation as per
the drawings and as mentioned herein.
The Implementing agency shall furnish all labour, equipment and materials required for
complete performance of the work in accordance with drawings, schedule of items and as
described herein.
13.3.0 Earthen Embankment
The embankment shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Placement
of fill shall be performed in an orderly way and in an efficient and workman like manner, so as
to produce fills having such quantities of density, strength and permeability as will ensure the
highest practicable degree of stability and performance of the embankment.
No bushes, roots, sods or other perishable or unsuitable materials shall be placed in the
embankment. The suitability of each part of the foundation for placing embankment materials
thereon and of all materials for use in embankment construction shall be determined by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The embankment may be constructed in separate portions, provided that:
a. The slopes of the bonding surfaces between the previously completed portions of the
embankment and materials to be placed in each zone shall not be steeper than 2.5 horizontal
to 1 vertical along the centerline of the embankment.
b. The embankment is constructed right across the whole section in each portion.
13.4.0 Fill Materials
The materials for embankment shall be obtained from the designated borrow areas and
available excavated material. In general all materials from the particular borrow area shall be a
mixture of materials obtained for the full depth of the cut. Some earth material available from
the excavation in the landfill area if found suitable will also be used for the embankment
construction.
13.4.1 Placing the fill material

a. Before placing the fill the foundation shall be prepared and compacted as per chapter C6.
Prior to placing the first layer of embankment on the foundation moistening and compacting
the surface by rolling to achieve dry density not less than 95% of maximum dry density.
(Standard Proctor) shall be done. The distribution and gradation of materials throughout the
fill shall be as shown in the drawings or as directed. The fills shall be free from lenses,
pockets, streaks, or layers of material differing suitably in texture or gradation from the
surrounding material. The combined excavation and placing operations shall be such that
the materials when compacted in the fill will be blended sufficiently to produce the specified
degree of compaction and stability. The earth obtained from a particular borrow area as far
as possible shall be used in forming the complete cross-section of the fill for a particular
stretch. Sequencing of the placing of fill material shall be such that it shall be possible to
identify at all stages of construction which borrow area material is used in which stretch of
the fill/embankment.
b. No stones cobbles or rock fragments, having maximum dimensions of more than 5 cm shall
be placed in the fill. Such stones and cobbles shall be removed either at the borrow pit or
after being transported to the site but before the materials in the fill are rolled and
compacted. Such stones or cobbles shall be placed in other portions of embankment if found
suitable or rejected as directed. The materials shall be placed in the fill in continuous
horizontal layers, stretching right across the whole section, not more than 20 cm in
compacted thickness and rolled as herein specified. During construction a small transverse
slope from center towards the edges should be given to avoid pools or water forming due
to rains. The surface of materials to be placed thereon shall be moistened and/or worked
with harrow, or other suitable equipment, in an approved manner to a sufficient depth to
provide a satisfactory bonding surface before the next layer of fill material is placed. If the
rolled surface of any fill is found to be too wet for proper compaction, it shall be raked up,
allowed to dry, or shall be worked with a harrow or any other approved equipment to reduce
the moisture content to the required amount and then it shall be re compacted before the
next layer of earth is placed.
c. When compacting the soils against steep rock abutment or walls or masonry or concrete
structure the construction surface of embankment shall be sloped away from rock or
masonry or concrete structures for a distance of 3 m to 4 m at an inclination not steeper
than 6 horizontal to 1 vertical. If the foundation surface is too irregular to allow the use of a
large roller directly against a structure or rock out crop, the roller shall be used to compact
the soil as close to the structure or the out crop as possible and the portion of the
embankment directly against the rock or the structure shall be compacted with pneumatic
hand tampers in thin layers. The moisture content of the earth placed against the rock or
the structure shall be high enough to allow it to be compacted into all irregularities of the
rock. Care shall be taken in placing the first layer of the fill so that no damage is caused by
the hauling machinery to the base grade as this may get concealed by the spread layer or
fill. Sheep foot roller shall not be employed for compacting till the thickness of the layers
already compacted by other means is greater by 30 cm than the depth of the feet on the
roller drum. The soil for the first layer shall be at moisture content sufficient to enable
bonding of the fill with the rock surface.
13.5.0 Weather Conditions
Embankment materials shall be placed only when the weather conditions are satisfactory to
permit accurate control of the moisture content in the embankment materials.
13.6.0 Moisture Control

Prior to and during compacting operations, the materials in each layer of earth shall have
moisture content about 2% less than the optimum moisture content. Laboratory investigations
may impose some restrictions on the lower limits of the practicable moisture contents on the
basis of studies of compaction in embankment. As far as practicable the materials shall be
brought to the proper moisture content in the borrow area before excavation. If additional
moisture content is required, it shall be added by sprinkling water before rolling. The
Implementing agency shall make his own arrangements for supply of water in a manner
described under water for earth fill work. If the moisture content is greater than required, the
material shall be spread and allowed to dry before starting rolling. The moisture content shall
be uniform throughout the layer of material and ploughing, dicing, harrowing or other methods
of mixing may be required to obtain uniform distribution. If the moisture content is more or less
than the range of the required particle, moisture content, or if it is not uniformly distributed
throughout the layer, rolling shall be stopped and shall be started again only when the above
conditions are satisfied.
13.7.0 Compaction Equipment
While the specifications provide that equipment of a particular type and size is to be furnished
and used, it is to be understood that the use of improved equipment is to be encouraged.
Tamping (sheep foot) rollers or pneumatic rollers and vibratory rollers shall be used for
compacting cohesive materials and pneumatic rollers and vibratory rollers shall be used for
compacting cohesion less materials
a. Tamping (Sheep foot) Rollers
Tamping rollers shall conform to the following requirements
b. Roller drums
Each drum of a roller shall have an outside diameter of not less than 1.5 m and shall not be
more than 1.8 m in length. The space between two adjacent drums when on level surface
shall neither be less than 30 cm nor more than 40 cm. Each drum shall be free to pivot about
an axis parallel to the direction of travel.
c. Tamping Feet
At least one tamping foot shall be provided for each 600 sq.cm of drum surface. The shape
measured on the surface of the drum between the centers of any two adjacent tamping feet
shall not less than 25 cm.
The length of each tamping foot from the outside surface of the drum..-'3hall be maintained
at not less than 25 cm. The cross sectional area of each tamping foot shall" not be more than
60 sq .cm at a plane normal to the axis of the shank 15 cm from the drum surface and shall
be maintained at not less than 45 sq. cm and not more than 60 sq. cm at a place normal to
the axis of the shank 20 cm from the drum surface.
d. Roller Weight
The weight of a roller when fully loaded shall not be less than 7000 kgs per drum. The loading
used in the roller drums and operating of rollers shall be as required to obtain the desired
breakdown and compaction of materials. If more than one roller is used on anyone layer of
fill, all rollers so used shall be of the same type and essentially of the same dimensions.
Tractors used for pulling rollers shall have sufficient power to pull them at a speed of about
4 km per hour with drums fully loaded. During the operation of rolling the spaces between
the tamping feet shall be kept clear of materials which could impair the effectiveness of the
tamping rollers. If the rollers used are at tandem, the tamper spacing shall be set so that the
circumferential rows of the rear drums are in line with the midpoint between the
circumferential rows on the forward drums.
e. Pneumatic rollers
Pneumatic rollers shall have four wheels equipped with pneumatic tyres and a body suitable
for ballast loading so that the load per wheel may be varied as necessary from 7000 kgs to
11000 kgs. Tyre pressure shall not exceed 2.5 kgs/ sq. cm. The tyres shall be of such size and
ply as can be maintained during rolling operations with tire pressure not greater than 2.5
kgs/ sq. cm for a 11000 kgs wheel load. The roller wheels shall be located abreast and each
wheel and tire shall be mounted in such a way that all wheels exert approximately equal
loads when traversing uneven grounds. The spacing of the wheels shall be such that the
distances between the nearest edges of adjacent tyres at the imprint will not be greater than
50 per cent of the width of single tire. When one pneumatic roller is attached to a tractor,
the entire tractor and roller unit shall be capable of executing a 180 deg turn on a 5 m radius.
f. Vibratory Rollers
Vibratory rollers shall have dead weight 5 to 15 tonnes and the vibrators shall have
frequency between 1100 and 1800 pulses per minute and amplitude of vibration shall
between 0.5 mm and 1.5 mm
13.8.0 Rolling and Tamping
a. Rolling
When each layer of material has been conditioned, so as to have the proper moisture
content uniformly distributed throughout the material, it shall be compacted by passing the
roller. The exact number of passes shall be decided after necessary field tests. The layers
shall be compacted in strips overlapping not less than 0.6 m. The rollers or loaded vehicles
shall travel in a direction parallel to the axis of the embankment. Turns shall be made
carefully to ensure uniform compaction. Rollers shall always be pulled Density tests shall be
made after rolling and the dry density attained shall be not less than 95% of maximum dry
density (Standard Proctor) obtained in the Laboratory for the type of material used.
b. Tamping
Rollers will not be permitted to operate within 1.0 m of concrete and masonry structures. In
locations where compaction of the earth fill material by means of the roller is impracticable
or undesirable, which would be designated at the sole discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge
the earth shall be specially compacted
Fill shall be spread in layers not more than 20 cm in compacted thickness and shall be
moistened to have the required moisture content. When each layer of material has been
conditioned to have the required moisture content it shall be compacted to achieve the dry
density of 'not less than 95% of Maximum Dry Density (Standard Proctor) by special rollers
mechanical tampers hand held vibratory tampers or by other approved methods and all
equipment and methods used shall be subject to approval based on evidence of actual
performance. The moisture control and compaction shall be equivalent to that obtained in
the earth actually placed in the embankment in accordance with clause 8.7.0 and 8.9.1.
13.9.0 Inspection Test
Control tests shall be carried out in laboratory from time to time to determine whether the earth
produced by methods employed satisfies the requirements of the specifications. Routine field
tests shall also be carried out by the Engineer-in-Charge and the work shall be inspected
regularly. Field density test should be particularly and specially made in the following areas.
a. Where the degree of compaction is doubtful.

b. Where embankment operations are concentrated i.e. where 2 or more layers are placed one
over the other on the same day.
c. To represent every 1000 cu. meters of embankment placed.
d. AtIeast one test for every full or part shift of compaction operations and
e. AtIeast one test for every 250 m length of embankment in each layer.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall determine whether the desired results are being obtained.
The Implementing agency shall provide all facilities such as labour conveyance equipment etc.
required for collection of samples and to conduct test in situ or at laboratory. Relevant test to
be conducted by the Engineer-in-Charge at his discretion at the borrow area, on embankment
and at laboratory are listed out in the Annexure II.
13.10.0 Dressing and Trimming of the slopes
The outer slopes of the embankment shall be neatly dressed to line. Compaction shall extend
over the full width of the embankment and the material in the slopes shall be compacted as for
the rest of structure. To ensure proper compaction at the outer edge, the fill shall be constructed
for a minimum of 0.5 m extra width on either edges or the outer edge dressed to true width and
slope after compaction. No earth slope shall be left without trimming to design slope. Slopes
shall be maintained until final completion and acceptance. Any material that is lost by
weathering or due to any other cause shall be replaced. The trimmed material is permitted for
reuse in the embankment. No separate payment will, however be made for forming extra width
offsets or trimming the slopes and the unit rates for the embankment work shall therefore
provide for the same.
13.11.0 Provision for Settlement
While forming the embankment due allowance shall be made to allow for settlement so as to
maintain the top of embankment at designed elevation.
14.0.0 TURFING
14.1.0 Scope
This section of specifications covers turfing on the slope of the embankment as Indicated in the
following drawing and mentioned herein with turf sods.

The implementing agency shall furnish all labour, equipment and materials required for the
complete performance of the work in accordance with the drawings, schedule of items and as
described herein.
Grass turf sods of approved variety shall be used in this work. No directing planting of grass on
the embankment slope shall be permitted.
14.3.0 Placing
The slope of the embankment including berms if any shall be turf sodded. After the slope has
been dressed to line, it shall be slightly roughened and scarified. The entire slope surface shall
then be covered with a layer of turf sod consisting of blocks of thin lining grass growth of
approved species. The sods shall include a mat of roots and earth. Thick Sod containing an
excessive amount of obnoxious weed growth shall be excluded Sod shall be carefully handled in
transportation and placing so that a minimum amount of earth will be lost from the root mass.
The blocks of sod shall be laid on the slope in close contact and then tamped firmly in place so
as to fill and close the joints between blocks. The interval of time between cutting and laying
shall be kept to a minimum and sod shall not be permitted to dry out. Immediately after placing
the sods, slope shall be thoroughly wetted and then kept moist for 3 months or till such time the
grass establishes itself uniforn1ly on the surface whichever is later. The watering shall be done.
The growth of weeds on the turfing shall be prevented by removing them and disposing off. The
finished work shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge and his decision shall be final
in the matter.
15.0.0 HDPE LINER
15.1.0 Scope
This section covers the specifications for the supply, laying, jointing and testing of HDPE
geomembrane liner as per the drawings and specifications mentioned herein to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-charge
15.2.0 Sheet Material
The HDPE sheet shall conform to the minimum average roll value requirements listed below in
Table-2. The minimum width of the roll shall be 8 m and the minimum length shall be 150 m.
Table-2: Specification of HDPE as Liner Material
Parameter Test Method Minimum values
Thickness, mm ASTM D 5199 1.5 mm (-5% to

+10%)
Color - Black
ASTM E 96 2.3 x 10-14 cm/sec.

Permeability
Density ASTM D 1505 >0.935 gm/cc
Coefficient of Linear ASTM E 831 1.5 x 10-4 C-1

Thermal Expansion
Tensile Strength at ASTM D 638, 245 N /cm width

Yield Type IV Dumbbell
at 2 inch/min
Tensile Strength at ASTM D 638, 420 N/cm width

Break Type IV Dumbbell
at 2 inch/min
Elongation at Yield ASTM D 638, 12-13 %

Type IV Dumbbell
at 2 inch/min
Elongation at Break ASTM D 638, 700 %

Type IV Dumbbell
at 2 inch/min
Carbon Black ASTM D 4218 2 to 2.5%
Ozone resistance ASTM D 1149, No crack

168 hrs
Water absorption ASTM D 570, 23 0.1%

C
Environmental Stress ASTM D 1693 > 2000 hrs

Cracking
Volatile Losses ASTM D 1203 0.1%
Tear Resistance ASTM D 1004, A 131 N/mm
Water Vapor 0.024 g/day.m2

Transmission ASTM E 96
Puncture Resistance ASTM D 4833 3500 N/cm
Seam Properties ASTM D 4437

mod.
(a) Shear Strength 13.8 MPa
(b) Peel Strength (hot 10.3 MPa

wedge fusion)
( c) Peel Strength (filled

extrusion) 9.0 MPa
Change in weight (%) EPA 9090A, <10

Chemical
Compatibility
Test
Change in volume (%) EPA 9090A, <10

Chemical
Compatibility
Test
Change in tensile EPA 9090A, <20

strength (%) Chemical
Compatibility
Test
Change in elongation EPA 9090A, <30

at break (%) Chemical
Compatibility
Test
Change in modulus (%) EPA 9090A, <30

Chemical
Compatibility
Test
Change in hardness EPA 9090A, <10

(%) Chemical
Compatibility
Test
15.3.0 QA/QC Requirements for Membrane Raw Materials
All raw material supplied to the manufacturer shall be delivered in rail car batches and must be
supplied with test certification from the raw material supplier. The certification must state the
results of tests, which confirm the quality of the resin. The raw material supplier must also
confirm that each batch of resin is all of the same type and is 100% Virgin. Each batch of resin
shall be given an identification (batch) number which shall be used and remain on file to keep
track of all rolls manufactured from each batch.
The use of any off spec, recycled or blends of resins will not be considered. Prior to the
production of the membrane, the membrane manufacturer shall test the raw material batches
to certify the raw material suppliers test results and entity of the singular resin. The membrane
manufacturer shall provide certification and all available test result for raw materials prior to the
delivery of materials to site.
15.4.0 QA/QC Requirements for Membrane Manufacturing
The manufacturing process shall be a fully automated Flat-Cast extrusion process controlled by
a fully computerized system. The control system shall provide for the continuous monitoring of
the parameters like; Temperature, Pressure and Speed. The manufacturing process must also
provide for the automated continuous monitoring of thickness and sheet quality.
15.4.1 Thickness: - Each roll shall be tested automatically and evenly over its entire surface area, the
minimum parameters acceptable for testing each roll shall be 6,000 thickness point checks. The
acceptable thickness for each roll shall not be greater than -5% to +10% of the specified material
thickness.
15.4.2 Sheet Quality: - Each roll shall be tested automatically for High Voltage Test over its entire
surface area for any point of Electrical Continuity through (across) the thickness of the sheet.
The high voltage scanner shall be capable of detecting any pinhole, void or significant reduction
of electrical resistance. Any roll detected to have holes or electrically conductive inclusions shall
be rejected and not sent to the site.
Each roll delivered to site shall be provided with a roll test data report, these reports must
provide the following information and test results as per the specified ASTM standards, reports
must also carry the manufactures laboratory QA/QC approval seal
The liner material shall be supplied with a 125mm-film sheet along the roll longitudinal edges in
order to keep this zone clean and to stop oxidization. This film shall be removed immediately
before welding.
The overlapping and welding area shall be marked to assure an optimum welding. The HDPE
liner shall have a glossy smooth surface.
15.4.3 Roll Identification
1. Roll Number and dimensions

2. Production Date
3. Area of Sheet on Roll
4. Roll Length
5. Roll Width
6. Roll Weight
15.4.4 Resin Lot Information
1. Batch Number
2. Resin Type
3. Resin Test Results as per following ASTM Test methods.
a. Density D792
b. Moisture D570
c. Brittleness D746
d. Melt Index D1238
e. O.I.T. D3895
15.4.5 Membrane Property
The implementing agency will arrange to carry out the following tests, at their cost, at a reputed
and approved laboratory at the time of execution of work to ascertain and assure the quality of
material received at project site. The tests shall be witnessed by client / consultant at their
discretion. The frequency of tests for physical and mechanical properties and their conformity
norms are indicated in following Table.
Frequency Property Norms (ASTM)
1/5000 m2 Thickness D-5199
1/5000 m2 D-792
Density
1/5000 m2 D-1603
Carbon black content
Frequency Property Norms (ASTM)
1/5000 m2 D-5596-94
Carbon black dispersion
Mechanical Properties Tensile
1/1500 m2 D-638 Mod.NSF 43
resistance
1/2000 m2 D-4437, 6.3 NSF

Shear test (on seam) mod.
D-4437, 6.2 NSF
1/2000 m2 Peel test (on seam) mod.
Rupture test (on seam)
US-EPA.
Every lot ASTM D 1693 –B

ESCR
1/5000 m2 ASTM D 4833
Puncture Resistance
1/5000 m2 ASTM D 1004
Tear Resistance
Sample size for conformity test a meter of the entire width for the
Note
roll and must not be taken in the first thickness.
15.5.0 QA/QC at site
The material shall be inspected after it is delivered at site as follows:
1. Rolls or portions of rolls that appear damaged shall be marked.

2. Verification shall be done to ensure that materials are stored in secure place and are
protected against dirt, theft, vandalism, and passage of vehicles.
3. Rolls shall be properly labelled with date and roll size.
Any material rejected on site by the Engineer-in-charge shall be jointly inspected by the
Engineer-in-Charge and the Manufacturer/Installer. If required, the material shall be tested and
if the material is unable to meet the specification, it shall be replaced by the Manufacturer /
Installer at his cost.
15.6.0 Preparation for HDPE Liner Deployment:
Prior to commencement of HDPE liner deployment, layout drawings shall be prepared to indicate
the panel configuration and general location of field seams for the project. The actual panel
layout may vary, but shall have to be approved by the Engineer-in-charge, in order to
accommodate field conditions. Each panel used for the installation will be given a number that
will be correlated with a batch or roll number.
Overlap the panels of geo-membrane approximately six (6”) inches prior to welding. Clean the
seal area prior to seaming to assure the area is clean and free of moisture, dirt or debris of any
kind. No grinding is required for fusion welding.
Adjust the panels so that the seams are aligned with the fewest possible number of wrinkles and
“fish mouth”.
Grind seams overlap prior to welding within one (1) hour of the welding operation in a manner
that does not damage the geo-membrane. Grind marks should be covered with extrude
whenever possible. In all cases, grinding should not extend more than one quarter inch (1/4”)
past the edge of the area covered by the extrude welding.
15.6.1 Special Instructions for Installation
Implementing agency shall protect the sub soil desiccation, flooding protection, if required may
consist of a thin plastic protective cover (or other material as approved by Engineer-in-Charge
installed over the completed sub-soil until such times as the placement of geo-membrane liner
begins. Sub soil found to have desiccation cracks greater than half inch (1/2”) in width or depth
or which exhibit swelling, heaving or other similar conditions shall be replaced or reworked by
the implementing agency to remove these defects.
15.6.2 Sub-base Preparation
The sub-base must be properly prepared and compacted for installation of HDPE liner. The sub-
base must not contain any particles. The sub-base must be checked for footprints or similar
depressions before laying the liner. The seaming equipment tends to get caught in such small
depressions, causing burnout and subsequent repair. A small piece of the synthetic membrane
placed below the membranes that are being seamed (this piece is moved forward along with the
seaming equipment) may reduce burnout due to small depressions.
15.7.0 Field Panel Placement
HDPE deployment will generally be not done during any precipitation, in the presence of
excessive moisture, in an area of standing water, or during high winds.
Installation of field panels shall be done as indicated on the approved layout drawing keeping
the provision for settlement of the soil. If the panels are deployed in a location other than that
indicated on the layout drawings, the revised location will be noted in the field. Information
relating to HDPE panel placement including date, panel number, and panel dimensions may be
maintained on a site-specific basis. If a portion of a roll is set aside to be used at another time,
the roll number will be written on the reminder of the roll at several places.
The method and equipment used to deploy the panels must not damage the HDPE or the
supporting sub grade surface. No personnel working on the HDPE engage in actions that could
result in damage to the HDPE. Adequate temporary loading and/or anchoring, (i.e. sandbags,
tires) which will not damage the HDPE, will be placed to prevent uplift of the HDPE by wind.
The HDPE will be deployed with adequate allowance for typical thermal expansion.
Any area of a panel seriously damaged (torn, twisted, or crimped) will be marked and repaired
as explained earlier in the chapter.
15.8.0 HDPE Field Seaming
In general, seams shall be oriented parallel to the slope, i.e. oriented along, not across the slope.
Whenever possible, horizontal seams should be located on the base of the cell, not less than five
(5’) feet from the toe of the slope. Each seam made in the field shall be numbered. Seaming
information shall include seam number, welder ID, machine number, temperature setting and
weather conditions.
All personnel performing seaming operations shall be trained in the operation of the specific
seaming equipment being used and will qualify by successfully welding a test seam as described
earlier in this chapter.
15.9.0 Equipment
15.9.1 Fusion Welding
Fusion Welding consists of placing a heated wedge, mounted on a self-propelled vehicular unit,
between two (2) over-lapped sheets such that the surfaces of both sheets are heated above the
polyethylene’s melting point. After being heated by the wedge, the overlapped panels pass
through a set of pre-set pressure wheels, which compress the two (2) panels together to form
the weld. The fusion welder is equipped with a device, which continuously monitors the
temperature of the wedge.
15.9.2 Extrusion Fillet Welding
Extrusion fillet welding consists of introducing a ribbon of molten resin along the edge of the
overlap of the two (2) HDPE sheets to be welded. A hot air pre heat and the addition of molten
polymer causes some of the material of each sheet to be liquefied resulting in a homogeneous
bond between the molten weld bead and the surfaces of the overlapped sheets. The extrusion
welder is equipped with gauges giving the temperature in the apparatus and a numerical setting
for the pre-heating unit.
Factors such as the HDPE temperature, humidity, wind, precipitation, etc., can affect the
integrity of field seams and must be taken into account when deciding whether or not seaming
should proceed.
15.10.0 Seam Testing of HDPE
All field seams shall be non-destructively tested over their full length using test equipment and
procedures described herein. Seam testing shall be performed as the seaming work progresses,
not at the completion of the field seaming.
15.10.1 Air Pressure Testing
The welded seam is composed of a primary seam and a secondary track that creates an
unwelded channel. The presence of an unwelded channel permits fusion seems to be tested by
inflating the sealed channel with air to a predetermined pressure and observing the stability of
the pressurized channel over time.
15.10.2 Equipment for Air Testing
The equipment required for air testing consists of following components:
1) An air pump (manual or motor driven) capable of generating and sustaining a pressure
between 20 to 60 psi.
2) A rubber hose with fittings and connections.
3) A sharp hollow needle or other approved pressure feed device with a pressure gauge
capable of reading and sustaining a pressure between 0 to 60 psi.
15.10.3 Procedure for Air Testing
Both the ends of the seam to be tested should be sealed. Needle or other approved pressure
feed device should be inserted into the sealed channel created by the fusion weld.
Test channel should be inflated to a pressure of approximately 30 psi, and the pressure should
be maintained within the range listed in Initial Pressure Schedule given below. Valve should be
closed and the initial pressure should be observed and recorded.
INITIAL PRESSURE SCHEDULE *
MATERIAL (MIL) MIN.PSI MAX. PSI
40 24 30
60 27 35
80 30 35
100 30 35
* Initial Pressure settings shall be recorded after an optional two (2) minute stabilization period.
The purpose of this ‘relaxing period” is to permit the air temperature and pressure to stabilize.
The initial pressure reading may be recorded once stabilization has taken place.
The air pressure should be observed and recorded five (5) minutes after the initial pressure
setting is recorded. If loss of pressure exceeds the following or if the pressure does not stabilize,
the suspect area should be located and repaired in accordance with para. 11.0.0 of this chapter.
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL AFTER 5

MINUTES
MATERIAL (MIL) PRESSURE DIFF.
40 4 PSI
60 3 PSI
80 2 PSI
At the conclusion of all pressure tests, the end of the air-channel opposite the pressure gauge
shall be cut. A decrease in gauge pressure must be observed or the air channel will be considered
“blocked” and the test will have to be repeated from the point of blockage. If the point of
blockage cannot be found, air channel shall be cut in the middle of the seam shall be cut and
each half shall be treated as a separate test.
Pressure feed needle shall be removed and the resulting hole shall be sealed by extrusion
welding.
15.10.4 Procedure for Non-Complying Test
In the event of a Non-complying Air Pressure Test, the following procedure shall be followed:
1. Seam end seals should be checked and seams should be retested.
2. If a seam does not maintain the specified pressure, the seam should be visually inspected to
localize the flaw.
3. If no flaw is found, area to be vacuum tested should be marked. Entire length of the seam
should be vacuum tested as explained in this chapter.
a. If leak is located by the vacuum test, it should be repaired by extrusion fillet welding.
Repair should be tested by vacuum testing.
b. If no leak is discovered by vacuum testing, the seam will be considered to have passed
non-destructive testing.
15.10.1.4 General Air Testing Procedures
1. The opposite end of the air channel will in all cases be pierced to assure that no blockages
of the air channel have occurred.
2. Whenever possible, seams should be air-tested prior to completing butt seams to avoid
having to cut into liner. All cuts through the liner as a result of testing will be repaired by
extrusion welding.
3. All needle holes in air channels, within the boundaries of the active cell, will be repaired with
an extrusion bead or repaired by patching at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.10.5 Air Pressure Testing Documentation
All information regarding air-pressure testing (date, initial time and pressure, final time and
pressure, pass/fail designation, and Technicians number) will be written on one end of the seam,
or portion of seam tested.
15.10.6 Vacuum Testing
This test is used on extrusion welds, or when the geometry of a fusion well makes air pressure
testing impossible or impractical, or when attempting to locate the precise location of a defect
believed to exist after air pressure testing.
15.10.7 Equipment for Vacuum Testing
The equipment required for vacuum testing shall consist of following components:
1. Vacuum box assembly consisting of rigid housing with a soft neoprene gasket attached to
the open bottom, a transparent viewing window, port hole or valve assembly, and a vacuum
gauge.
2. Vacuum pump or Ventura assembly equipped with a pressure controller and pipe
connection.
3. A rubber pressure/vacuum hose with fittings and connections.
4. A bucket and means to apply a soapy solution.
5. A soapy solution.
15.10.8 Procedure for Vacuum Testing
1. Excess overlap from the seam should be trimmed, if any.

2. Vacuum pump/compressor should be turned on to reduce the vacuum Box to approximately
10 inches of mercury, i.e., 5-psi gauge.
3. A strong solution of liquid detergent and water should be applied to the area to be tested.
4. Vacuum box should be placed over the area to be tested and sufficient downward pressure
should be applied to “seat” the seal strip against the liner.
5. Bleed valve should be closed and vacuum valve should be opened.
6. A minimum of 5-psi vacuum should be applied to the area as indicated by the gauge on the
vacuum box.
7. It should be ensured that a leak tight seal is created.
8. The suction should be held for an adequate time to thoroughly examine the HDPE through
the viewing window for the presence of soap bubbles.
9. After this period vacuum valve should be closed and bleed valve should be opened, the box
should be moved over the next adjoining area with a minimum three inch (3”) overlap, and
the process should be repeated.
15.10.9 Procedure for Non-Complying Test
1) All the areas where soap bubbles appear should be marked and repaired
2) The repaired areas should be retested.
15.10.10 General Vacuum Testing Procedures
1) Vacuum box testing will be performed by qualified construction personnel.

2) Overlap must be trimmed prior to vacuum boxing all seams.
3) Special attention shall be exercised when vacuum testing “T” seams or patch intersections
with seams.
Vacuum testing crew will use Mean Streak permanent markers to write online indicating tester’s
ID number, date, and pass/fail designation on all areas tested. Records of vacuum testing shall
be maintained on non-destructive testing form.
15.10.11 Destructive Testing
The purpose of destructive testing is to determine and evaluate seam strength. These tests
require direct sampling and thus subsequent patching. Therefore, destructive testing should be
held to a minimum to reduce the amount of repairs to the HDPE.
15.10.12 Procedure for Destructive Testing
1. Destructive test samples shall be marked and cut out randomly at a minimum average
frequency of one (1) test location every 500 feet of seam length, unless otherwise specified
or agreed.
2. Destructive samples should be taken and tested as soon as possible after the means are
welded (the same day), in order to receive test results in a timely manner.
3. Qualified personnel will observe all field destructive testing and record date, time, seam
number, location, and test results on Destructive Testing Form.
4. Sample Size
(a) The sample should be twelve inches (12”) wide with a seam sixteen inches (16”) long
centered length-wise in the sample. The sample may be increased in size to
accommodate independent laboratory testing by the Owner at the Owner’s request or
by specific project specifications.
(b) A one-inch (1”) specimen shall be cut from each end of the test seam for field-testing.
(c) The two (2) one inch (1”) wide specimens shall be tested on a field tensiometer for peel
strength. If either field specimen does not pass, it will be assumed the sample would
also not pass laboratory destructive testing.
15.10.13 Procedure for Non-Complying Destructive Test
1. Additional field samples should be cut for peel testing. In the case of a field production seam,
the samples must lie a minimum of ten (10) feet in each direction from the location of the
initial non-complying sample. A field test should be performed for peel strength. If these
field samples pass, then laboratory samples can be cut and forwarded to the laboratory for
full testing.
(a) If the laboratory samples pass, the seam between the two (2) passing sample locations
should be repaired according to procedures detailed in para 11.0.0 of this chapter.
(b) If either of the samples is still in non-compliance, then additional samples should be
taken in accordance with the above procedure until two (2) passing samples are found
to establish the zone in which the seam/seams should be reconstructed.
2. All passing seams must be bounded by two (2) locations from which samples passing
laboratory destructive tests have been taken.
3. In cases of repaired seams exceeding 150 consecutive feet, a sample must be taken and pass
destructive testing from within the zone in which the seam has been reconstructed.
4. All destructive seam samples shall be numbered and recorded on Destructive Test Form.
15.10.13 Laboratory Testing of Destructive Seam Samples
1. Seam destructive samples may be sent to laboratory or tested on site when permitted by a
site-specific quality control plan or in the event that third party laboratory destructive
testing is not being performed.
2. Destructive samples will be tested for “Shear Strength” and “Peel Adhesion”. Five (5)
specimens shall be tested for each test method. Four (4) out of the five (5) specimens must
exhibit for each round of peel and shear testing. In addition, four (4) of the five (5) individual
specimens must meet or exceed the strength requirements as listed in Material specification
sheet in order for the seam to pass the destructive test.
15.11.0 Testing for Pinholes, Cuts
Laid HDPE sheet on liner shall be tested for cuts, pinholes, seam leakage’s etc. by using modern
Geo-electrical leak detection/vacuum box on complete lining profiles before putting the next
layer. The implementing agency shall give the detailed methodology for testing. Any defect
remediation / repair modification as required by this test shall be carried out by the
implementing agency.
15.12.0 Defects and Repairs
15.12.1 Repair Procedures
Any portion of the HDPE or HDPE seam shown a flaw, or having a destructive or non-destructive
test in non-compliance shall be repaired. Procedures for repair include the following
15.12.2 Patching
Patching shall be used to repair large holes, tears and destructive sample locations. All patches
shall extend at least three inches (3”) beyond the edges of the defects and all corners of patches
shall be rounded. The total area of patches in no case shall exceed 1.0% of the panel area
15.12.3 Grinding and Welding
Grinding and welding shall be used to repair sections of extruded fillet seams.
15.12.4 Spot Welding or Seaming
Spot welding or seaming shall be used to repair small tears, pinholes or other minor localized
flaws
15.12.5 Capping
Capping shall be used to repair lengths of extrusion or fusion welded seams.
15.13.0 Verification of Repairs
Every repair shall be non-destructively tested. Repairs, which pass the non-destructive test, shall
be deemed acceptable. Repairs in excess of 150 consecutive feet of seem shall require a
destructive test.
15.14.0 Control and Verification Tests on Geo-membrane Installation
These tests will verify the welds’ mechanical resistance to peel and shear. No assembling
equipment will be used on site without a previous calibration test.
The Installer must prepare samples of a minimal length of one (1) metre by a width of 300mm,
with the weld centered on the sample’s width. Two (2) specimens will be taken from each end
of the samples of peel and shear. For each sample, two paired peel and shear results will thus
be obtained.
Calibration of all welding equipment must be performed and documented by the installer for
each instrument used, at the start of each work shift, following abrupt changes in weather
conditions and as requested by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Calibration of equipment will be performed by tests on geo membrane samples under the same
weather conditions as those expected on site during panel assembling.
Once removed, samples will be tested on site with a calibrated portable tensionmeter and must
meet with the requirements of welds resistance to peel and shear as described in the Technical
specification.
The Installer shall provide the Engineer-in-Charge with recent certificates of standardization for
all control instruments (tensionmeter; speed, tensile level etc.). The Engineer-in-Charge reserves
the right to demand any additional calibration test at any time.
All documentation on the calibration tests performed by the Installer shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge. The installer will identify each calibration test with the following
information;
 Date and time

 Identification of destructive test
 Identification of weld
 Welded panel’s identification number
 Quantified results of peel and shear test
 Identification of type of rupture
 Quality control technician’s identification
 Localization on “As-built” plan
The Quality Assurance technician shall perform small perforations in the lining in order to assess
the efficiency of the Installer’s non-destructive testing program. The Quality Assurance
technician shall perform those perforations with an approximate frequency of one (1) each 1000
meters of weld at least three (3) instances of the project.
The Quality Assurance technician shall document those punching or perforations by including at
least the following information:
 Date and time of operation

 Identification of weld
 Exact location of perforation
 Quality Assurance technician’s identification
 Results of Installer’s non-destructive tests
 Date and time of repair.
If the Installer’s non-destructive testing program fails to find the punching or perforations made,
the Installer will repeat non-destructive testing on the faulty weld, as well as on the welds before
and after it.
The Quality Assurance technicians shall perform verification destructive tests at an approximate
frequency of one (1) for each 1000 meter of weld.
A special testing frequency will be used at the Engineer-in-Charge discretion when visual
observations indicate a potential occurrence of problems. Verification tests may be performed
in the following cases:
 Variation on the thickness of the weld

 Doubtful cleanliness of overlapping
 Dirty equipment or in poor condition
 Different personnel than the one authorized
 Adverse weather conditions
 Welding equipment failure
 Visible variation in material’s quality
 Close confined or complex working space
 Beginning and end of panels
 On the Engineer-in-Charge request
15.15.0 Warranty
Written warranties addressing HDPE material and installation workmanship shall be submitted
to and approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The manufacturer’s warranty shall state that the
installed material meets all requirements of the contract drawings and specifications and that
under typical local atmospheric conditions and weather aging, the sheet material is warranted
for at least 20 years. The installer’s warranty shall state that the HDPE field and factory seams
will not fail within at least 20 years of the installation under similar conditions.
16.0.0 CLAY LINER
16.1.0 Scope
This section covers the specifications for the supply, laying and testing of clay liner as per the
drawings and specifications mentioned herein to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge
Composite Clay Liner serves as a hydraulic barrier to flow of leachate the properties required for
compacted clay liner as per specs is as follows:
 Minimum thickness of each composite clay liner/layer (primary & Secondary) shall be 0.60
m (Total  0.9 m).
 Maximum hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 10-7 cm/ sec. (k  1 x 10-9 m/s).
The minimum requirements recommended to achieve above specified hydraulic conductivity:
The soil used in the liner shall meet the following minimum criteria:
1. Be classified under the Unified Soil Classification System CL, CH, SC and OH (IS 2720 Part
IV/ASTM Standard D248769)
2. Allow greater than 20 - 30 percent (dry weight) passage through no. 200 sieve (75 m) (grain
size analysis as per IS:2720 Part IV/ ASTM Test D1140)
3. Plasticity index greater than or equal to 7 to 10% (IS 2720 Part V)/ Plasticity greater than or
equal to 15 units (ASTM Test D424)
4. Gravel content shall not be exceeding more than 30 %
5. Maximum particle size shall be between 20 to 50 mm
6. Have a pH of 7.0 or higher
7. Have a liquid limit equal to or great than 30 units (IS 2720 Part V/ ASTM Test D423)
8. Moisture Density relationship as per IS: 2720 Part VIII
9. Permeability test as per IS: 2720 Part XXXVI.
16.3.0 Quality control aspects
General quality control aspects which shall be adhered to are as follows:
1. The material (soil) used for filling shall be free from boulders, lumps, tree roots, rubbish or
any organic deleterious matter.
2. Pre-processing may be carried out for water content' adjustment, removal of oversized,
materials, pulverization of any clumps, homogenization of the soils, and., introduction of
additives such as bentonite.
3. Ensure that a sub-grade on which a compacted clay liner will be constructed is properly
prepared by compacting and obtaining required firmness.
4. Proper compaction of liner materials is to be carried out to ensure compacted clay liner
meets hydraulic conductivity specified above.
5. Determine the appropriate thickness (as measured before compaction) of each of the
several lifts that will make up the clay liner. Also proper bonding between lifts is to be
ensuring to avoid formation of preferential pathways.
6. Preventive measures to protect compacted layers from desiccation are to be provided
during construction.
16.4.0 Laying of clay liner
This specification and the method of measurements described herein are applicable for
construction of compact clay liner at the base and on the sides of the landfill.
1. The implementing agency has to identify the borrow soil (if required) area having the
requisite properties as mentioned above and make his own approach and access roads (as
required) from the borrow area to the demarcated landfill area. No ,claim shall also be
admissible to the Implementing agency on account of his having to take longer leads or
routes for earth movement, than envisaged by him, either due to any road cuttings, non--
availability of routes, or any other grounds whatsoever.
2. In case total filling required in any area consists of earth both from borrow areas and
available approved excavated material from within site area or use of any amended soil to
achieve the stipulated permeability. The necessary laboratory
tests/demonstrations/calculations are to be furnished to Engineer-in-Charge for approval.
3. In the event of filling of soil material as mentioned above, joint levels shall be taken before
commencing the filling with earth from borrows areas.
4. Prior to the placement of the clay in the desired location, the sub grade under the clay liner
shall be checked. This shall be usually performed by proof-rolling the sub grade. Any weak
zones shall be removed and appropriately backfilled and all debris should be removed. The
clay may then be placed above the sub grade in loose lift.
5. Compacted clay liners shall be constructed in a series of thin lifts for proper compaction and
homogeneous bonding between lifts. The lift thickness of clay liner shall be 20 to 22.5 cm
before compaction and 15 cm after compaction. The soil placed in a loose lift shall be no
thicker than about 230 mm. After the soil is placed, a small amount of water may be added
to offset evaporative losses, and the soil 'may be tilled one last time prior to compaction.
Each lift of clay liner shall be bonded to the underlying and overlying lifts. The surface of a
previously compacted lift must be rough so that the new and old lifts blend into one another.
6. Sheep foot rollers shall be used for compacting the clay liner. The roller with fully penetrating
feet (of 22.5 cm shaft length) shall be used for compact the liner. The minimum weight of
the roller shall be 10000 kg (10 Tonnes). The minimum foot length shall be between 180 to
200 mm and Minimum number of passes shall be 5. A pass shall be reckoned as one pass of
the compactor, not just an axle, over a given area, and the recommended minimum of five
passes is for a vehicle with front and rear drums. The compaction shall be continued till the
specified hydraulic conductivity is obtained and verified by Engineer-in-Charge.
7. Each layer shall be tested in field for Moisture Content and Hydraulic Conductivity
(Undisturbed Sample) before laying the next layer the next layer. A minimum of 1 rest for
500 sq. m for each layer shall be conducted.
8. Successive layers of clay shall not be placed until the layer below has been thoroughly
compacted to satisfy the requirements laid down in specifications.
9. Prior to compaction, the moisture content of material shall be brought to within plus or
minus 2 % of the Optimum Moisture Content as described in IS: 2720 Part VII. The moisture
content shall preferably be on the wet side for potentially expansive soil.
10. After compaction of a lift, the soil must be protected from desiccation, which causes the
cracking of the Clay liner. Desiccation shall be minimized by smooth rolling the surface to
form a relative impermeable layer at the surface or the soil can be periodically moistened.
The protective measures stipulated above shall apply to each lift as well as the completed
liner or cover barrier.
11. The lifts shall be placed in horizontal layers. For liners to be constructed slopes, the lifts shall
be placed parallel to the slope.
17.0.0 LEACHATE COLLECTION SYSTEM

17.1.0 Scope
The primary function of the leachate collection and removal system (LCRS) is to collect and
convey leachate out of the landfill unit to control the depth of leachate above the liner. The
leachate collection system is placed over the unit's liner system. The bottom line should have a
minimum slope of 2 percent to allow the leachate collection system to gravity flow to a collection
sump or alternate arrangements for pumping shall be made.
The implementing agency shall Design a leachate collection and removal system using adequate
water balance equations or appropriate modes to estimate leachate generation for the landfill
and to maintain less than 30 cm depth of leachate, or 'head', above the liner.
Leachate Collection and detection system should include a high-permeability drainage layer,
perforated leachate collection pipes, a protective filter layer, and a leachate removal system.
Design considerations for each of these elements are given below:
1. High permeability drainage layer:
(a) Drainage materials are to be placed on the liner system at the same minimum 2 percent
grade.
(b) The drainage materials (sand and gravel) shall be provided as per specifications given in
chapter 21 and chapter 22 of this document.
(c) It should be demonstrated that the layer will have sufficient bearing capacity to
withstand the weight load of full unit.
(d) Geo-synthetic drainage materials may be used in addition to or in place of, soil materials.
(e) The flow rate of geo-net can be evaluated by ASTM D-4716.
2. Perforated Leachate Collection Pipes.

3. Perforated piping system should be located in the drainage layer to' rapidly transmit the
leachate to the sump and removal system.
(a) The design of perforated leachate collection pipes should consider necessary flow rates,
pipe sizing and pipe structural strength.
4. Protective filter Layer

(a) To protect the drainage layer and perforated leachate piping from clogging, a filter layer
is to be placed over the high permeability drainage layer. As per the specifications given
in chapter 18
(b) The filter layer should consist of a material with smaller pore space than the drainage
material or the perforation openings in the collection pipes.
(c) Leachate Removal system
(d) A leachate collection sump shall be designed and constructed of materials compatible
with and impermeable to leachate formed in landfill. The final leachate collection sump
shall be common for the total secure landfill area and shall be located and sized
accordingly.
(e) The sump should be accessible for removal of leachate if the pump becomes inoperative
and the stand pipe becomes damaged.
(f) Pumps are to be provided to remove leachate that has collected.
(g) The pump should be placed at adequate depth to allow enough leachate collection to
prevent the pump from running dry.
(h) A level control, standby pump and warming system is to be provided to ensure proper
sump operation.
(i) Standpipes should also be provided to remove leachate from the sump.
(j) The leachate shall be pumped for treatment in the leachate treatment plant
The primary leachate collection system shall be placed over the primary liner in this project is a
composite liner (geo-membrane with compacted clay beneath). The secondary leachate
collection system also called leak detection system shall be placed over the secondary liner i.e.
between two composite liners. The leachate, if any, shall be collected at low point (provision
shall be made sufficiently) and periodically sampled so as to assess the adequacy of primary liner
against leakage of leachate.
Material for Filter shall meet the following requirements:
The drainage and filter material shall be placed dry and may be lightly compacted with a
vibratory roller. Care must be taken, to ensure that vehicles are up to driven over the naked
HDPE liner.
Laying of Perforated Leachate Collection Pipes
The upper half of the pipe above the spring line shall be perforated, whereas the lower half of
the pipe shall remain un-perforated. The bidder shall provide details of supplier of the HDPE
pipes along with the three pipe parameters i.e. Compressive yield strength, wall crushing, wall
buckling.
The perforated pipes shall be laid out in 'v' trenches and the trenches shall be backfilled. All care
shall be taken to avoid digging the trench below the levels indicated in the drawing. All the
perforated-pipes shall be connected to a solid HDPE header pipe, through a Standard "T' -joint”.
18.0.0 HDPE PIPES
18.1.0 Scope
This section covers the specifications for the supply, laying, jointing and testing of HDPE pipes as
per the drawings and specifications mentioned herein to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
charge
18.2.0 Specifications
The pipe shall conform to the material grade PE-80 of latest edition of IS: 4984. The pressure
rating shall be PN-6.
The pipe and fittings shall be chemically resistant and shall be suitable for all pH ranges i.e. 0 to
14.
These shall have smooth internal bore enhancing the hydraulic flow properties with low
frictional losses.
The pipes and fittings shall be strong and resilient enough to withstand static and hydrodynamic
both with regard to internal as well as external pressures.
The pipe shall have excellent elastic properties and can take sufficient curvature.
The pipes and fittings shall have the property that it can be joined conveniently with no leakage.
The pipe and fittings shall be UV rays resistant and shall also be resistant to wear and abrasion.
The pipes flange should be provided wherever required with joints having HDPE long stub ends.
The flange shall conform to DIN-PN-10 and drilling shall be to match with the counter flange of
valves/pipes/pumps etc
18.3.0 Piping System
All piping systems shall be capable of withstanding the maximum pressure in the corresponding
lines at the relevant temperatures. The minimum thickness for pipes and fittings shall be
adhered to higher thickness in equivalent material is acceptable. However, no credit will be given
for higher thickness.
All the piping systems, fittings and accessories supplied under this package shall be designed to
operate with normal maintenance for a plant service life of 20 years and shall withstand the
operating parameter fluctuations and cycling which can be normally expected during this period.
All piping system shall be properly laid to take care of hydraulic shocks and pressure surges,
which may arise in the system during operation. Bidder should provide necessary protective
arrangements like anchor blocks / anchor bolts, etc. for the safeguard of the piping system under
above-mentioned conditions. External and internal attachments to piping shall be designed so
as not cause flattering of pipes, excessive bending stresses or harmful thermal gradients of pipe
walls.
Pipes and fittings shall be manufactured by an approved firm of repute. A list of approved
manufacturers is given in the tender document. They should be truly cylindrical of clear internal
diameter as specified in the IS code, of uniform thickness, smooth, and strong, free from dents,
cracks and holes and other defects. They shall allow ready cutting, chipping or drilling, welding
etc.
19.0.0 SAND LAYER
19.1.0 Scope
This section of the specification covers supplying and laying sand layer in the leachate collection
and removal system and leak detection system as shown in the drawings and as mentioned
herein.
The implementing agency shall furnish all labour and material required for the complete
performance of the work in accordance with the drawings, schedule of item and as described
herein.
19.3.0 Sand Layer
Graded sand filter of 100 mm thickness shall be laid as indicated in the drawing in the landfill
area in the leachate collection and removal system and leak detection system.
19.4.0 Material
The material for sand layer shall consist of clean, sound and well graded coarse sand. The
material shall be free from debris.
Above the gravel bed, clean sand (425 micron to 4.75 mm) shall be placed. The thickness of the
sand layer shall be 100 mm. The effective size (d10) of the sand recommended is 0.4 mm with
uniformity co-efficient of 1.5. The sand shall be laid on the top of the gravel layer manually and
spread to the specified thickness. The minimum thickness of 100 mm shall be ensured after
spreading water.
The sand layers shall be well watered and rammed. Care shall be taken that materials of different
layers do not get mixed, both at the time of placing and during compaction. The sand material
shall be clean, sound, durable and well graded. No debris, wood, deleterious material etc., shall
be permitted.
20.0.0 GRAVEL LAYER
20.1.0 Scope
This section of the specifications covers supply and placement of the gravel in the leachate
collection and removal system and leak detection system as indicated in the drawings released
for the construction or as directed by the Engineer- in -Charge.
20.2.0 General requirements
The implementing agency shall furnish all labour, equipment and material required for the
20.3.0 Materials
1. Gravel layer in the leak detection system
The gravel shall be rounded, cleaned and free from disintegrated and foreign material. The
size of the gravel shall decrease upwards. The size of the gravel recommended is 4.75 -65
mm. The gravel shall be stockpiled at site separately and shall be mixed as per the
specifications and then laid on the ground. Average density of the gravel recommended is
1600 kg/m3. The gravel's shall be well graded as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
2. Gravel layer in the leachate Collection and Removal System
The gravel shall be rounded, cleaned and free from disintegrated and foreign material. The
size of the gravel shall be 4.75 - 80 mm. The gravel shall be stockpiled at site separately and
shall be mixed as per the specifications and then laid to the ground. Average density of the
gravel recommended is 1 GOO kg/m3. The gravel's shall be well graded as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
20.4.0 Placing
Graded gravel's shall be constructed as indicated in the drawings. The gravel's shall be placed in
layers of uniform thickness as shown in the drawings and care shall be taken to avoid segregation
of coarse and fine materials and formation of pockets.
21.0.0 VERTICAL CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
21.1.0 Scope
This specification covers the works of the design, manufacture, construction features, testing,
and delivery to site, erection, commissioning, and performance of vertical centrifugal pumps.
(Non-clog type)
21.2.0 Code and Standards
The design, manufacture and performance of the pump shall comply with all currently applicable
statutes, regulation and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. The
equipment shall also confirm to the latest applicable Indian or equivalent international standard.
21.3.0 Design Requirements
1. The pumps shall be capable of handling Liquid of pH 0 to 10. These pumps shall be designed
for parameters specified in tender drawing and shall be suitable for continuous (normal)
operation and intermittent operation.
2. The total head capacity curve shall be continuously rising towards the shut off with the
highest at shut off. The pump speed shall not exceed 1500 rpm.
3. Pumps of particular category shall be identical pumps and shall be suitable for parallel
operation with equal load division. Impellers shall preferably be of non-over loading type.
4. Pumps shall run smooth without undue noise and vibrations. The magnitude of peak-to-
peak vibration at shop will be limited to 75 decibel at the bearing housing. After installation
at site the magnitude of vibration shall be limited to 50 db.
5. The KW rating of the pump motor shall be:
Sufficient to drive the pump through the entire range of head – capacity curve, and
KW / HP rating of the drive shall be calculated for additional 20% reserve power to take care
of over loading on entire operating range.
6. The pump shall be capable of developing the specified total head at the specified rated
capacity while operating in parallel and be capable of operating continuously at run-out
capacity condition.
7. Pump shall be supplied with level control as per manufactures standard.
21.4.0 Features of Construction
Pumps shall be of vertical centrifugal non-clog type with required number of stages suitable for
the service conditions. Materials of construction offered by the Bidder for pumps, drives and
accessories shall be as per Galigher standards. All wetted parts shall be inside and outside rubber
lined and shall be suitable to handle liquid of pH 0 to 10.
Written guarantee addressing pump material shall be submitted to and approved by Engineer-
in-Charge. The manufacturer’s guarantee shall state that the installed material meets all
requirements of the contract and specifications and that under typical local
atmospheric/operating conditions and weather aging, the pump material is suitable.
21.4.1 Accessories
1. All accessories required for proper and safe operation shall be furnished with the pumps.
2. Each stage of pump, unless self-venting, shall be provided with a suitable vent connection,
complete with valves.
3. Tapping suitably plugged for pressure gauges shall be provided on delivery flanges.
21.4.2 Drives
Drive motor shall be connected to the line shaft of the pump with the help of a V-belt and shall
have maximum rpm of 1500. The pulley shall match the rpm of pump.
21.5.0 Testing at Manufacturers Works
Materials and performance of the pumps and its components shall be tested in accordance with
the relevant standards. Test certificates for these shall be furnished for the Owner’s approval.
21.5.1 Noise and Vibration Measurement
Noise and vibration shall be measured during the performance testing at shop as well as during
the site test. The Noise and vibration levels measured at shop test shall be furnished to the
Owner for its acceptance. The noise and vibration test at site shall be done in presence of
Engineer-in-Charge or his representative. Noise and vibration level measured and accepted as
per applicable standards.
21.5.2 Visual Inspection
Pumps shall be offered for visual inspection to the Owner before dispatch. The components of
the pumps shall not be painted before inspection.
21.5.3 No weld repair on cast iron shall be allowed
21.5.4 Field Testing
After installation, the pumps offered shall be subjected to mechanical run testing and trial
operation at field. If the performance at field is found not to meet the requirements, then the
equipment shall be rectified or replaced by the implementing agency, at no extra cost to the
Owner. The procedure of the above testing will be mutually agreed between Owner and
Implementing agency.
Based on observations of the trial operation, if modifications and repair are necessary the same
shall be carried out by the Implementing agency to the full satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
21.6.0 Drawings to be submitted
The following drawings along with datasheet shall be submitted by the Bidders for Owners
approval.
1. Outline dimensional drawings showing the details of pump and motor assembly
2. Performance curves, showing capacity Vs total head, efficiency, NPSH and power
consumption ranging from maximum flow to shut-off head.
3. GA drawing of pump house showing mounting arrangements, sump details, center to center
distance of pumps etc.
4. Necessary Catalogues
21.7.0 Name Plate
Each pump shall be provided with a name plate indicating the following details:
Design capacity, total head, speed, motor rating, model number, tag number, etc., and
manufacture serial number and weight of equipment.
22.0.0 VALVES
22.1.0 Scope
This specification covers the design, performance, manufacture, and construction features,
testing, packing and forwarding to site erection, commissioning of the Butterfly Valve.
22.2.0 Code and Standards
The design, manufacture and performance of valves and specials shall comply with all currently
applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be
installed. The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable Indian / British / USA
standards / or equivalent International standards.
22.3.0 Specification for Butterfly Valve
Butterfly valves shall be of double flanged confirming to AWWA-C-504 class or BS: 5155 Class
150. The Butterfly Valves shall be manually operated as wells as motor operated as per the
requirement of the system. The motor shall be suitable for 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz and outdoor
service. The motorized operated valves shall also have the manual override.
The various components of butterfly valves shall be of the following material of construction.
The specification mentioned below is the minimum requirement; however bidder shall confirm
that these are suitable for handling the liquid having pH range of 0 to 10. If any lining etc. is
required on the wetted part of the valves, the bidder has to provide.
1. Body 2% Ni Cast Iron - ASTM A 48 Cl. 40; BS: 1452 Gr 220;
SG Iron - BS: 2789, Neoprene rubber lined
Cast Iron – ASTM A 216 Groundwater. WCB; BS: 1504 Eq. Gr, Neoprene
rubber lined
2. Disc Cast Iron – ASTM A 48 Cl. 40; BS: 1452, Gr. 200,
SG Iron – BS : 2789, Neoprene rubber lined
Cast Steel – ASTM A 216 Gr. WCB. BS: 1504 Eq. Gr, Neoprene rubber lined
3. Shaft ASTM. A 296 Gr. CF 8M/AISI 316: AISI 420; BS: 970
GR. 316S16; BS: 970 Gr. 420 S45.
4. Seat Nitrile rubber, EPDM (Ethylene propylene rubber),

rings
Hypalon
5. Motor Suitable for 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz and outdoor service
Butterfly valves shall be fitted with sleeve type bearing such as PTEF. Valves of 350 NB and above
shall be provided with one or two thrust bearing to hold the disc securely in the centre of valve
seat without hydraulic or external axial shaft loads. Sleeve and other bearings fitted into the
valves body shall be of self-lubricated materials that do not have any effect on the fluid handled
and other components of the valves.
All the manually operated butterfly valves shall be provided with Hand wheel or Hand lever as
per the requirements. For larger sizes i.e. 150 NB and above. Hand wheel shall be provided. For
lever/wrench operated valves, means shall be provided for positively holding the disc is not less
than three intermediate positions. Manually operated valves shall be provided with reduction
gear unit for valves of size 200 NB and above. All the valves shall be equipped with adjustable
mechanical stop-limiting devices to prevent over travel of the valve disc in the open and closed
positions. The valve operators (Hand wheel, Gear reduction unit etc) shall be designed as per
relevant International Standard.
All the butterfly valves shall be provided with an indicator to show the position of the disc.
Flanges shall conform to ANSI B 16.5 C150.
22.4.0 Tests
All the valves shall be tested hydro-statically for strength, tightness of seats and tightness of back
seating at the pressures specified in relevant code.
The procedure for testing the tightness of seats of valves shall be as follows. The valves shall be
subjected to water pressure of a minimum 2.812 kg/cm. The pressure shall then be increased
to the specified seat test pressure. Valves shall then be cracked open at this pressure to
determine the tightness of the seat ring in the body. Butterfly valves shall be tested on both
sides of disc. The testing in general shall confirm to the relevant IS standard.
Vendor shall furnish five sets of the following certificates for all types of valves.
Certified physical and chemical analysis certificates, metallurgical test reports of all components
of the valves and specialties.
Certified hydrostatic test reports for all body castings.
22.5.0 Painting and Corrosion Protection
A shop coat of paint shall be applied to all steel and cast iron exposed surfaces as required to
prevent corrosion, after release has been given for painting and before dispatch. All parts shall
be adequately protected for rust prevention; grease shall not be used on mechanical surfaces.
22.6.0 Drawings and Manuals
Bidder shall furnish the following drawings along with datasheet for Owners approval:
 Dimensional outline drawings.

 Cross section drawing.
 Instruction manual.
22.7.0 Name Plate
All valves shall have permanent name plates indicating the service, type, size of the valves
23.0.0 LEACHATE TREATMENT PLANT
23.1.0 Scope
This specification covers the design, performance, manufacture, construction, site erection,
commissioning and testing of the Leachate treatment plant.
The capacity of leachate treatment plant shall be as per design documents. However the
implementing agency shall review the site, collect rainfall and other relevant data and shall work
out the capacity and design of the plant. All the drawings in this regards would be submitted to
the Engineer-in-Charge for approval.
For designing the system the implementing agency shall account for
1. the anticipated flow rate which will require treatment;

2. the composition of the leachate at source;
3. the discharge composition required by the regulating authority.
From this information the technology needed to meet the discharge consent shall be selected.
There are estimated to be approximately twenty principal technologies that can be employed
for leachate treatment.
Each of which shall be combined in various modes with other standard chemical engineering
unit processes to optimize the balance between cost and quality. Refer table 1 in this chapter
Table-1: Principal Technologies for leachate treatment
Title Title
Thermally driven ammonia strippers Power generation from LFG
Sequencing batch reactors Exhaust gas sampling equipment
Leachate heaters Ambient air line-coolers
Eductor pump sets Leachate evaporation
OdorgaardTM
Pneumatic pumps
(Landfill gas odour control)
Borehole pumps Pressure swing adsorption
Gas chillers AC Range flares

Distributed monitoring systems SC Range flares
Gas analysis packages MC Range flares
SCADA control RB Range flares
LinkLandTM GUI
SMART flares
(For use with SCADA system)
LHC Range flares

(For the combustion of low calorific Mobile ground flares
value gases)
Spray-irrigation sets pH driven ammonia stripper
Scrubbing columns Aeration lagoons
Stripping towers Aeration towers
SepsizerTM
Chemical dosing equipment
(Air clasification system)
Cyclone water knockout pot Activated carbon columns
VOC adsorption with activated carbon Flare stack standard options
The equipments, pipes, pumps, valves, filter material, civil works shall be provided in accordance
with the specifications given in the relevant chapters of this tender document.
23.4.0 Painting and Corrosion Protection
A shop coat of paint shall be applied to all steel and cast iron exposed surfaces as required to
prevent corrosion, after release has been given for painting and before dispatch. All parts shall
be adequately protected for rust prevention; grease shall not be used on mechanical surfaces.
23.5.0 Drawings and Manuals
Bidder shall furnish the following drawings and documents for Owners approval:
 Dimensional outline drawings.

 P & ID
 Instruction manual.
 Operational Manual
23.6.0 Guarantee
Written guarantee addressing material shall be submitted to and approved by Engineer-in-

Charge. The manufacturer’s guarantee shall state that the installed material meets all
requirements of the contract and specifications and that under typical local
atmospheric/operating conditions and weather aging, the material is suitable.
The bidder shall also submit a guarantee for treated water quality parameters. The treated water
quality parameters shall be in accordance with the relevant IS code.
24.0.0 WEIGHBRIDGE
24.1.0 Scope
The Implementing agency shall procure electronic type weigh-bridge (road) as per this
specification from an approved vendor (approved vendor list attached with the tender). Erection
/ installation, commissioning, performance testing and calibration of the weigh bridge at site
shall be under the scope of supply of implementing agency
a) Supply one no. Electronic Weigh- Bridge (road) of 20 T capacity along with other accessories as
per the technical requirements of this specification.
The weigh-bridge shall basically comprise of:
 Steel platform for the required size with approaches on both sides.
 Load cells with integral cables and mountings.
 All electrical parts:
 junction boxes
 Cable between junction box and weigh cabin (The weigh cabin shall be located at
approx. 3m from, nearest edge of the weigh-bridge.)
 Weighing console with a digital indicator.
 2 no. RS -232C/422/485 serial communication ports in weighing console.
 All necessary software required for the unit (It shall be customised to generate the reports
desired by the operating personnel of the Owner).
 Necessary furniture for the operators and the console.
 Window type air conditioners required for the weigh cabin.
 Any other item required for the Smooth & trouble free operation of the weigh bridge.
b) All commissioning spares ( as per the Manufacturer's recommendation)
c) All consumables required for start-up & commissioning and for first 6 months operation.
d) All test weights (10 % of rated weight)
e) Spare parts for 2 years trouble free operation (as per the manufacturer's recommendation)
Note: All civil works required for installing the weigh-bridge (including the weigh console), and for the weigh
cabin Tender shall be provided by the Implementing agency as the requirements of the tender.
24.3.0 Technical requirements
Weigh-bridge type : Electronic type with load cells
Material handled : Sulphur trucks, in general
Weigh-bridge capacity : 20T
Weigh-bridge construction : Pit less with approach ramps on both sides and non-skid
type steel plates
Platform size : 6.1mx3-m
No. of load .cells for weighing : 4-nos. Min.
Weighing console : Microprocessor based with suitable memory device for

storing data of 90days with 100 trucks/day
transactions.
Area classification : Safe
Corrosion Allowance for fabricated items : 3mm
Material of Construction : IS 2062, for fabricated structure / component
Control Console Room : The console shall be provided on suitable table with the
operator chair at a convenient location in the control
room. The control room shall also be provided with
window air- conditioner(s). UPS for 2 hr. rating,
required for the system shall be supplied.
Refer standard specification no.6-27-000l and for other technical requirements of weigh Bridge.
24.4.0 Vendor data requirements
i) GA drawing of the platform with details of MOC

ii) Foundation drawing with load details
iii) All electrical drawing with the specification/ rating of the items as per the tender specification.
iv) Installation, operation and maintenance manuals
25.0.0 PIEZOMETERS
25.1.0 Scope
This section of the specifications covers supply and installation of piezometers as indicated in
the basic design and engineering report and the drawings to be released for the construction or
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The implementing agency shall furnish all labour, equipment and material required for the
Piezometer shall be constructed to monitor the quality of groundwater. Four piezometers shall
be constructed on the downstream side of the Jarosite landfill i.e. on the eastern side. Two
piezometers shall be constructed on the upstream side i.e. on the western side of the Jarosite
landfill. The groundwater table varies from 1 m to 8 m depending upon the season; accordingly
the depth of piezometer shall be 10m below ground level. The piezometer consist of a stand
pipe made up of stainless steel which shall be screened along the entire aquifer depth i.e. the
standpipe shall be- screened from a depth of 1 m to 10m. The screened interval shall be encased
in a filter zone made up of gravel and sand layer. The function of the filter zone is to allow free
flow of groundwater into and out of standpipe and prevent fines from entering the standpipe.
Immediately above the screened interval, a clay and bentonite seal shall be placed. The thickness
of clay seal shall be 0.5 m. above the clay and bentonite seal, a grout seal consisting of cement
and bentonite shall be constructed which provides a barrier for preventing surface water and
ground water from elsewhere from migrating into the screened interval. At the ground level, a
steel casing embedded in concrete pad shall be employed. A cap shall be placed on the top of
steel casing to prevent rainwater and surface water from entering into the standpipe. The
piezometer shall be constructed at a distance of 7 m from outside edge of the embankment. The
location of piezometer is shown in drawing 0: 18009-P-O5 and schematic diagram of the
piezometer is shown in Figure 1.
26.0.0 ELECTRICAL WORKS
26.1.0 Scope
The scope of electrical works shall cover Design, Engineering, Supply, Erection, Electrical
Inspectorate Clearance, Testing & Commissioning of the complete equipment /system within
the Battery Limits.
The electrical system selected shall confirm up to date statutory rules and regulations and due
consideration has been given to general safety requirements for personnel and plant &
machinery.
Any item or any provision/requirement if not included in this section, but is necessary to be
provided for the completion of the project and for its functional necessity, the same shall be
provided by the implementing agency.
26.2.0 The Electrical scope of work start from the supply of LT Panel (MCC) and further power
distribution to Motors including incoming feeding cables to this proposed LT panel from the
Purchaser’s existing panel.
The power at 415 V, 3 phases, 50Hz, 3-wire shall be brought to proposed LT panel from existing
LT panel located at the nearest distance from Proposed LT panel placed in MCC room
The cable sizing shall be done as per the following Criteria:
1. Load of 20% higher of Full load of the proposed plant

2. Voltage Drop within 6% of the rated voltage
3. Voltage Drop within 15% of the rated voltage due to starting current effect.
4. Derating factors effect of Ambient temperature.
5. Derating factors effect of grouping of cables
6. Derating factors effect of depth of laying of cables
Incoming cables termination at both ends will be in scope of this work.

26.3.0 This LT Panel will have one number incoming feeder and will have required outgoing feeders for
motors of the plant and also for lighting and control supply feeder with control transformers.
Separate Lighting transformer shall be provided.
There will be two nos. control transformers of required capacity. One of two control transformers
will be in operation and second will be standby. The standby should come into circuit
automatically when operating transformer is stopped.
LT Panel will be located inside the MCC room. The motor feeder for motor up to 7.5HP will be
with DOL feeder and above 7.5HP star-delta starter will be used.
20% spare feeders will be provided in LT panel.
There will be one number control panel placed near LT panel for the operation of plant. Only stop
push button with mushroom headed and turn to release will be provided on LT panel for
emergency stop only. In addition to above, local push button station will be place near all the
main drives of plant for testing/maintenance and emergency stop purpose.
So all the motors will be started either from Control Panel or from local Push button stations.
The capacitor bank for improvement of power factor is not considered, as load of the plant is low.
26.4.0 One number Main LT Panel for complete Plant, which will feed power to individual
drive/equipment as indicated in the enclosed SLD. This SLD is only for the reference of bidder.
Short circuit current level for LT panel shall be 30 KA for one second for bus bar selection.
For ease of maintenance, Local Push Button Stations are placed near the drives.
The drives shall be started either from Control Panel or from local push button station.
All the drives will be started in sequence as per system requirement. Local / remote selector
switch are also provided on Control Panel for selection of control either from Control Panel or
from local push button station. In case of remoter selection, drives will be controlled from Control
Panel and in case of local selection, drives will be controlled from local push button station
26.5.0 AC MOTORS
All the motors in this scope of supply shall be energy efficient squirrel cage Induction type, TEFC
having degree of protection IP 55. Motor shall be suitable for 415V+/-10%, 50HZ+/-5% and
suitable for DOL/star-delta starting. The motors shall generally conform to IS: 325. All motor shall
be with class F insulation. Motor rating shall be at least 20% higher than the driven equipment.
26.6.0 LT PANEL
This will be floor mounted fully drawn out type, single front type and shall be fabricated out of
2mm CRCA sheet with multi-tier compartmentalised design with enclosure protection IP-54. The
doors and covers will be fabricated out of 1.6mm CRCA sheet. Panel shall be manufactured as
per standard manufacturing practice.
Incoming feeder (1 no.) shall be equipped with MCCB, CT/Ammeter with SS. Voltmeter with SS,
RYB Lights and Circuit Breaker ON/OFF lamps.
The outgoing feeders are with MPCB/DOL/Star Delta Starter as per motor rating.
The incoming feeder for LT Panel will comprise of the following:

1no. : 415V, TP, MCCB
1set : Phase indicating lamps
1no. : Ammeter with selector switch
1no. : Voltmeter with selector switch
1set : Control fuses
1set : CTs of suitable ratio for metering
The outgoing feeders for motor shall be equipped with MPCB, Power contactor.
Each DOL starter feeder will comprise of the following:
1no. : MPCB
1no. : Power Contactor
1no. : Ammeter
1set : Control DP MCB
1set : ON/OFF/TRIP Lamps
1set : Stop Button
1set : Test Button
Each RDOL starter feeder will comprise of the following: (for Motorised valves)
1no. : MPCB
1no. : Power Contactor
1no. : Ammeter
1set : Stop Button
1set : Test Button
Each Star-Delta starter feeder will comprise of the following:
1no. : MPCB
3nos. : Power Contactor
1no. : Timer
1no. : Ammeter with CT

1set : Stop Button
1set : Test Button
Each Control Transformer will be provided with primary and secondary MCB and required
interlocking and sector switch.
The feeders will be provided with one number CT and one number ammeter along with other
items for above 11KW motor rating on Y-phase.
Stop Push Button on LT Panel or Control panel or on Local Push Button Station will be with
mushroom headed and turn to release type.
26.7.0 CONTROL PANEL
This will be floor mounted, single front type and shall be fabricated out of 2mm CRCA sheet with
vertical type design. This will be with enclosure protection IP-54. Panel shall be manufactured as
per standard manufacturing practice.
This will have mimic and fault enunciator on top portion. The mimic will depict the Equipment
flow diagram. On each equipment of Mimic, ON lamp will be provided.
The following shall be provided for each motor:
1. Local/Remote Selector sw.

2. Start Push Button
3. Stop Push Button with mush room and turn to release type.
4. ON lamp
5. OFF lamp
6. Annunciation window for trip indication.
Lamp will be provided for each level and pressure switches. In addition to this very high level will
be also annunciated on enunciator window of Control panel.
26.8.0 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE:
Incoming LT cables shall be with 3.5 cores or higher, up to LT Panel based on load shall be
provided.
26.8.1 L.T. Power Cable:
The power cable shall be PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, armoured type with 3.5 core for motors,
with Aluminium conductor. For motors up to 5.5 KW, the power cable shall be 4Cx4. sq. mm
Aluminium.
26.8.2 Control Cable:
The control cable shall be PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, armoured type with copper solid
conductor suitable for 1100 V grade and of sizes mentioned below:
7C x 1.5 sq. mm
4C x 1.5 sq. mm
2C x 1.5 sq. mm for instruments
26.8.3 EARTHING SYSTEM

The earthing system will be limited to the earthing of equipment which are in this scope of
supply.
Required number of GI Plate Electrode for earth pits will be provided for making over all earth
resistance less than 1.0 Ohms. GI strips/wires of required size shall be provided. Earthing
system shall be as per IS: 3043.
50x6 mm GI strip shall be laid from existing earthing grid and linked to proposed plate electrode.
The existing point is 500 metre away from this proposed LT Panel.
Each electrical equipment shall be earthed at two distinct points.
The inter connection of earth pits, LT PANEL shall be done with 50x6 mm G.I Strips. 25x6mm,
25x3 mm G. I. Strip / 38 sq. mm GI Wire for motors and boards etc. shall be used. 10 SWG wire
for auxiliary or miscellaneous items like Push Button Station etc.
26.9.0. LOCAL PUSH BUTTON STATION
The local push button Station shall be placed near the main drive. This will comprise of two nos.
push buttons (one for Start and other for stop). Stop push button will be with mushroom headed
and turn to release type. This will be fabricated with 1.6 mm steel sheet along with canopy.
26.10.0 LIGHTING SYSTEM
This lighting system shall be provided for the complete plant including office. The internal lighting
will be done with the help of 2x40W Fluorescent Lamps for the room height upto 5 M and beyond
above 5M, 250W HPSV lamp will be used.
The outdoor lighting will be with weather proof Street Lighting 70/125 W HPSV Lamps. For lighting
the landfill area, 10M mast type flood light of 400W HPSV lamps shall be used.
Internal lighting will be done with industrial type lighting fitting with 2x40W Fluorescent Lamps.
Office will have decorative type light fitting.
The illumination level for Indoor lighting for MCC room and office will be 250 Lux. Outdoor lighting
illumination level will be 25-30 lux.
There will be one number Main Lighting Board and required sub lighting boards. Main Lighting
Board will be fed from lighting transformer by 4core cable of required size and sub-lighting board
will be fed from Main Lighting board by 4-core cable of required size.
26.11.0 MCC Room
One MCC room shall be provided to accommodate the LT panel, Main Lighting Board and control
panel. There will be one office adjacent to MCC room.
26.12.0 Instrumentation System
26.12.1 Level Switches
Separate level switches shall be provided along with each pump for indication/annunciation. The
level switches shall be float type.
26.12.2 Pressure Switches

This will be diaphragm sealed type and will be used on each Delivery Pipe of pumps.
26.12.3 Pressure Gauge
This will be diaphragm sealed type and will be used in each Delivery Pipe of pumps.
26.13.0 Safety Items
Rubber mat (2 M x 1Mx12 mm ) : 1 no.
Shock treatment chart : 1no.
Caution board : As per requirement
26.14.0 Cable Tray & Cable Accessories
All cables shall be directly buried underground as per standard, outside the building and cable
marker shall be provided. Cable shall be laid overhead cable try inside the building. All cables shall
be neatly dressed and clamped on the trays. Cable shall be provided with the necessary cable
gland, lugs Tags etc.
The cable tray will be ladder type hot dip galvanised to 80 micron and made by 2mm thick CRCA
sheet steel.
The cable tray sizes will be of following sizes:
1. 40x150x40x2mm
2. 40x300x40x2mm
3. 40x450x40x2mm
4. 40x600x40x2mm
Note: Any item or any provision / requirement if not included in this section, but is necessary to
be provided for the completion of the project and for its functional necessity, the same shall be
provided by the Implementing agency. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be
final and binding on the implementing agency.
27.0.0 SCHEDULE OF MAKES
1) Pump Warmen international india pvt.Ltd.

C-25 Aani street, Thinmaya Municipal
Stage-II, Virugambakkam
Chenni –600092
Tel: 24791691
2). Motors Kirloskar Electric Co.Ltd.

Bharat Bijlee
Siemens Ltd.
Crompton
NGEF
3). Valves (Butterfly) Kirloskar Brothers Ltd.

Indian Valve Company
Upadhya
Keystone India (P) Ltd.
L&T
4) HDPE Pipes EMCO General Plastic Industries (P) Ltd.

Pioneer pipes Ltd.
Polymould Products,
Shital Polyplast,
ORI-Plast Ltd.
4) HDPE Liner/ Geotextile/ Geonet/Liners (a) Raven Industries
Flexible Film department
P.O.Box 5107
Sioux Falls, Sd 57117-5107
USA
Tel: 001-605-3350174
Fax: 001-605-3310333
(b) Environmental Protection, Inc.
9939 US-131, South-Mancelona
Michigan-49659
USA
Tel: 001-231-5879108
Fax: 001-231-5878020
(c) GSE Lining Technology
19103, Gundle Road
Houston, TX 77073
USA
Tel: 001-281-4438564
Fax: 001-281-8756010
(d) Naue Fasertechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Alter Bahudamm 12
D-49448 Lemforde
Germany
Tel: 0049-5443 20673
Fax: 0049-5443 20677

(e) Terram BBA Non-wovens Asia Pacific Ltd.
C/O CCM Chemicals Sdn. Bhd.
Lot P.T. 200 Persiaran Selangor
40000 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan
Malaysia
Tel: 0060-35413766
Fax: 0060-35413799
5) Water Proofing Compound CICO

SIKA
CERA-CHEM
6) L.T. Panel / Control panel Control and Switchgear
L&T
Siemens
GEC Alsthom
Crompton
7) Lighting Fixtures Philips

Crompton
Bajaj
Havels
GE
8) Pressure Gauges Manometers India Ltd.

H Guru Instruments Pvt Ltd.
General Instruments Pvt. Ltd.
Bells Control
9) CTs & PTs INDCOIL

AE
Kappa Electricals
Siemens
10) Push Buttons & Indicating Lamps L&T

Siemens
GEC Alsthom (EE)
BCH
Crompton
C&S
11) Cables CCI

Unistar
Fort-Gloster
Incab
Grandlay
12) MPCB/MCCB L&T

Siemens
GEC Alsthom (EE)
Schreider
13) Contactor L&T

Siemens
GEC Alsthom (EE)
BCH
Crompton
C&S
14) Selector Switch L&T – Salzer

Kaycee
15) MCBs L&T – Hager

MDS
Indo Kopp
16) Cable gland Comet

SIEBG
C&S
17) Ammeter/Voltmeter AE
MECO
IMP
Nippon
18) Terminal block Elemex

Technoplast
19) Enunciator Procon

Digicon
20) Pressure Switches Infoss

Switzer
28.0.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE CHECK LIST
This checklist is intended to be an aid to the Implementing agency and the Engineer-in-Charge in
identifying aspects of testing materials and workmanship.
Results of all tests to be carried out by the Implementing agency shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-
Charge promptly.
The following minimum checks/tests shall be carried out for soil, rock material, concrete, RCC works and
other works. The implementing agency shall add the cost of all the tests and facilities to be provided by him
to the Owner for his testing in the quoted rates for various rates for various items under the Schedule of
Items.
Ref.
Item
Frequency/Quantum Document for
No.
Type of Test of Check testing Accept
Norms
a b c d e
1. EARTH FILLING AND COMPACTION
I) Suitability of fill
Material
a) Grain size analysis Once in every 2000 cum. for IS: 2720 (part IS: 2720 (part IV)
each type and each source IV)
subject to a min. sample of
two samples
b) Liquid and Plastic limit -ditto- IS: 2720 (part IS: 2720 (part V)
V)
c) Shrinkage limit Once in every 5000 cum. for IS: 2720 (part IS: 2720 (part VI)
each type and each source VI)
subject to a min. sample of
two samples
d) Free swell Index -ditto- IS: 2720 (part IS: 2720 (part XL)
XL)
e) Chemical Analysis Once in every 5000 cum. for IS: 2720 IS: 2720
i) organic each type and each source
matter subject to a min. sample of Part XXII Part XXII
ii) Calcium two samples
Part XXIII Part XXIII
carbonate
iii) pH Part XXVI Part XXVI
iv) Total
soluble Part XXVII Part XXVII
sulphate
II) Standard Proctor Test Once in every 2000 cum. for IS: 2720 IS: 2720
each type and each source
subject to a min. sample of (part VII) (part VII)
two samples
III) Moisture content of fill -ditto- IS: 2720 IS: 2720

before compaction
(part II) (part II)
IV) Degree of compaction -ditto-

of fill
a) Dry density by core i) For foundation filling, one IS : 2720 (Part IS : 2720 (Part XXIX
method for every ten foundations XXIX , Part , Part XXVIII)
Or for each layer. However, XXVIII)
each layer for location of
Ref.
Item
No.
Norms
Dry density in place by important and heavily
sand displacement method loaded foundations
resting on fill shall be
tested.
ii) For Area filling, one of
every 1000 sqm area for
each compacted layer.
b) Relative density -ditto- IS: 2720 (Part IS: 2720 (Part XIV)
(density Index) XIV)
c) Dry density by proctor Random check to be carried Standard Standard practice

needle penetration out for each compacted practice
layer in addition to test
mentioned under IV(a)
above
2. COARSE AGGREGATE FOR CONCRETE
Once per 100 cum. or part IS:2386 & As per IS: 383
thereof or each change of S:383
a) Check for Gradation source. for concrete
b) Specific Gravity -ditto- IS: 386 & Minimum Sp.

IS:1122 Gravity 2.60 for
concrete
c) Crushing Value Once for each source IS:2386 As per IS:383
(for concrete only) Part IV
d) Sulphate Soundness -ditto- IS:2386 Part V (i) As per IS:383

& IS:1126 for concrete.
(ii) Max. 10%

weight loss after
five cycles for filter
materials.
e) Acid & Alkali Reactivity -ditto- IS:2386 Part- As per IS:2386

VII & IS:383 Part-VII
(for concrete only)
Ref.
Item
No.
Norms
f) Flakiness & Petrographic -ditto- IS:2386 Part- Flakiness Index
Examination VIII & IS:383 Max. 15%
Aggregate
(for concrete only) constituents which
are known to
cause deleterious
chemical reaction
with cement/lime
should be avoided.
g) Impact Value Once for every source IS:2386 Maximum 30%
h) Water Absorption -ditto- IS:2386 Maximum 2%
I) Slake Durability -ditto- IS:10050 Percentage

retained after two
10 minutes cycles
shall be more than
85%.
3. FINE AGGREGATE FOR CONCRETE & SAND FOR MORTAR
a) Bulkage (for concrete Once per week IS:2386 & As per IS:383
only) IS:383
b) Moisture Content (for -ditto- -ditto- -ditto-

concrete and mortar only)
c) Gradation Once for every source IS:2386 Part-I, Same as in

IS:9429 & Sl.No.4a.
IS:383
d) Specific Gravity -ditto- IS:2386 Part-I Minimum 2.40
e) Water Absorption & Once for every source IS:2386 Maximum 2.5%
Density (for concrete and
mortar only)
f) Soundness (for concrete -ditto- IS:2386 Part-V -ditto-

only)
As per IS:383
Ref.
Item
No.
Norms
g) Visual Examination 100% IS:2386 & -ditto-
IS:383
4. WATER FOR MORTAR AND CONCRETE MIXING & CURING
IS:3025 &
IS:456
a) pH Value
Once for every source As per IS:456
b) Turbidity -ditto- -ditto- -ditto-
c) Sulphate Content -ditto- -ditto- -ditto-
5. CEMENT
a) Fineness Once for every source IS:269 &

IS:4031
b) Setting time -ditto- -ditto-
c) Soundness -ditto- -ditto-
d) Specific Gravity -ditto- -ditto-
e) Compressive Strength -ditto- -ditto- As per IS code
6. CONCRETE
a) Workability Minimum 3 samples per IS:1199 &

batch. IS:456
b) Crushing Strength One sample of 6 cubes per IS:1199, As per IS code

150 cum. or part thereof. IS:456, IS 516
& spec.
c) Compacting Factor Once per mix -ditto- -ditto-
d) Water Tightness Each tank and reservoir IS:3370 IS:3370

Ref.
Item
No.
Norms
e) Finished Dimension All Structures including As per drgs.
embankment slopes
7.
BRICK
a) Visual Examination At Random IS:3495 &
IS:1077
b) Compressive Strength One set of samples per IS:3495 &

10,000 bricks or part IS:1077
thereof.
c) Efflorescence -ditto- -ditto-
d) Water absorption -ditto- -ditto-
e) Colour and Dimensional One from each stack -ditto-

Conformity
f) Soundness -ditto- -ditto-
8. FORM WORK
a) Staging Each member IS:456 &

approved
drawing &
specification.
b) Dimensions & Plumb line -ditto- -ditto-
c) Shape & Alignment -ditto- -ditto-
d) Ground Support Each member IS:456 & appd.
(drawings &
specifications)
e) Cleaning & Oiling 100% -ditto-
f) Tightness for mortar 100% -ditto-

Ref.
Item
No.
Norms
9. REINFORCEMENT
a) Bending At random Approved

drgs.
b) Joints with right gauge of -ditto- -ditto-

bending wire.
c) Placement as per levels -ditto- -ditto-

and covers
d) Rust/loose scales -ditto- IS:456
29.0.0 LIST OF MANDATORY SPARES
1. For each Vertical Centrifugal pump

Impellers 1 set
Shaft and Shaft sleeve 1 set
Set of bearings 1 set
V-Belt 1 sets
Strainer 1 set
2. Butterfly valves motorized (for each size) 1 no.
3. Butterfly valves manual (for each size) 1 no.
4. Non Return valve (for each size) 1 no.
5. Pressure indicator (for each type) 1 no.
6. Pressure switch (for each type) 3 no.
7. Level switches (for each type) 2 no.
8. Voltmeter (for each type) 1 no.
9. Ammeter (for each type) 1 no.
10. Power contactor (for each rating) 1 no.
11. Switches (for each type) 1 no.
12. HRC fuses (for each type) 3 no.

13. Push button (green) 5 no.
14. Push button (red) 5 no.
15. Indicating Lamp (green) 5 no.
16. Indicating Lamp (red) 5 no.
17. Indicating Lamp (amber) 5 no.
18. Enunciator Channel PCB 50% of total channel
19. Power supply PCB 1 no.

Annexure No.8
Quotation for Sanitary Landfill
Annexure 8: Quotation for Sanitary Landfill



Annexure No.9
ESTIMATES BACKUP
Project : Preparation of DPR'S for MSWM System in 31 Ulbs Under Zone-Il
Telangana
Client : Telangana Urban Finance & Infrastructure Development
Corporation (TUFIDC)
Location : Jagtial Town (Cluster-5)
Consultant : IPE Global Limited, New Delhi, India
Abstract Estimate for Main Gate

Sl.
Description of Item Units Qty. Rate Amount Remarks
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per drawing cum 13.87 97.40 1,351.13
and technical specifications Clause 305.1 including
setting out, construction of shoring and bracing,
removal of stumps and other deleterious material and
disposal up to a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and
bottom and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical Specification 305
MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m depth
2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 (Part - sqm 8.67 296.80 2,573.26
2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical treatment
measures) along the internal & external vertical faces
of the columns, plinth beams, basement and top
surface of the basement filling below flooring bed as
per the specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
(Part-2) 2001 and other relevant approved
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane
emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1% concentration
@ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical surface & @ 5.0
Liters/ sqm of the horizontal surface of the
substructure to a depth of 500 mm around columns &
300 mm deep around plinth beams, basements & floor
filling area including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all materials to
the site, cost of labour for spraying, rodding etc.
complete for finished item of work as per the approval
of the Engineer-in-Charge
3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm metal with cum 0.87 4,295.30 3,724.03
concrete mixture. All work up to plinth level.
4 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) Standard -
Design Mix Concrete grade M20 as per IS 4926-2003
with minimum cement content as per IS code 456-2000
using 20 mm graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including pumping, laying
concrete, vibrating, curing etc. complete but excluding
cots of steel and its fabrication charges, cantering,
shuttering for finished item of work.
a) Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 2.93 5,504.70 16,101.25
b) Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In Buildings cum 0.92 6,911.40 6,349.85
5 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar reinforcement kg 307.50 55.10 16,943.25
in foundation complete as per drawings and technical
specifications for Bars below 36 mm dia including over
laps and wastage, where they are not welded
Abstract_Main Gate Page 1 of 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - Unsupported -
Height up to 3.66 M Steel scaffolding pipes, jack Props,
walkers, Foot plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates,
etc.,
a) Footings cum 2.03 1,070.30 2,167.36
b) Pedestals cum 0.90 1,558.00 1,402.20
c) Columns cum 0.92 3,098.60 2,846.84
7 Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick in 2 10 sqm 8.24 3,794.00 3,127.20
coats with cement mortar base coat in CM (1:6), 16
mm thick and top coat in CM (1:4), 4 mm thick with
Debora sponge finishing to concrete or brick surfaces,
in all positions including scaffolding and curing
complete.
8 Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water proof 10 sqm 8.24 1,152.70 950.11
cement paint of approved brand and shade over a base
coat of approved cement primer grade I making 3
coats in all to give an even shade after thoroughly
brushing the surface to remove all dirt and remains of
loose powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges etc. complete
for finished item of work as per SS 912 for internal
walls
9 Filling with useful available excavated earth (excluding cum 10.08 272.60 2,747.81
rock) in trenches, sides of foundations and basement
with initial lead in layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by watering and
ramming including cost and conveyance of water to
work site and all operational, incidental, labour
charges, hire charges of T & P etc., complete for
finished item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)
Earth filling (ordinary soil) Available soil
10 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil including cum 3.79 78.70 298.43
excavation, loading and disposal up to 1000 m lead but
excluding compaction ground supporting embankment
subgrade replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per Technical
Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD / 301 MORTH
11 Supplying, fitting and placing of Structural steel plate / kg 750.00 83.00 62,250.00
flats complete as per drawings and technical
specifications including over laps and wastage,
welding,. Etc. complete.
Total Amount in INR : 122,832.71

Say : 122,835.00
Abstract_Main Gate Page 2 of 2

Project : Preparation of DPR'S for MSWM System in 31 Ulbs Under
Zone-Il Telangana
Client : Telangana Urban Finance & Infrastructure
Development Corporation (TUFIDC)
Detailed Estimate for Boundary Wall

Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MORD / 304 MORTH
4 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above plinth, cum 609.14 5,077.20 3,092,747.32
super-structure on ground floor in cm (1:6) using
second class traditional size bricks including cost of all
materials, seigniorage charges, labour and all
operations for constructing brick masonry, mixing
cement mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
Brick Masonry in CM (1:6) with 2nd class Bricks
traditional size 23 x 11 x 7 cms
5 Damp proof course 40mm thick with cement concrete sqm 206.06 214.40 44,178.90
(1:2:4 Nominal mix), using 12mm hard broken stone
aggregate including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, excluding conveyance charges of materials,
including the cost of machinery, labour charges,
mixing, placing in position, leveling, vibrating, curing
etc. complete for finished item of work. (Using
concrete mixer)
6 Providing cement plaster 12 mm thick in a single coat 10 sqm 3,364.26 1,389.50 467,464.30
in cement mortar 1:4 without neeru finish to concrete
or brick surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding
and
curing complete.
7 Supplying, fitting and placing of structural steel angle / kg 2,591.21 78.90 204,446.76
channel / beam / bars complete as per drawings and
technical specifications including over laps and
wastage, welding,. Etc. complete.
8 Supplying and fixing galvanised steel barbed wire (IS : kg 845.00 51.50 43,517.50
278-1962 Type I) weighing 9.38 Kg per 100 metres
(min.), Straining and fixing to any type of standard,
rails, straining bolts, including securing with and
provision of galvanised mild steel wire, stapples or
steel pins, etc., as directed (Posts and struts of wood,
concrete, steel, etc.) and straining bolts shall be paid
for separately).
Abstract_Boundary Wall Page 1 of 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil including cum 353.63 78.70 27,830.88
Total amount in INR : 4,435,666.40

Total Length in rmt : 845.00
Per rmt cost in INR : 5,249.30
Abstract_Boundary Wall Page 2 of 2

Telangana
Client : Telangana Urban Finance & Infrastructure Development Corporation
(TUFIDC)
Abstract Estimate for Office Building with Meeting Room (12.00 x 8.00 m)
Sl.
No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MORD / 304 MORTH
5 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) Standard - -
5.1 Foundations, Plinth, Pedestals (Below Plinth) cum 26.12 5,504.70 143,803.67
5.2 Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In Buildings cum 5.51 6,911.40 38,115.41
5.3 RCC Slabs, Beams cum 27.30 4,871.50 132,967.90
Abstract_Office Building Page 1 of 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar reinforcement kg 5,304.04 55.10 292,252.33
7 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - Unsupported - -

etc.,
7.1 Footings cum 17.18 1,070.30 18,388.82
7.2 Pedestals cum 3.02 1,558.00 4,704.55
7.3 Plinth Beams cum 5.92 3,336.10 19,760.35
7.4 Lintels cum 0.70 3,218.80 2,267.06
7.5 Chajjas - Sunshades sqm 10.50 551.40 5,788.87
7.6 Columns cum 4.15 3,098.60 12,867.38
7.7 Beams cum 5.08 4,548.30 23,091.81
7.8 Slabs - Up To 150 mm thk. sqm 175.29 516.40 90,519.98
8 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with hard cum 14.90 4,189.00 62,415.89
stone in foundation, plinth & super structure up to
+2.10m level including cost of all materials,
seigniorage charges, labour and all operations for
constructing masonry, mixing cement mortar, curing
etc., complete for finished item of work.
CRS Masonry in CM (1:6)
9 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above plinth, cum 16.96 5,077.20 86,089.31
of work.
10 11.5 cm wide Brick masonry for super-structure on sqm 20.77 648.20 13,461.49
ground floor in cm (1:3) using second class traditional
size bricks including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for constructing half
brick masonry, mixing cement mortar, curing etc.,
complete for finished item of work, but excluding
conveyance charges of materials.
11 Plastering -
11.1 Providing cement plaster 15 mm thick for internal a 10 sqm 214.47 2,173.50 46,615.05
single coat in cement mortar 1:4 without neeru finish
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions including
scaffolding and curing complete.
11.2 Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick in 2 10 sqm 97.92 3,794.00 37,150.85
coats with cement mortar base coat in CM (1:6), 16
mm thick and top coat in CM (1:4), 4 mm thick with
Debora sponge finishing to concrete or brick surfaces,
in all positions including scaffolding and curing
complete.
11.3 Providing cement plaster 12 mm thick in a single coat 10 sqm 175.29 1,389.50 24,356.61
and
curing complete.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11.4 Providing impervious coat to exposed RCC roof slab 10 sqm 120.08 4,227.60 50,765.02
surface with CM(1:3), 20mm thick with 1kg of water
proof compound per bag of cement laid over roof
when it is green including cost of all materials,
seigniorage charges, excluding conveyance charges of
materials and including all operational, incidental and
labour charges for mixing mortar, laying, rendering
smooth and thread lining, curing, rounding off
junctions of wall and slab etc.,, complete for finished
item of work
12 Painting -
12.1 Painting to new walls with 2 coats of ready mixed oil 10 sqm 214.47 1,181.90 25,348.21
bound washable distemper of approved brand and
shade over a base coat of appropriate primer of
approved brand, making 3 coats in all to give an even
shade after thoroughly brushing the surface to remove
all dirt and remains of loose powdered materials,
including cost and conveyance of all materials to work
site and all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS 911 for
internal walls
12.2 Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water proof 10 sqm 97.92 1,152.70 11,287.24
cement paint of approved brand and shade over a base
coat of approved cement primer grade I making 3
coats in all to give an even shade after thoroughly
brushing the surface to remove all dirt and remains of
loose powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges etc. complete
for finished item of work as per SS 912 for internal
walls
12.3 White washing two coats with lime of approved quality 10 sqm 175.29 276.80 4,852.04
to give an even shade after thoroughly brushing the
surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials including cost of all materials,
labour charges and incidental such as scaffolding, lift
charges etc., complete for finished item of work, but
excluding conveyance charges of materials
13 Flooring with vitrified tiles of 1st quality, set over base 10 sqm 96.00 11,062.40 106,199.04
coat of cement mortar (1:8), 12 mm thick over CC bed
already laid or RCC roof slab, including neat cement
slurry of honey like consistency spread @ 3.3.kgs per
sqm & jointed neatly with white cement paste to full
depth mixed with pigment of matching shade,
including cost of all materials like cement, sand water
and tiles etc., complete, including seigniorage charges,
etc., complete for finished item of work, but excluding
the cost of conveyance of all materials.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
14 Flooring with ceramic tiles, set over base coat of 10 sqm 5.95 9,276.80 5,519.23
cement mortar (1:8), 12 mm thick over CC bed already
laid or RCC roof slab, including neat cement slurry of
honey like consistency spread @ 3.3.kgs per sqm &
jointed neatly with white cement paste to full depth
mixed with pigment of matching shade, including cost
of all materials like cement, sand water and tiles etc.,
complete, including seigniorage charges, etc., complete
for finished item of work, but excluding the cost of
conveyance of all materials.
15 Flooring with decorated white back ground glazed tiles, 10 sqm 12.67 11,872.45 15,044.77
set over base coat of cement mortar (1:6), 12 mm thick
over CC bed already laid or RCC roof slab, including
neat cement slurry of honey like consistency spread @
3.3.kgs per sqm & jointed neatly with white cement
paste mixed with pigment of matching shade to full
depth, including cost of all materials like cement, sand
water and tiles etc., complete, including seigniorage
charges, etc., complete for finished item of work, but
excluding the cost of conveyance of all materials
16 Supply and Fixing of Doors sqm 15.98 6,597.00 105,387.08

17 Supply and Fixing of Windows sqm 19.98 6,597.00 131,808.06
18 Supply and Fixing of PVC 110mm dia Rain Water Pipe rmt 13.20 650.80 8,590.56
21 Filling with sand in trenches, sides of foundations and cum 13.05 1,085.90 14,172.88
basement with initial lead in layers not exceeding 15
cm thick, consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and conveyance
of water to work site and all operational, incidental,
labour charges, hire charges of T & P etc., complete for
finished item of work.

Total area in sqm : 96.00
Per sqm cost in INR : 18,096.10

Zone-Il Telangana
Abstract for Security Room (3.0 x 3.0 m)

Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per cum 15.62 97.40 1,521.23
drawing and technical specifications Clause
305.1 including setting out, construction of
shoring and bracing, removal of stumps and
other deleterious material and disposal up to
a lead of 50 m, dressing of sides and bottom
and backfilling in trenches with excavated
suitable material as per Technical
Specification 305 MORD / 304 MORTH
Ordinary soil, Mechanical Means - Up to 3 m
depth
2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 33.78 296.80 10,027.09

(Part - 2) 2001 (Pre-constructional chemical
treatment measures) along the internal &
external vertical faces of the columns, plinth
beams, basement and top surface of the
basement filling below flooring bed as per the
specified procedure conforming to IS 6315
specification duly using Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane emulsifiable concentrate 20% with 1%
concentration @ 7.5 Liters/ sqm of the vertical
surface & @ 5.0 Liters/ sqm of the horizontal
surface of the substructure to a depth of 500
mm around columns & 300 mm deep around
plinth beams, basements & floor filling area
including excavation channel along the wall
& rodding etc. & cost & conveyance of all
materials to the site, cost of labour for
spraying, rodding etc. complete for finished
item of work as per the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge
3 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm cum 2.54 4,295.30 10,896.66

metal with concrete mixture. All work up to
plinth level.
plinth level.
Abstract_Security Room Page 1 of 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
5 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) - -
Standard Design Mix Concrete grade M20 as
per IS 4926-2003 with minimum cement
content as per IS code 456-2000 using 20 mm
graded metal, from standard suppliers
approved by the department including
pumping, laying concrete, vibrating, curing
etc. complete but excluding cots of steel and
its fabrication charges, cantering, shuttering
for finished item of work.
5.2 Columns, Lintels, RCC Walls / Water Tanks In cum 1.38 6,911.40 9,557.28
Buildings
6 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 627.44 55.10 34,571.68
reinforcement in foundation complete as per
drawings and technical specifications for Bars
below 36 mm dia including over laps and
wastage, where they are not welded
7 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - -

Unsupported Height up to 3.66 M Steel
scaffolding pipes, jack Props, walkers, Foot
plates, brackets, steel Cantering Plates, etc.,
a) Footings cum 2.02 1,070.30 2,157.72

b) Pedestals cum 0.38 1,558.00 584.94
c) Plinth Beams cum 0.83 3,336.10 2,762.29
d) Lintels cum 0.25 3,218.80 799.55
e) Chajjas - Sunshades sqm 5.31 551.40 2,927.93
f) Columns cum 0.81 3,098.60 2,511.19
g) Beams cum 0.63 4,548.30 2,887.26
h) Slabs - Up To 150 mm thk. sqm 23.95 516.40 12,369.02
8 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above cum 6.42 5,077.20 32,594.71
plinth, super-structure on ground floor in cm
(1:6) using second class traditional size bricks
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, labour and all operations for
constructing brick masonry, mixing cement
mortar, curing etc., complete for finished item
of work.
9 11.5 cm wide Brick masonry for super-structure sqm 5.59 648.20 3,624.73
on ground floor in cm (1:3) using second class
traditional size bricks including cost of all
operations for constructing half brick masonry,
mixing cement mortar, curing etc., complete
for finished item of work, but excluding
conveyance charges of materials.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with cum 3.24 4,189.00 13,572.36
hard stone in foundation, plinth & super
structure up to +2.10m level including cost of
all materials, seigniorage charges, labour and
all operations for constructing masonry,
11 Providing cement plaster 15 mm thick for 10 sqm 27.87 2,173.50 6,057.54

internal a single coat in cement mortar 1:4
without neeru finish to concrete or brick
surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding
and curing complete.
12 Providing external cement plaster 20 mm thick 10 sqm 55.91 3,794.00 21,211.80
in 2 coats with cement mortar base coat in
CM (1:6), 16 mm thick and top coat in CM
(1:4), 4 mm thick with Debora sponge finishing
to concrete or brick surfaces, in all positions
including scaffolding and curing complete.
13 Providing cement plaster 12 mm thick in a 10 sqm 33.58 1,389.50 4,666.27

single coat in cement mortar 1:4 without
neeru finish to concrete or brick surfaces, in all
positions including scaffolding and
curing complete.
14 Providing impervious coat to exposed RCC 10 sqm 21.72 4,227.60 9,180.49

roof slab surface with CM(1:3), 20mm thick
with 1kg of water proof compound per bag of
cement laid over roof when it is green
including cost of all materials, seigniorage
charges, excluding conveyance charges of
materials and including all operational,
incidental and labour charges for mixing
mortar, laying, rendering smooth and thread
lining, curing, rounding off junctions of wall
and slab etc.,, complete for finished item of
work
15 Painting to new walls with 2 coats of ready 10 sqm 27.87 1,181.90 3,293.96
mixed oil bound washable distemper of
approved brand and shade over a base coat
of appropriate primer of approved brand,
making 3 coats in all to give an even shade
after thoroughly brushing the surface to
remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
911 for internal walls

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
16 Painting to new walls with 2 coats of water 10 sqm 55.91 1,152.70 6,444.61
proof cement paint of approved brand and
shade over a base coat of approved cement
primer grade I making 3 coats in all to give
an even shade after thoroughly brushing the
surface to remove all dirt and remains of loose
powdered materials, including cost and
conveyance of all materials to work site and
all operational, incidental, labour charges etc.
complete for finished item of work as per SS
912 for internal walls
17 White washing two coats with lime of 10 sqm 33.58 276.80 929.56
approved quality to give an even shade after
thoroughly brushing the surface to remove all
dirt and remains of loose powdered materials
including cost of all materials, labour charges
and incidental such as scaffolding, lift charges
etc., complete for finished item of work, but
excluding conveyance charges of materials
18 Flooring with vitrified tiles of 1st quality, set over 10 sqm 11.93 11,062.40 13,195.23
base coat of cement mortar (1:8), 12 mm
thick over CC bed already laid or RCC roof
slab, including neat cement slurry of honey
like consistency spread @ 3.3.kgs per sqm &
jointed neatly with white cement paste to full
depth mixed with pigment of matching
shade, including cost of all materials like
cement, sand water and tiles etc., complete,
including seigniorage charges, etc., complete
for finished item of work, but excluding the
cost of conveyance of all materials.
19 Supply and Fixing of Doors sqm 1.89 6,597.00 12,468.33

20 Supply and Fixing of Windows sqm 4.80 6,597.00 31,665.60
21 Supply and Fixing of PVC 110mm dia Rain rmt 3.45 650.80 2,245.26
Water Pipe
22 Filling with useful available excavated earth cum 10.63 272.60 2,896.96
(excluding rock) in trenches, sides of
foundations and basement with initial lead in
layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
consolidating each deposited layer by
watering and ramming including cost and
conveyance of water to work site and all
operational, incidental, labour charges, hire
charges of T & P etc., complete for finished
item of work. (APSS NO. 309 & 310)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
23 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 4.99 78.70 392.81
including excavation, loading and disposal
up to 1000 m lead but excluding compaction
ground supporting embankment subgrade
replacement by suitable soil, which shall be
paid separately as per Clause 303.5.2 as per
Technical Specification Clause 302.3.11 MORD
/ 301 MORTH


Telangana
(TUFIDC)
Abstract Estimate for 3.50 m Wide Road (BT)

Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Construction of subgrade and earthen shoulders with cum 270.00 465.10 125,577.00
approved material obtained from borrow pits with all
lifts and leads, transporting to site, spreading, grading
to required slope and compacted to meet requirement
of Table 300.2 with lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 303 MORD / 305 MORTH, by using
machinery.
2 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone cum 141.75 1,725.80 244,632.15
aggregates of specific sizes to water bound macadam
specification including spreading in uniform thickness,
hand packing, rolling with three wheel 80 -100 kN
static roller in stages to proper grade and camber,
applying and brooming, stone screening/binding
materials to fill-up the interstices of coarse aggregate,
watering and compacting to the required density
Grading 1 as per Technical Specification Clause 404
MORTH & 405 MORD. For compacted thickness of 100
mm.
3 Providing and laying dense graded bituminous sqm 945.00 804.90 760,630.50
macadam with 100-120 TPH batch type HMP
producing an average output of 75 tonnes per hour
using crushed aggregates of specified grading,
premixed with bituminous binder @ 4.0 to 4.5 per cent
by weight of total mix and filler, transporting the hot
mix to work site, laying with a hydrostatic paver
finisher with sensor control to the required grade,
level and alignment, rolling with smooth wheeled,
vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired
compaction as per MoRTH specification clause No. 507
complete in all respects.
4 Providing and laying bituminous concrete with 100- sqm 945.00 743.10 702,229.50
120 TPH batch type hot mix plant producing an
average output of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed
aggregates of specified grading, premixed with
bituminous binder @ 5.4 to 5.6 per cent of mix and
filler, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with
a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the
required grade, level and alignment, rolling with
smooth wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to
achieve the desired compaction as per MORTH
specification clause No. 509 complete in all respects
Grand Total Amount in INR : 1,833,069.15

Abstract_Road - 3.5 m Wide Page 1 of 1

Telangana
(TUFIDC)
Abstract Estimate for 7.50 m Wide Road (BT)

Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Construction of subgrade and earthen shoulders with cum 1,567.50 465.10 729,044.25
approved material obtained from borrow pits with all
lifts and leads, transporting to site, spreading, grading
to required slope and compacted to meet requirement
of Table 300.2 with lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 303 MORD / 305 MORTH, by using
machinery.
2 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone cum 928.13 1,725.80 1,601,758.13
aggregates of specific sizes to water bound macadam
specification including spreading in uniform thickness,
hand packing, rolling with three wheel 80 -100 kN
static roller in stages to proper grade and camber,
applying and brooming, stone screening/binding
materials to fill-up the interstices of coarse aggregate,
watering and compacting to the required density
Grading 1 as per Technical Specification Clause 404
MORTH & 405 MORD. For compacted thickness of 100
mm.
3 Providing and laying dense graded bituminous sqm 6,187.50 804.90 4,980,318.75
macadam with 100-120 TPH batch type HMP
producing an average output of 75 tonnes per hour
using crushed aggregates of specified grading,
premixed with bituminous binder @ 4.0 to 4.5 per cent
by weight of total mix and filler, transporting the hot
mix to work site, laying with a hydrostatic paver
finisher with sensor control to the required grade,
level and alignment, rolling with smooth wheeled,
vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired
compaction as per MoRTH specification clause No. 507
complete in all respects.
4 Providing and laying bituminous concrete with 100- sqm 6,187.50 743.10 4,597,931.25
120 TPH batch type hot mix plant producing an
average output of 75 tonnes per hour using crushed
aggregates of specified grading, premixed with
bituminous binder @ 5.4 to 5.6 per cent of mix and
filler, transporting the hot mix to work site, laying with
a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the
required grade, level and alignment, rolling with
smooth wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to
achieve the desired compaction as per MORTH
specification clause No. 509 complete in all respects

Total area in sqm : 6,187.50
Abstract_Road - 7.5 m Wide Page 1 of 1

Telangana
Detailed Estimate for DG Platform (6.00 x 5.00 m)

Sl.
No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per drawing cum 4.84 97.40 471.03
MORD / 304 MORTH
4 Flooring with 50 mm thick Cement Concrete 1:2:4, sqm 30.00 567.40 17,022.00
using 20mm metal, 50 mm thick and 20 mm Cement
Concrete surface (Ellis Pattern, 1st Sort)

Abstract_Dg Platform Page 1 of 1

Telangana
(TUFIDC)
Abstract Estimate for Washing Area (Tyre Wash) (16.00 x 4.00 m)

Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MORD / 304 MORTH
4 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) Standard -
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum - 4,871.50 -

5 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar reinforcement kg 2,004.72 55.10 110,460.07
Abstract_Vehicle Whell Wash Page 1 of 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - Unsupported -
etc.,
a) Footings cum 18.42 1,070.30 19,716.53
b) Pedestals cum 5.40 1,558.00 8,413.20
c) Plinth Beams cum 1.24 3,336.10 4,128.42
7 Construction of Coursed Rubble Masonry with hard cum 27.68 4,189.00 115,968.28
stone in foundation, plinth & super structure up to
+2.10m level including cost of all materials,
seigniorage charges, labour and all operations for
constructing masonry, mixing cement mortar, curing
etc., complete for finished item of work.

Abstract_Vehicle Whell Wash Page 2 of 2

Telangana
Detailed Estimate for DG Platform (6.00 x 5.00 m)

Sl.
No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per drawing cum 4.84 97.40 471.03
MORD / 304 MORTH
4 Flooring with 50 mm thick Cement Concrete 1:2:4, sqm 30.00 567.40 17,022.00
using 20mm metal, 50 mm thick and 20 mm Cement
Concrete surface (Ellis Pattern, 1st Sort)

Abstract_Dg Platform Page 1 of 1

Zone-Il Telangana
Abstract - Leachate Collection Tank (2.00 x 2.00 x 3.50 m )

Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MORD / 304 MORTH
4 Supply and placing of the Ready Mix (RMC) Standard
c) RCC Slabs, Beams cum - 5,059.00 -

5 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar reinforcement Kg 744.80 55.10 41,038.48
Abstract_LC Sump. Page 1 of 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - Unsupported
etc.,
Footings cum 3.15 1,070.30 3,371.45
Columns cum 6.16 3,098.60 19,087.38
9 HDPE Liner - Providing of 1.5 mm thick HDPE sheet for sqm 35.20 304.80 10,728.96
bed and sides of Secured Land Fill including cost of all
materials, including transportation, loading and
unloading etc., complete with all leads and lifts. Using
1.5mm thick HDPE sheet.
10 PVC Water Stopper rmt 35.20 639.00 22,492.80

11 PVC Foot Rest nos 12.00 350.00 4,200.00
Abstract_LC Sump. Page 2 of 2

Zone-Il Telangana
Abstract Estimate for Preparatory Section Shed (40.00 x 35.00 m)

Sl.
No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
depth
2 Providing Antitermite treatment as per IS 6315 sqm 1,849.10 296.80 548,812.88

Engineer-in-Charge

plinth level.
plinth level.
Abstract_Preparatory Section Page 1 of 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Buildings
5.3 RCC Slabs, Beams cum 224.74 4,871.50 1,094,830.65
6 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 25,647.00 55.10 1,413,149.70
7 Hire charges for Centering & Scaffolding - - -

7.1Footings cum 39.37 1,070.30 42,133.43

7.2Pedestals cum 11.66 1,558.00 18,172.51
7.3Plinth Beams cum 56.17 3,336.10 187,400.41
7.4Columns cum 29.52 3,098.60 91,484.62
7.5Beams cum 14.74 4,548.30 67,051.04
8 Stone Soling (40 to 63 mm) - Supplying and cum 105.00 1,035.20 108,696.00
laying of high permeability Stone Soling
consisting of graded gravel approved by
project engineer, the size of media 40 mm -
63 mm. As directed to proper levels, grades
and slopes at the base of the flooring
including dressing and levelling complete as
per drawings.
9 Stone Soling (22.5 to 50 mm) - Supplying and cum 105.00 1,500.40 157,542.00
project engineer, the size of media 22.5 mm -
per drawings.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11 Supplying, fitting and placing of structural kg 63,000.00 78.90 4,970,700.00
steel angle / channel / beam / bars complete
as per drawings and technical specifications
including over laps and wastage, welding,.
Etc. complete.
12 Roofing with corrugated G.I sheets 1.25mm sqm 1,406.98 164.90 232,011.43
thick fixed with G.I ‘J’ bolts & nuts 8 mm dia
with bitumen & G.I limpet washers filled with
white lead & including a coat of approved
steel primer and two coats of approved paint
on over lapping of sheets complete (up to a
pitch of 600) and seigniorage charges,
turnover tax etc., complete, excluding the
cost of purlins, rafters, trusses & cost of
conveyance of all materials
14 Earth filling (ordinary soil) Barrowed soil: cum 33.54 593.10 19,894.80
Filling with approved material obtained from
borrow pits (excluding rock) in trenches, sides
of foundations and basement with initial lead
in layers not exceeding 15 cm thick,
item of work.

Total area in sqm : 1,400.00

Zone-Il Telangana
Abstract Estimate for Pre-Sorting Shed (16.00 x 15.00 m)

Sl.
No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
depth

Engineer-in-Charge

plinth level.
plinth level.
Abstract_Pre-Sorting Shed Page 1 of 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Buildings
6 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 6,506.70 55.10 358,519.25

7.1Footings cum 14.47 1,070.30 15,491.48

7.2Pedestals cum 4.29 1,558.00 6,681.61
7.3Plinth Beams cum 12.80 3,336.10 42,712.19
7.4Columns cum 10.86 3,098.60 33,636.77
7.5Beams cum 4.65 4,548.30 21,131.24
per drawings.
per drawings.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11 Supplying, fitting and placing of structural kg 10,800.00 78.90 852,120.00
Etc. complete.
12 Roofing with corrugated G.I sheets 1.25mm sqm 353.76 164.90 58,334.30
14 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 13.61 78.70 1,071.40

/ 301 MORTH


Zone-Il Telangana
Abstract Estimate for Tipping Shed (16.00 x 15.00 m)

Sl.
No
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
depth

Engineer-in-Charge

plinth level.
plinth level.
Abstract_Tipping Shed Page 1 of 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Buildings
6 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar kg 7,335.46 55.10 404,183.60

7.1Footings cum 17.61 1,070.30 18,843.01

7.2Pedestals cum 5.22 1,558.00 8,127.15
7.3Plinth Beams cum 13.68 3,336.10 45,630.15
7.4Columns cum 13.20 3,098.60 40,913.95
7.5Beams cum 5.65 4,548.30 25,702.90
per drawings.
per drawings.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
11 Supplying, fitting and placing of structural kg 10,800.00 78.90 852,120.00
Etc. complete.
12 Roofing with corrugated G.I sheets 1.25mm sqm 257.99 164.90 42,542.92
14 Removal of unsuitable / Unserviceable soil cum 20.66 78.70 1,626.12

/ 301 MORTH


Telangana
Abstract - Landfill
Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Earthwork in excavation for structures as per drawing cum 29,691.86 97.40 2,891,986.94
MORD / 304 MORTH
2 Construction of embankment with approved material cum 21,384.00 485.60 10,384,070.40

obtained from borrow pits with all lifts, transporting to
site, spreading, grading to required slope and
compacting to meet requirement of Tables 300.1 and
300.2 with a lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 301.5 MORD / 305 MORTH
3 Providing cohesive non-swelling (CNS) soil lining to cum 7,556.24 605.90 4,578,325.21
canals using soil from approved borrow area including
spreading soil in layers of thickness not more than 15
cm, breaking clods, watering, compacting to density
control of not less than 98 percent or as stipulated,
dressing to required profile etc., complete
4 GCL Liner - Providing of GEO Synthetic Clay for bed and sqm 27,739.46 294.50 8,169,271.95
sides of secured landfill including cost of all materials,
including transportation, loading and unloading etc.,
complete with all leads and lifts.
5 HDPE Liner - Providing of 1.5 mm thick HDPE sheet for sqm 27,739.46 304.80 8,454,988.42
bed and sides of Secured Land Fill including cost of all
materials, including transportation, loading and
unloading etc., complete with all leads and lifts. Using
1.5mm thick HDPE sheet.
6 Geotextile - 285gsm - Providing and laying of 285 gsm sqm 55,478.93 94.90 5,264,950.14
non woven geo-textile of approved make at landfill
base to protect silt enter into the drainage media as
per the specifications. The rate shall include stitching,
overlapping wastage and anchoring etc. complete as
directed by Engineer in Charge. The payment shall be
for the net finished surface area excluding all overlaps,
wastages etc. .
7 Drainage media - Supplying and laying of high cum 5,940.00 1,866.00 11,084,040.00
permeability drainage layer consisting of graded gravel
approved by project engineer, the size of media 16 - 32
mm and permeability not less than 0.01 cm/sec. as
directed to proper levels, grades and slopes at the base
of the landfill including dressing and levelling complete
as per drawings.
Abstract_Landfill. Page 1 of 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 Plain Cement concrete (1:4:8) using 40 mm metal with cum 640.00 4,295.30 2,748,992.00
9 HDPE Pipes : -
a) Header Pipe - Supplying and laying of 200 mm OD, 6 rmt 135.00 1,205.50 162,742.50
Kg/cm2 HDPE Header pipes for the construction of
leachate drain system within the landfill zone and for
connecting to the leachate sumps, as specified. The
cost shall include, handling, cutting to size, welding the
joints, at required lengths etc. complete as directed by
Engineer in charge.
b) Lateral - Supplying and laying of 110 mm. OD HDPE rmt 900.00 498.10 448,290.00
pipes 6kg/cm2 for the construction of leachate drain
system and also within the outlet zone as specified the
cost shall include wrapping of Geotextile, apart from
the details given in relevant clauses, handling, cutting
to size, welding the joints, providing perforations,
wrapping of geotextile at required lengths and faces
etc. complete.
c) Supply and fixing of 200 x 200 x 110mm HDPE Tees nos 10.00 3,622.70 36,227.00
d) Supply and fixing of 200 mm HDPE end caps nos 1.00 812.40 812.40
e) Supply and fixing of 110 mm HDPE end caps nos 10.00 236.60 2,366.00
f) Supply and fixing of 200 mm HDPE Tees nos 10.00 3,622.70 36,227.00
10 Furnishing and laying of the live sods of perennial turf sqm 4,642.08 55.90 259,492.11
forming grass on embankment slope, verges or other
locations shown on the drawing or as directed by the
Engineer including preparation of ground, fetching of
sods and watering as per Technical Specification Clause
309 MORD / 307 MORTH.
11 Surface Drain rmt 728.00 2,321.10 1,689,760.80

Total Area in sqm : 32,264.00
Say per sqm cost in INR : 1,743.00
Abstract_Landfill. Page 2 of 2
Telangana
(TUFIDC)
Abstract - Capping
Sl.
Description of Item Units Qty Rate Amount Remarks
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Spreading & Compacting (grading & base preparation) sqm 23,823.25 34.00 809,990.39
as per drawings.
3 Providing cohesive non-swelling (CNS) soil lining to cum 14,293.95 605.90 8,660,703.10
canals using soil from approved borrow area including
spreading soil in layers of thickness not more than 15
cm, breaking clods, watering, compacting to density
control of not less than 98 percent or as stipulated,
dressing to required profile etc., complete
as per drawings.
5 Earth filling (ordinary soil) Barrowed soil: sqm 10,720.46 593.10 6,358,305.42
Filling with approved material obtained from borrow
pits (excluding rock) in trenches, sides of foundations
and basement with initial lead in layers not exceeding
15 cm thick, consolidating each deposited layer by
6 Greenbelt sqm 23,823.25 200.00 4,764,649.34
7 Gas Vent System (Passive Vent System - Top Area) LS 1.00 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00

Total Area in sqm : 23,823.25
Say per sqm cost in INR : 2,027.00
Abstract_Capping. Page 1 of 1
Telangana
Abstract Estimate for Drain

Sl.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MORD / 304 MORTH
3 23 cm wide Brick masonry for below & above plinth, cum 165.60 5,077.20 840,784.32
of work.
4 Providing cement plaster 12 mm thick in a single coat 10 sqm 1,800.00 1,389.50 250,110.00
and
curing complete.
5 Providing and laying of 20 mm thk. CC coping (1:3:6) sqm 184.00 103.90 19,118.34

Total Length in INR : 800.00
Abstract_SWD Page 1 of 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Per rmt cost in INR : 2,321.10
Abstract_SWD Page 2 of 2
N14998.153
E17827.683
N15003.153
10 10 E17827.683
10
5. 5.
4.
15 16
92
2 1
9
N15008.153
N14993.153
E17832.683 10 10 10 10
4. 4. 4. 5.
91 41 47 01
5 7 9 5
N15013.153
N14988.153
E17837.683 10 10 10
N15018.153
E17837.683
10
10
10
3. 3. 4.
4.
3.
4.
96 84 90
88
90
39
8 1 3
8
5
7
N15023.153
N14983.153
E17842.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17842.683
4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4.
86 79 45 39 32 53 31 81 93
1 6 6 2 9 6 4 5 0
10
4.
97
8
N15033.153
N14978.153
E17847.683 10 10 10 10 10 E17847.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
4. 2. 2. 3. 4.
3.
3.
2.
3.
4.
4.
83 94 88 45 78
99
00
88
04
23
72
4 3 9 4 2
4
7
0
1
1
7
N15038.153
N14973.153
E17852.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17852.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4. 4. 2. 3. 3. 4. 4.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
4.
4.
79 08 63 48 01 63 84
60
49
31
18
37
14
63
3 1 6 6 6 9 4
7
4
1
1
1
9
4
N15043.153
N14968.153
E17857.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
4. 4. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4.
N15048.153
72 05 80 38 05 73 93 63 27 16 98 28 06 55 48 69 10
2 4 5 4 8 2 9 3 7 5 0 8 6 1 6 6 4.
83
1
N14963.153
E17862.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17862.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
N15053.153 10
10 4. 2. 4. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4.
3.
3.
4.
4.
3.
3.
2.
3.
4.
4.
02 27 38 61 28 20 46 54
4.
00
62
15
00
23
14
94
98
33
75
7 6 5 9 9 6 3 8
3
8
4
2
7
9
4
3
8
9
64
0
N15058.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
4. 3. 2. 3. 4. 4. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4.
N14958.153
10 00 20 58 67 11 45 31 94 57 21 28 28 11 90 12 90 37 19 40 61 73
N15063.153
4. 0 1 6 8 3 7 4 4 4 2 5 9 3 7 3 1 5 0 0 1 6
56
4
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17872.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
N15068.153 10
3. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4.
3.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
3.
4.
4.
4.
97 80 31 63 15 28 07 04 28 46
24
93
68
76
17
02
35
28
87
81
04
25
67
3 0 1 3 0 1 7 0 7 3
8
3
3
7
9
9
5
2
1
8
2
2
3
N14953.15310
4.
48
8
N15073.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 3. 4. 3. 4. 4. 4.
43 94 22 78 24 50 66 65 84 09 10 12 84 07 35 41 24 04 83 95 73 19 94 10 31 52
6 6 0 9 4 8 8 8 6 1 3 5 4 2 1 3 6 0 4 8 5 9 2 4 5 5
N14948.153
N15078.153
10 10
4. 4.
41 61
1 1
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
N15083.153
10 E17882.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4. 3. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 2. 3. 4. 4.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
3.
3.
3.
2.
3.
4.
3.
4.
36 12 16 51 11 08 71 41 00 87 85 16 57
91
19
15
27
78
04
12
85
19
42
21
80
65
11
95
37
5 4 5 9 7 4 1 0 4 5 4 7
9
3
9
2
2
5
9
2
7
1
0
1
3
1
6
7
4
N14943.153
10
4.
33
N15088.153
5
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4. 3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 2. 4. 3. 4.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
29 89 50 36 71 14 01 61 49 17 77 02 80 22
16
99
11
45
98
13
08
90
81
32
37
96
84
57
76
01
44
3 2 0 0 8 3 2 4 0 3 8 3 8 9
6
6
0
5
1
2
9
4
3
2
9
7
1
0
6
9
0
N14938.153
N15093.15310
4.
50
1
N15098.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17892.683
4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 10
22 86 13 86 84 09 40 60 65 91 14 15 09 01 94 86 66 42 91 44 53 34 13 93 75 81 48 93 67 66 87 08 29 4.
2 5 9 7 1 3 9 2 4 7 6 8 4 7 0 2 1 8 6 7 4 3 7 1 6 8 7 5 8 0 1 1 2 46
4
N14933.153
N15103.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 4.
4.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
83 73 33 80 11 02 86 67 01 51 10 79 84 51 14
15
11
97
21
69
85
17
09
94
79
47
26
55
30
89
73
40
59
72
93
35
9 9 6 8 6 2 7 9 9 2 1 6 7 2 4
0
1
9
2
2
3
2
9
4
0
3
9
6
6
5
3
5
0
3
3
4
N15108.153
10
N14928.153
4.
39
1
E17902.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4.
N15113.153
81 08 61 85 55 34 63 84 95 05 18 10 02 93 80 67 54 46 40 28 37 12 62 47 27 06 85 71 77 32 75 50 36 57 78 99 20 10
2 5 0 1 3 1 5 0 5 2 1 4 6 3 4 4 5 3 4 6 1 1 6 6 0 4 8 0 3 2 9 2 4 5 5 6 6 4.
35
4
N15118.153
E17907.683
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17907.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 4.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
78 48 89 87 10 05 66 40 22 04 22 44 82 75 67 42 84 26
05
72
36
56
98
18
92
79
53
28
16
10
47
64
23
02
68
23
41
21
63
05
5 2 4 2 3 6 8 9 2 4 4 0 2 0 1 7 8 9
8
2
5
5
8
6
7
7
9
2
3
3
4
5
4
8
7
9
4
6
7
8
N15123.153
N14918.153
E17912.683
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4.
75 03 35 59 83 39 58 86 02 13 22 25 12 92 72 53 33 14 04 03 03 03 02 47 98 68 60 40 19 99 78 66 72 15 58 32 06 27 48 70 91 12
N15128.153
8 1 3 4 4 0 9 1 0 5 4 2 5 7 9 1 3 4 1 4 3 1 9 1 2 4 9 3 7 1 6 4 7 7 3 6 9 9 9 0 0 1 10
4.
24
4
N14913.153
N15133.153
E17917.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17917.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 3. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 4.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
3.
3.
3.
27 70 61 16 28 23 71 13 04 04 35 93 16 74 70 23 13 55 18
73
00
46
60
81
05
24
30
11
91
46
03
04
04
59
06
23
36
95
64
07
49
98
34
76
97
8 6 3 8 7 8 5 1 6 2 9 6 1 9 4 8 1 2 4
1
4
5
5
3
2
1
8
1
3
8
6
6
4
0
1
3
7
5
1
4
5
1
1
2
3
N15138.153
N14908.153
E17922.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 3. 2. 2. 3. 2. 3. 3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
1.
2.
1.
3.
2.
2.
2.
3.
2.
3.
3.
4.
70 33 81 83 25 35 33 72 19 10 14 99 92 33 91 61 40 89 19 82
97
25
57
63
08
20
30
36
21
04
41
14
06
05
03
95
03
99
12
71
68
99
15
98
40
61
03
N15143.153
4 7 7 7 7 0 7 9 1 6 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 3 3 5 10
7
0
7
8
4
0
4
3
4
3
5
9
4
7
4
6
0
7
5
3
1
1
0
3
4
4
6
4.
13
4
N14903.153
N15148.153
E17927.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17927.683
3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3.
67 95 22 20 44 68 66 86 06 22 27 32 36 41 41 42 29 01 70 38 32 28 23 19 15 06 01 97 94 90 79 17 12 29 08 88 67 59 65 90 31 06 80 83 04 25 46 67 88
7 0 3 8 9 9 2 1 0 8 4 0 6 2 9 0 4 4 0 6 2 0 7 5 3 7 2 7 1 6 3 9 3 4 8 2 6 5 8 9 9 2 5 5 5 6 6 7 7
N15153.153
N14898.153
E17932.683 10
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3.3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 2. 3. 3. 10 3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
64
64 19 56 88 24 39 51 46 67 45 36 21 98 89 29 12 84 63 23 71 10 52 95
92
08
32
68
08
29
34
44
45
26
98
49
41
34
33
04
92
91
07
24
05
64
57
82
97
68
89
31
73
99 6 0 5 8 2 2 0 1 3 8 3 0 1 2 4 6 5 1 7 8 9 0
3
0
0
6
5
7
5
0
7
8
5
6
1
7
4
8
6
6
0
8
2
0
2
6
4
7
7
8
9
N15158.153
N14893.153
E17937.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
N15163.153
3. 2. 2. 1. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 10E17937.683
57 89 16 95 19 43 66 31 52 16 33 38 47 47 47 48 49 43 24 95 66 62 58 55 54 52 51 50 03 02 96 90 98 11 25 40 37 20 01 81 60 54 61 74 14 88 62 53 74 96 17 38 59 80 3.
8 7 9 1 2 2 8 3 2 8 0 7 0 0 4 2 6 1 2 6 9 7 4 3 1 8 5 3 7 9 1 0 3 9 6 6 4 8 5 0 4 9 2 3 3 6 9 9 9 0 0 1 1 2 98
7
N15168.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
N14888.153
2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 2. 2. 3. 3.
3.
2.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
1.
2.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
14 06 45 07 37 43 40 35 80 74 72 68 07 97 13 66 33 56 58 05 39 81 23 86
50
87
82
28
81
62
22
42
45
42
38
21
92
76
73
70
69
74
01
96
99
14
49
26
77
52
66
79
54
60
02
44
65
3 3 0 7 9 9 1 8 0 7 2 4 8 1 5 3 3 7 9 5 1 2 3 5
6
0
3
1
1
4
8
2
3
6
0
3
6
0
5
9
7
8
0
0
9
1
9
2
3
6
1
8
1
1
2
3
4
N15173.153
N15178.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17947.683
3. 2. 2. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 10
43 84 11 69 89 11 65 82 00 17 01 17 26 42 43 46 51 45 32 19 15 97 95 94 92 91 90 89 87 86 93 99 05 04 03 02 01 60 32 08 62 45 29 73 53 50 56 62 96 71 45 24 45 66 87 08 29 50 71 3.
N14883.15310
5 3 6 4 3 9 5 8 2 6 5 5 0 8 6 2 0 6 6 5 3 3 4 1 9 6 3 0 8 5 9 9 9 3 2 0 4 2 1 8 5 9 3 7 1 3 6 9 7 0 3 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 87
3.
7
42
1
N15183.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2. 1. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3.
3.
2.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
08 54 03 55 93 20 56 56 30 26 11 08 04 71 51 78 76 04 41 49 54 62 10 51 14 56
36
81
50
85
20
38
74
11
40
51
61
43
31
39
13
09
07
05
27
31
72
92
21
40
75
58
40
48
60
87
36
30
72
93
35
77
9 2 3 4 9 8 6 6 5 9 0 4 6 0 6 5 3 7 9 5 3 2 8 6 7 9
3
6
6
9
7
1
5
3
9
7
5
5
7
9
9
7
2
9
0
1
1
6
8
5
0
4
1
1
6
9
5
5
6
7
8
9
N14878.15310
3.
N15188.153
34
4
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1. 1. 1. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 1. 3. 3. 4. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3.
3.
2.
2.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
1.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
44 54 98 65 09 19 65 67 76 99 78 52 22 83 17 62 07 02 73 37 45 79 27 15 78 21 63
29
78
06
33
76
20
43
87
05
64
67
71
56
96
07
89
65
39
26
60
77
98
81
83
72
14
94
54
45
52
58
53
02
36
57
99
42
N15193.153 10
N14873.153
10 1 3 7 2 6 6 5 6 8 6 3 3 8 4 9 4 9 0 5 8 8 1 7 7 9 0 1
2
9
2
0
5
9
0
4
0
0
0
9
8
8
3
5
3
3
3
1
5
8
2
5
1
9
2
4
8
1
3
4
0
8
8
9
1
3.
3.
76
26
7
8
N15198.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17962.683
3. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 1. 1. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 3. 2. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3.
22 76 03 39 32 51 70 89 11 33 56 78 00 22 27 28 94 05 98 92 82 85 87 90 96 00 03 92 82 72 62 52 47 15 56 97 80 18 27 46 45 39 57 68 35 34 13 93 72 51 42 43 49 56 70 44 18 93 00 22 43 64 85 06 27 48 69
0 2 5 2 1 5 3 5 6 8 0 2 3 5 0 4 0 6 8 1 8 4 9 5 4 9 0 9 8 7 6 4 4 7 9 1 7 4 4 3 2 5 5 3 0 6 9 2 5 7 2 5 8 1 3 6 9 2 9 0 0 1 1 2 3 3 4
N14868.153
10
3.
N15203.153
19
2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3. 2. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 1. 3. 4. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
4.
4.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
1.
2.
4.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
14 00 45 86 26 91 35 49 27 77 74 91 98 86 72 76 93 76 13 34 54 12 39 47 61 10 07 49 91 54
N15208.153
73
34
24
66
07
46
68
13
49
86
34
15
71
78
86
94
96
76
74
37
20
65
66
96
23
38
75
33
92
34
41
53
35
84
86
28
70
12
33
9 8 2 9 5 1 5 5 2 4 2 4 4 2 6 9 2 9 0 6 3 9 4 5 4 1 2 3 4 6
6
4
4
1
7
8
9
3
0
0
0
0
6
2
1
6
3
1
0
2
8
6
9
4
8
1
0
6
1
6
2
8
8
4
1
2
3
5
5
N14863.153
10
3.
11
6
N15213.153
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17972.683
3. 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. 2. 1. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3.
07 70 98 29 16 35 59 80 01 22 42 63 82 04 26 48 70 70 08 32 37 34 84 66 60 69 79 85 87 90 93 96 00 06 90 56 94 49 21 82 30 42 12 41 69 99 41 15 94 74 05 40 24 25 31 38 45 51 52 27 01 75 71 92 13 34 55 76 97 18 39 60
7 9 1 5 8 8 6 4 2 0 9 7 7 1 2 4 6 5 7 9 3 6 7 7 4 4 5 1 9 6 4 1 6 1 1 6 2 4 8 6 9 0 1 0 9 6 3 4 7 0 3 3 6 2 8 5 2 5 6 0 3 6 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8
N14858.153
10
N15218.153
3.
04
0
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 2. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
4.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
4.
3.
2.
1.
2.
3.
2.
3.
4.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
00 95 11 58 08 57 19 61 92 31 89 60 78 84 18 89 11 35 20 15 62 73 41 09 29 42 43 66 77 19 82 25 56
68
24
10
34
83
33
78
98
39
83
28
33
23
65
62
72
81
94
29
28
58
76
93
36
41
89
49
55
86
25
15
22
35
49
18
92
56
98
40
61
03
46
6 5 1 9 6 2 7 4 2 4 1 8 9 4 2 1 6 2 8 3 7 2 2 7 1 4 8 8 6 7 8 0 5
N15223.153
2
6
7
1
7
4
0
9
2
5
7
1
4
1
7
8
6
5
3
4
9
7
7
9
5
0
1
8
2
5
8
4
7
1
2
5
5
6
7
8
9
0
N14853.153
10
2.
96
3
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
N15228.153
10 E17982.683
2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3.
65 92 19 05 05 07 32 57 82 06 31 56 81 06 30 54 75 96 14 28 20 12 04 83 63 64 66 67 72 83 95 16 49 57 35 93 58 26 85 45 04 68 88 77 59 42 25 36 18 67 42 26 10 99 06 13 19 26 33 39 81 27 08 83 58 41 62 83 04 25 47 68 89 10 31 51
5 8 8 4 2 6 4 2 0 8 6 5 3 1 9 9 7 5 9 3 3 3 3 9 4 7 1 4 6 4 9 7 0 9 3 4 8 9 9 0 1 9 4 1 8 4 1 0 5 0 1 3 6 7 4 0 7 4 0 7 4 2 5 7 0 7 8 8 9 9 0 0 1 2 2 0
N14848.153
N15233.153
E17987.683
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1. 1. 0. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 3. 2. 4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2.
2.
1.
0.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
4.
4.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
4.
4.
3.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
1.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
90 00 99 55 05 54 29 78 19 93 77 68 58 15 79 00 25 86 22 74 24 64 32 04 10 23 31 83 48 48 11 53 95
62
14
99
05
30
80
29
79
04
54
03
10
01
85
67
67
66
97
47
84
42
59
84
36
86
99
49
13
83
48
14
97
03
17
78
77
23
68
26
69
90
32
74
16
37
1 2 2 5 1 7 2 8 0 2 3 2 8 2 9 2 8 1 9 4 1 9 6 0 3 7 7 0 5 0 1 2 4
8
9
7
9
7
3
9
6
4
0
6
1
2
2
4
1
3
2
6
0
1
3
8
4
7
5
2
0
7
7
7
0
7
0
9
5
3
0
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
N15238.153
N14843.153
E17992.683
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E17992.683
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1. 0. 0. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 5. 4. 5. 4. 3. 3. 4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 2. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3.
2.
1.
0.
0.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
5.
4.
4.
4.
3.
3.
3.
4.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
1.
2.
3.
3.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
N15243.15310
13 94 93 53 03 53 27 76 03 81 65 62 28 46 09 07 44 74 27 62 11 81 35 10 01 58 82 19 75 18 75 17 59 22
3.
60
87
95
93
04
28
78
28
77
02
52
89
99
90
72
63
61
73
51
78
90
48
65
63
85
28
89
37
18
97
59
16
04
98
07
23
27
73
65
29
33
54
96
38
80
01
2 2 1 8 4 0 5 5 2 0 4 3 1 1 3 0 4 4 3 2 9 0 6 4 0 5 0 3 5 5 3 4 5 7
1
4
0
6
1
9
6
2
8
7
3
8
0
0
1
5
2
3
5
4
8
9
1
4
3
1
6
0
9
1
7
0
8
2
7
3
8
6
1
7
1
2
3
4
6
6
40
0
N14838.153
N15248.153
E17997.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
2. 1. 1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 5. 7. 6. 5. 5. 4. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 1. 2. 2. 3. 4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3.
57 74 26 96 88 88 87 87 02 27 52 76 01 26 51 76 00 25 44 57 71 84 87 78 69 64 59 57 56 59 24 79 33 49 42 37 97 50 99 48 15 25 51 01 44 27 05 65 24 99 28 04 80 56 32 21 16 10 04 99 28 98 67 32 78 23 69 36 99 58 14 15 16 38 60 81 02 23 44 65 86 07 28
4 9 8 0 6 1 6 1 4 2 0 9 7 5 3 1 9 7 5 9 3 6 9 9 9 6 5 6 5 2 2 0 8 8 0 9 6 9 8 8 0 9 7 5 5 7 5 2 9 6 8 7 6 6 5 7 0 4 8 2 8 2 5 3 0 7 4 1 0 3 6 7 8 4 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9
N15253.153
10
3.
32
7
N14833.153
E18002.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1. 0. 0. 0. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 6. 6. 5. 3. 2. 3. 4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 1. 0. 1. 1. 2. 2.
N15258.153
2.
1.
1.
0.
0.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
7.
5.
4.
4.
3.
3.
4.
4.
4.
3.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
4.
3.
3.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
3.
56 91 82 81 50 00 49 12 39 66 63 53 54 29 80 22 76 77 74 28 81 40 77 32 21 12 56 95 19 99 17 97 43 87 51 93 10
54
52
33
83
81
00
25
75
24
74
99
25
52
76
69
58
51
57
75
21
72
82
29
23
25
24
44
11
40
25
01
53
27
16
10
15
25
23
71
67
58
11
12
13
65
08
29
72
14
8 9 1 0 3 0 6 6 3 1 9 6 0 9 1 0 8 5 9 1 2 3 5 9 7 9 3 0 2 4 9 4 7 8 0 1 3.
8
5
6
2
5
7
5
1
8
4
2
9
7
8
0
7
7
2
1
8
3
8
8
8
2
7
9
3
8
6
6
4
3
0
7
1
7
0
2
6
7
9
5
8
9
8
9
0
1
29
0
TBM1
TBM2
N15263.153
N14828.153
E18007.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E18007.683
2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5. 5. 4. 4. 4. 3. 3. 2. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 4. 4. 3. 4. 4. 3. 2. 1. 0. 0. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3.
52 38 31 40 23 91 82 76 75 74 99 23 48 73 98 23 47 67 80 94 07 20 34 47 68 61 57 52 47 47 51 62 41 23 05 72 00 76 55 20 67 14 81 48 98 47 45 28 11 94 56 51 23 98 74 50 38 32 27 24 26 28 30 33 83 53 05 13 61 59 95 49 03 08 80 27 11 13 10 27 71 93 15 36 57 78 99 20
1 8 3 1 3 6 1 0 5 9 0 8 6 4 2 1 9 3 6 0 4 7 1 7 4 9 1 3 5 8 6 3 2 2 2 5 0 5 4 6 6 6 1 4 1 9 3 5 7 8 8 4 0 4 3 2 6 9 3 3 5 7 9 0 8 2 0 4 5 8 9 7 5 3 2 3 1 0 6 9 2 4 1 2 2 3 3 4
N15268.153
E18012.683 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
N14823.153 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1. 1. 0. 0. 0. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 5. 5. 4. 3. 2. 4. 4. 3. 3. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 3. 4. 4. 2. 0. 1. 1. 1. 2. 2.
N15273.153
2.
1.
1.
1.
0.
0.
0.
1.
1.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
4.
5.
4.
4.
3.
3.
3.
4.
4.
4.
3.
3.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
3.
4.
4.
3.
0.
0.
0.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
20 16 95 69 72 46 96 35 75 02 49 54 42 61 17 01 31 58 83 21 28 95 49 71 44 37 44 48 11 03 47 33 28 14 09 48 20 63 10
49
09
27
31
80
69
97
22
71
21
48
62
88
16
64
76
43
50
74
43
92
52
09
88
05
62
62
45
12
72
21
95
49
38
40
42
46
51
76
02
54
79
97

25 Warangal Single File 12-05-2017

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

25 Warangal Single File 12-05-2017

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

25 Warangal Single File 12-05-2017

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTEGRATED MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE

MANAGEMENT (ISWM) PROJECT FOR ZONE-II OF

DRAFT DETAILED PROJECT REPORT (DPR) FOR

Submitted to: Submitted by:

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

1.0 PROJECT BACKGROUND ...................................................................................................................... 1

1.2 PROJECT AREA ............................................................................................................................................ 1

2.0 SOCIO ECONOMIC TOWN PROFILE ...................................................................................................... 3

2.1 LOCATION AND EXTENTS .................................................................................................................................. 3

4.0 INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT FOR COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ........................ 25

4.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................ 25

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

4.1.2 Waste Projections ...................................................................................................................... 27

5.0 INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT (ISWM) FACILITY ............................................................ 54

5.1 WASTE SEGREGATION ................................................................................................................................... 54

6.0 PROCESSING OF MSW ...................................................................................................................... 57

6.1 OVER VIEW OF WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES .......................................................................................... 57

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

6.3.5 Area Requirement for Compost Plant ............................................................................................... 71

7.0 CLUSTERISATION OF ULBS................................................................................................................. 82

8.0 DESIGN OF SANITARY LANDFILL FACILITY .......................................................................................... 90

8.1 SITE SELECTION ............................................................................................................................................ 90

9.0 COST OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEM .................................................................................................... 113

9.1 CAPITAL COST OF THE PROPOSED SYSTEM....................................................................................................... 113

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

11.0 FINANCIAL FRAMEWORK .............................................................................................................. 115

11.1 OBJECTIVE OF SWACHH BHARAT MISSION .................................................................................................... 115

12.0 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK ....................................................................................................... 123

13.1 OBJECTIVE ............................................................................................................................................... 128

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

13.5.1 Door to Door Campaign ................................................................................................................ 139

14.0 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY ASPECTS ................................................................................. 146

14.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN.......................................................................................................... 155

15.0 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY AND PLANNING .............................................................................. 160

15.1 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY FOR SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT ...................................................................... 160

16.0 OTHER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ASPECTS ......................................................................... 168

16.1 PROPOSED MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ............................................................................................................. 168

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

Figure 30: Strategic Planning Process .............................................................................................................. 160

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

1 Population Projections of Adilabad

3 Chemical Characterization of MSW

4 Existing vehicles status report provide by Adilabad Municipality

5 Quotation for Proposed Infrastructure

6 Laying & Installation Method for Geo Synthetic Clay Liner

7 Technical Specifications for Sanitary Landfill

8 Quotation for Sanitary Landfill

Preparation of DPR for MSWM System under Zone-II

S.No Tittle of Drawing Drawing No.

1 Topographical Survey Of ISWM Facility T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/0

2 Details Of Layout Plan Of ISWM Facility T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/1

3 Detail Of Entrance Gate T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/2

4 Detail Of Office Building With Laboratory T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/03

Details Of Power Room And DG Room T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/06

Details Of PLAN OF RECYCLING CENTER T.S./ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/07

9 Design Details Of The Compost Pad T.S/ZONE-2/CLUSTER-7/WARANGAL TOWN/09